Data Cat

Utilities Data Type Catalog - Definitions of Utilities Data Types and Core Data Types
Author:
SAP for Utilities
Utilities Data Type

Catalog
History
Version
1.1
2012 SAP AG
Dietmar-Hopp-Allee 16
D-69190 Walldorf
Status
Date
18.07.2013
Page 1
Intellectual Property Rights and Copyright protected
Contents
1
Introduction .......................................................................................... 9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.20
1.21
1.22
BillingRateCode .......................................................................................... 10
BillingRateGroupDeterminationCode ........................................................ 13
BillingRateGroupingCode........................................................................... 16
BusinessDocumentMessageHeader .......................................................... 19
BusinessPartnerID ...................................................................................... 24
CalorificValue .............................................................................................. 26
CashDepositRequestWaiverReasonCode ................................................. 28
CLOSED_LOCAL_DateTimePeriod ............................................................ 31
CLOSED_UNBOUNDED_TimePointPeriod ................................................ 33
Code ............................................................................................................. 35
ContractAccountID...................................................................................... 40
ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesPostingDocumentTypeCode .... 42
ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesSettlementProcedureCode ....... 45
CorrespondenceCommunicationProfileCode ........................................... 50
CorrespondenceTypeGroupCode .............................................................. 53
CountyCode ................................................................................................. 56
CreditRiskClassCode .................................................................................. 60
CustomerContractGroupCode ................................................................... 63
Date .............................................................................................................. 66
DecimalValue ............................................................................................... 69
DecimalValuePrecision ............................................................................... 75
Description .................................................................................................. 77
IncomingPaymentProcedureCode ........................................................... 114
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 2
1.23
1.24
1.25
1.26
1.27
1.28
1.29
1.30
1.31
1.32
1.33
1.34
1.35
1.36
1.37
1.38
1.39
1.40
1.41
1.42
1.43
1.44
1.45
1.46
1.47
1.48
Indicator ..................................................................................................... 117

InvoiceLegallyRequiredID ......................................................................... 224
MeasureUnitCode ...................................................................................... 227
MeterReaderNoteCode .............................................................................. 244
MeterReadingCategoryCode .................................................................... 247
MeterReadingDocumentID ........................................................................ 249
MeterReadingDocumentResultStatusCode ............................................. 252
MeterReadingDocumentStatusCode........................................................ 254
MeterReadingReasonCode ....................................................................... 256
MeterReadingResultAdjustmentFactorValue .......................................... 259
MeterReadingResultValue ........................................................................ 261
MeterReadingTypeCode ........................................................................... 263
NumberValue ............................................................................................. 266
OutgoingPaymentProcedureCode ........................................................... 276
PartyRoleCategoryCode ........................................................................... 279
PartyRoleCode .......................................................................................... 296
Percent ....................................................................................................... 301
PeriodQuantitySpecification .................................................................... 323
PoliticalRegionalStructureElementCode ................................................. 325
ProcessComponentCode.......................................................................... 328
ProductInternalID ...................................................................................... 358
ProductStandardID.................................................................................... 361
ProductTaxAccountDeterminationCode .................................................. 364
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode ...................................................... 367
Quantity ..................................................................................................... 419
SerialID....................................................................................................... 447
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 3
1.49
1.50
1.51
1.52
1.53
1.54
1.55
1.56
1.57
1.58
1.59
1.60
1.61
1.62
1.63
1.64
1.65
1.66
1.67
1.68
1.69
1.70
1.71
1.72
1.73
1.74
ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementCategoryCode ............................ 449

ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementDataOriginTypeCode ................. 451
ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementID ................................................. 454
ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementTaxAccountDeterminationMethodCode
TaxJurisdictionCode ................................................................................. 459
Text ............................................................................................................ 471
Time ........................................................................................................... 487
TimeZoneCode .......................................................................................... 491
UtilitiesAdvancedMeterCapabilityCode ................................................... 497
UtilitiesAdvancedMeteringDataOriginTypeCode .................................... 500
UtilitiesAdvancedMeteringSystemID ....................................................... 502
UtilitiesAmountStatisticsGroupCode....................................................... 504
UtilitiesBilledResultTypeCode.................................................................. 507
UtilitiesBillingScheduleContractGroupCode........................................... 509
UtilitiesBillingTermsCode ......................................................................... 511
UtilitiesBillingTermsGroupCode .............................................................. 514
UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestActivityCategoryCode ......... 517
UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestActivityID .............................. 519
UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestCategoryCode ...................... 521
UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestID .......................................... 524
UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestReasonCode ........................ 526
UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeResultCode ........................................ 528
UtilitiesContractBillingBlockingReasonCode ......................................... 530
UtilitiesContractBillingUnblockingReasonCode ..................................... 532
UtilitiesDeviceCategoryCode.................................................................... 534
UtilitiesDeviceID ........................................................................................ 536
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
456
Page 4
1.75
1.76
1.77
1.78
1.79
1.80
1.81
1.82
1.83
1.84
1.85
1.86
1.87
1.88
1.89
1.90
1.91
1.92
1.93
1.94
1.95
1.96
1.97
1.98
1.99
1.100
UtilitiesDeviceLogicalID ............................................................................ 538

UtilitiesDeviceOperationalStateCategoryCode ....................................... 540
UtilitiesDeviceOperationalStateTypeCode .............................................. 542
UtilitiesDeviceRegisterGroupID ............................................................... 545
UtilitiesDeviceRegisterID .......................................................................... 547
UtilitiesDeviceRelationshipRoleCode ...................................................... 549
UtilitiesDivisionCategoryCode ................................................................. 551
UtilitiesDivisionCode ................................................................................ 553
UtilitiesEnergySettlementCategoryCode ................................................. 556
UtilitiesEnergySettlementMethodCode .................................................... 559
UtilitiesEnergySettlementUnitID ............................................................... 562
UtilitiesEnergySettlementUnitPartyID ...................................................... 564
UtilitiesGridID ............................................................................................ 566
UtilitiesGridLevelCode .............................................................................. 568
UtilitiesGridLevelTypeCode...................................................................... 571
UtilitiesGridPartyID ................................................................................... 574
UtilitiesGridUsageDocumentID ................................................................ 576
UtilitiesGridUsageEnrollmentReasonCode ............................................. 578
UtilitiesGridUsageRequestID .................................................................... 580
UtilitiesGridUsageRequestPartyID ........................................................... 582
UtilitiesGridUsageTerminationReasonCode ........................................... 584
UtilitiesGridVoltageLevelCode ................................................................. 586
UtilitiesInvoiceCancellationReasonCode ................................................ 588
UtilitiesInvoiceID ....................................................................................... 591
UtilitiesInvoiceItemID ................................................................................ 593
UtilitiesInvoiceItemTypeCode................................................................... 595
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 5
1.101
1.102
1.103
1.104
1.105
1.106
1.107
1.108
1.109
1.110
1.111
1.112
1.113
1.114
1.115
1.116
1.117
1.118
1.119
1.120
1.121
1.122
1.123
1.124
1.125
1.126
UtilitiesInvoiceReasonCode ..................................................................... 606

UtilitiesInvoiceReleaseHistoryID .............................................................. 608
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestBillingPeriodAllocationText ............................... 610
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestDiscountCode ..................................................... 612
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestID ......................................................................... 615
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemGroupCode .................................................. 617
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemID .................................................................. 620
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemProcessingTypeCode.................................. 622
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemTypeCode ..................................................... 624
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestReasonCode ....................................................... 633
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestReleaseHistoryID ................................................ 635
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestRevisionReasonCode ......................................... 637
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestSimulationReasonCode ..................................... 640
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestSimulationScenarioCode ................................... 642
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestValidationTypeCode ........................................... 645
UtilitiesInvoiceRevisionReasonCode....................................................... 648
UtilitiesInvoiceValidationTypeCode ......................................................... 650
UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorDeterminationCode ......................................... 653
UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorSpecification ................................................... 655
UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorValue ................................................................ 657
UtilitiesManualBillingBusinessTransactionTypeCode ........................... 659
UtilitiesMeasurementRecurrenceCode .................................................... 662
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskCategoryCode ................................................ 665
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskDeviceAssignmentTypeCode ........................ 667
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskID ..................................................................... 669
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskKindCode........................................................ 671
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 6
1.127
1.128
1.129
1.130
1.131
1.132
1.133
1.134
1.135
1.136
1.137
1.138
1.139
1.140
1.141
1.142
1.143
1.144
1.145
1.146
1.147
1.148
1.149
1.150
1.151
1.152
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskRelationshipRoleCode................................... 674
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskRelationshipTypeCode .................................. 677
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskValidationProfileCode.................................... 680
UtilitiesObjectIdentificationSystemCodeText ......................................... 682
UtilitiesOnSiteBillingCustomerContractGroupCode .............................. 684
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryCategoryCode .................................................... 687
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryIdentifierPatternCode ......................................... 689
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryInternalID ............................................................ 692
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryPartyID ................................................................ 694
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryPremiseDataTypeCode ...................................... 696
UtilitiesPointOfDeliverySupplyScenarioCategoryCode .......................... 698
UtilitiesPointOfDeliverySupplyScenarioCode ......................................... 701
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryTypeCode ........................................................... 704
UtilitiesPrice .............................................................................................. 706
UtilitiesPriceAmount ................................................................................. 708
UtilitiesPriceSpecificationCategoryCode ................................................ 710
UtilitiesPriceSpecificationLevelCode....................................................... 712
UtilitiesPriceSpecificationScaleItemID .................................................... 715
UtilitiesQuantityAdjustmentFactorValue ................................................. 717
UtilitiesQuantityStatisticsGroupCode...................................................... 719
UtilitiesServiceDisconnectionReasonCode............................................. 721
UtilitiesServiceProviderID......................................................................... 723
UtilitiesServiceProviderPartyID ................................................................ 725
UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleCategoryCode ............................................ 727
UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleCode ............................................................ 729
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventCategoryCode .................................................. 731
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 7
1.153
1.154
1.155
1.156
1.157
1.158
1.159
1.160
1.161
1.162
1.163
1.164
1.165
1.166
1.167
1.168
1.169
1.170
1.171
1.172
1.173
1.174
1.175
1.176
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventID ...................................................................... 733

UtilitiesSmartMeterEventOriginTypeCode............................................... 735
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventPropertyCode................................................... 738
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventSeverityCode ................................................... 741
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventTypeCode ......................................................... 744
UtilitiesSyntheticLoadShapeCode ........................................................... 746
UtilitiesTimeOfUseCode............................................................................ 748
UtilitiesTimeSeriesAssignmentRoleCategoryCode ................................ 751
UtilitiesTimeSeriesAssignmentRoleCode................................................ 753
UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationID .............................................................. 755
UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationInputParameterCategoryCode ............... 757
UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationItemID ...................................................... 760
UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationMethodCode ............................................ 763
UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationParameterID ............................................ 766
UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationResultCategoryCode .............................. 768
UtilitiesTimeSeriesCategoryCode ............................................................ 770
UtilitiesTimeSeriesID ................................................................................. 772
UtilitiesTimeSeriesItemTypeCode ............................................................ 774
UtilitiesTimeSeriesTypeCode ................................................................... 777
UtilitiesTrackedBusinessTransactionID .................................................. 779
UtilitiesTrackedBusinessTransactionPartyID ......................................... 781
UtilitiesWeightingCode ............................................................................. 783
UtilityContractID ........................................................................................ 786
Value .......................................................................................................... 788
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 8
Introduction
SAP data types are unified data types that describe business-related content built according to the UN/CEFACT Core Component
Technical Specification (CCTS). All elements of SOA services are described by data types. Data types are the basis for the harmonizing
of the SAP Enterprise Services.
All data types are either a restriction (based on) or an aggregation of other data types. You can use the information contained in this
catalog to familiarize yourself with the attributes of the data types that are used as building blocks for enterprise services.
The data types contained in this catalog are listed in alphabetical order. The catalog lists both core data types and utilities-specific data
types.
Core Data Types
Core data types (CDT) are internationally standardized data types, based on W3C data types without any business semantic,
such as Date, Time, Decimal Value, etc. They can contain attributes. The CDTs implemented at SAP may have structural
restrictions (for example number of digits for the quantity and amount).
Utilities-Specific Data Types
Business objects and service operations always have a specific business semantic and are built for a specific a usage. Data types
are used to describe elements in business objects and service operations. This means that data types are used in business
objects and service operations in a specific context. Within a specific context, the semantic and structure of a data type may be
restricted as described in the relevant catalog entry.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 9
1.0
BillingRateCode
Definition
A coded representation of a billing rate.
Comment
A billing rate is a rule for rating consumption or a service. It can consist of multiple steps that are executed during billing taking for
example rates per unit, surcharges or discounts into account.
Dictionary Entry Name
Billing Rate. Code
Example
<BillingRateCode>1</BillingRateCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
BillingRateCode
Object Class
Property
Billing Rate
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
Detailed Description and Value Ranges

A user-specific code list is assigned to the code. A user of this code determines the codes in the code list during configuration.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 10
Semantic examples of customer-specific codes are provided in the Use section.

Detailed Description of Attributes and Elements
Attribute / Element
Detailed Description
listID
Identifies a list of codes that belong together. listID is only unique within the agency that manages this code list.
listVersionID
Identifies the version of a code list.
listAgencyID
Identifies the agency that manages the code list. The agencies from UN/EDIFACT data element 3055 (DE 3055) are used as the
default, however, the roles defined in DE 3055 cannot be used. If the agency is not listed in DE 3055 it can be identified by using
its web URI.
Integrity Conditions
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the billing rate that can be used during billing of the consumption of a service.
Examples for user-specific code semantics:
- Toll Usage - Billing Rate for billing toll usage in Electronic Toll Collection
- Electricity Rate On-Peak - Billing Rate for billing consumption of electricity at peak times in Utilities
Notes
None specified.
Appendix - Code Lists
BillingRateCode
listID = 70309
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 11
No codes are specified. Examples are given in the "Use" section. A user of this data type specifies the codes during configuration.
Restricted Data Type NOSC_BillingRateCode

Definition
A coded representation of a billing rate.
Example
<BillingRateCode>1</BillingRateCode>
Structure
GDT
NOSC_BillingRateCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Billing Rate
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
BillingRateCode
Length
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
For usage in SAP Business Suite Level 1 and 2 Services which don't need Supplementary Components.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 12
1.1
BillingRateGroupDeterminationCode
Definition
A coded representation of the determination of a group of billing rates.
Comment
A billing rate group is a grouping together of rates. For example in Utilities it can be used to define the order in which the billing programs
of these rates are executed.
Billing Rate Group. Determination. Code
Example
<BillingRateGroupDeterminationCode>123</BillingRateGroupDeterminationCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
BillingRateGroupDeterminatio
nCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Billing Rate Group
Determination
Code
CDT
Code
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 13

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the billing rate group which can be used in combination with the BillingRateGroupingCode to determine
the billing rate.
- Toll Collection - Determines billing rate group for Electronic Toll Collection
- Electricity
- Determines billing rate group for billing the consumption of electricity in Utilities
Notes
None specified.
BillingRateGroupDeterminationCode
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 14
listID = 70310
Restricted Data Type NOSC_BillingRateGroupDeterminationCode

Definition
A coded representation of the determination of a group of billing rates.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_BillingRateGroupDeterminationCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Billing Rate
Group
Property
Determination
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
BillingRateGroupDete 1..10
rminationCode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 15
1.2
BillingRateGroupingCode
Definition
A coded representation of a grouping of billing rates.
Comment
The grouping is a dividing up of billing rates of a billing rate group according to customer specific criteria.
Billing Rate. Grouping. Code
Example
<BillingRateGroupingCode>1</BillingRateGroupingCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Billing Rate
Grouping
Code
CDT
Code
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 16

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to divide up the billing rates and can be used in combination with the BillingRateGroupDeterminationCode to
determine the billing rate.
- Toll Use Highway
- For billing for highway usage in Electronic Toll Collection
- On-Peak - For billing consumption on peak in Utilities
- Off-Peak - For billing consumption off peak in Utilities
Notes
None specified.
listID = 70311
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 17
Restricted Data Type NOSC_BillingRateGroupingCode

Definition
A coded representation of a grouping of billing rates.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_BillingRateGroupingCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Billing Rate
Property
Grouping
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
BillingRateGroupingC 1..10
ode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 18
1.3
BusinessDocumentMessageHeader
Definition
A BusinessDocumentMessageHeader comprises business information from the perspective of the sender application for identifying and
processing of a business document (instance) within a (technical) message (if applicable, with a reference to a previous instance of a
business document within a previous (technical) message), information about the sender, and any information about the receiver.
Business Document. Message Header. Details
Example
< PurchaseOrderRequest >
< MessageHeader >
< ID schemeID =" INVOIC "> 00000000123456 </ ID >
< ReferenceID schemeID =" ORDER "> 00000000123455 </ ReferenceID >
< CreationDateTime > 2003-10-21T12:21Z </ ID >
< SenderParty >
< StandardID schemeAgencyID="016" >4711</ StandardID >
< ContactPerson >
< InternalID schemeID="PartyID" schemeAgencyID="MPL_002" >820</ InternalID >
< Adress >?</ Adress >
</ ContactPerson >
</ SenderParty >
< RecipientParty >
< InternalID schemeID="PartyID" schemeAgencyID="BPL_300" >747< /InternalID >
< ContactPerson >
< InternalID schemeID="PartyID" schemeAgencyID="BPL_300" >737< /InternalID >
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 19
< Adress >'</ Adress >

</ ContactPerson >
</ RecipientParty >
< BusinessScopeBusinessProcess >
< TypeCode >1</ TypeCode >
< InstanceID schemeID="ClientTransactionUUID" >42d3cfca-5996-57b0-e100-00000a44201b</ InstanceID >
</ BusinessScopeBusinessProcess >
</ MessageHeader >
?.
</ PurchaseOrderRequest >
Structure
GDT
Cat.
BusinessDocumentMessage
Header
Object Class
Property
Representation
Business Document
Message Header
Details
Type
Type Name
Length
Card.
ID
Business Document
Message Header
Identification
Identifier
GDT
BusinessDocumentM 1..35
essageID
0..1
UUID
Business Document
Message Header
Universally Unique
Identification
Identifier
GDT
UUID
0..1
ReferenceID
Business Document
Message Header
Reference Identification Identifier
GDT
BusinessDocumentM 1..35
essageID
0..1
ReferenceUUID
Business Document
Message Header
Reference Identification Identifier
GDT
UUID
0..1
CreationDateTime
Business Document
Message Header
Creation Date Time
DateTime
CDT
GLOBAL_DateTime
TestDataIndicator
Business Document
Message Header
Test Data
Indicator
CDT
Indicator
0..1
ReconciliationIndicator
Business Document
Message Header
Reconciliation
Indicator
CDT
Indicator
0..1
SenderBusinessSystemID
Business Document
Sender Business
Identifier
GDT
BusinessSystemID
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
Page 20
Message Header
System Identification
RecipientBusinessSystemID
Business Document
Message Header
Recipient Business
System Identification
Identifier
SenderParty
Business Document
Message Header
Sender
RecipientParty
Business Document
Message Header
BusinessScope
Business Document
Message Header
GDT
BusinessSystemID
0..1
Details
BusinessDocumentM
essageHeaderParty
0..1
Recipient
Details
BusinessDocumentM
essageHeaderParty
0..n
Business Scope
Details
BusinessScope
0..n
GDT

Attribute / Element
ID
Identifier for the instance of the business document within a (technical) message that is generated by the business application level
at the sender.
UUID
Universally unique identifier for the instance of the business document within a (technical) message that is generated by the
business application level at the sender.
If this element is filled, the contents of element ID can be ignored by the receiver.
ReferenceID
Identifier of another instance of a business document in another (technical) message that the BusinessDocument references (a
BusinessDocument can link to another BusinessDocumentMessage to represent a business interrelation or a dependency).
ReferenceUUID
Universally unique identifier of another instance of a business document in another (technical) message that the
BusinessDocument references (a BusinessDocument can link to another BusinessDocumentMessage to represent a business
interrelation or a dependency).
If a referenced message was identified by element UUID, ReferenceUUID must be used.
CreationDateTime
An exact date and time stamp (to the second) for when a message is created for the business document within the business
application.
TestDataIndicator
Indicates if the business data contained in the message is test data or not. This element is optional and if omitted its default is
"false".
ReconciliationIndicator
Indicates if the message is a reconciliation message or not. This element is optional and if omitted its default is "false".
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 21
SenderBusinessSystemID
ID of the business system that send a Business Document.
RecipientBusinessSystemID
ID of the business system that receives a Business Document.
SenderParty
"SenderParty" is the party that creates and sends the BusinessDocument at business application level. SenderParty contains a
unique sender identification. The identifiers contained in SenderParty can also be used for internal forwarding at application level.
The contact person in it contains the necessary direct contact information in case there are problems or errors during processing of
the respective BusinessDocument.
RecipientParty
"RecipientParty" is the party that receives and processes the BusinessDocument at business application level. RecipientParty
contains a unique receiver identification. The identifiers contained in RecipientParty can also be used for internal forwarding at
application level. The contact person in it contains the necessary direct contact information in case there are problems or errors
during processing of the respective BusinessDocument.
BusinessScope
An environment from which a message is sent. The BusinessScope can include a business description of the business process as
well as technical aspects of the message environment such as transaction protocols (e.g UN/CEFACT Transaction Pattern).
All BusinessDocuments used for B2B scenarios must use the GDT BusinessDocumentMessageHeader. If required,
BusinessDocumentMessageHeader can also be used in BusinessDocuments only intended for A2A scenarios.
The GDT BusinessDocumentMessageHeader must be part of all Business Documents used in the Business Application Platform.
If ID and UUID is given, they must identify the same message.
If ReferenceID and ReferenceUUID is given, they must identify the same message.
Use
In detail, BusinessDocumentMessageHeader can be used for the following:
- For forwarding to the relevant position or target person within a business application.
- For administration and error handling. The unique identification can be used for referencing and in the case of errors at business
application level, the contact person in SenderParty or RecipientParty can be contacted directly. The name, telephone number, e-mail
address, fax number, and so on can be transmitted by the BusinessDocumentMessageHeader for this purpose.
- For tracing and monitoring of a BusinessDocument and its processing status at business application level.
- For managing and monitoring business processes.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 22
- For converting general information to other standards such as for example, IDoc, UN/CEFACT, ANSI X.12, ODETTE, TRADACOMMS,
xCBL, OAG BODs, RosettaNet-PIPs, and so on These are standards that represent only reference data for the business application level
according to predefined conventions. This can only be guaranteed if the general header information of a BusinessDocument is identical
to the envelope or header information of the respective default message.
The ReferenceID is used to represent references that originate from the succession of BusinessDocuments in the BusinessDocument
choreography (these can be, for example, query/response or request/confirmation messages).
The respective interface document must identify the previous BusinessDocument to which the ReferenceID refers, i.e., what the
reference specified by the BusinessDocument reference means.
Notes
Comparing BusinessDocumentMessageHeader to the header information from the usual message transfer protocols "Reliable
Messaging", "OASIS ebXML MSG", "OASIS ebXML CPP/CPA", "Rosetta Net RNIF 2.0", and so on, demonstrates that the
BusinessDocumentMessageHeader contains redundant information compared to these technical transfer protocols. However, the
BusinessDocumentMessageHeader is only used at business application level and not at such a technical level. The information in this
case is information that can be sent, received, and processed at this level.
BusinessDocumentMessageHeader is based on the following convention: "UN/CEFACT Standard BusinessDocumentMessage Header
Technical Specification - Working Draft - Revision 2.2.5" dated 26 November 2003.
The ID (BusinessDocumentMessageID) of the BusinessDocumentMessageHeader is clearly distinguishable from the technical
Messaged (the XI message):
- The ID (BusinessDocumentMessageID) is issued by the business application and is stable over the entire lifetime of the
BusinessDocument. It also remains unchanged even when the message is sent via multiple, successive middleware systems
("messaging systems").
- The technical MessageID is issued at the level of the technical middleware system and generally changes as follows:
- Each time the BusinessDocument is resent or forwarded by a middleware system
- When the BusinessDocument is split into multiple technical messages by a middleware system
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 23
1.4
BusinessPartnerID
Definition
An identifier for a business partner.
Comment
A business party is a person, organization, or group of people / organizations in which a company has a business interest.
Business Partner. Identification. Identifier
Example
<BusinessPartnerID>
065055766 </BusinessPartnerID>
Structure
GDT
BusinessPartnerID
Cat.
Object Class
Business Partner
Property
Identification
Representation
Identifier
Type
CDT
Type Name
Identifier
Length
1..60
Card.
Remarks
restricted

Letters have to be in uppercase.
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 24
Use
The GDT BusinessPartnerID is used to represent an alternative business partner number.
This GDT may not be used in messages; use the GDT PartyID instead. When mapping from BusinessPartnerID to PartyID the attributes
are transferred 1:1. The contents of the scheme attributes are determined by the type of alternative business partner number (see GDT
PartyIDTypeCode). If, for example, the alternative business partner number is a DUNS, the values would be as follows:
SchemeID
"DUNS"
SchemeAgencyID "16"
Notes
The following dictionary objects are assigned to this GDT in mySAP systems:
Data element: BU_PARTNER
Appendix - List of Qualifiers
Qualifier
Definition
Additional
An identifier of an additional business partner.
LowerBoundary
Lower boundary of an interval of identifiers for business partners.
UpperBoundary
Upper boundary of an interval of identifiers for business partners.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 25
1.5
CalorificValue
Definition
The calorific value (energy value) of a substance is the measured quantity of heat released during the combustion of a specified quantity
of it.
Comment
The calorific value is a characteristic for each substance. It is measured in units of thermal energy per unit of the substance, usually
mass, such as: kJ/kg, kJ/mol, kcal/kg, Btu/m.

Calorific Value. Measure
Example
<CalorificValue unitCode =" kcal/kg">11.469200</CalorificValue>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
CalorificValue
Object Class
Property
Calorific Value
unitCode
Measure
Unit
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Measure
CDT
Measure
2.6
Code
GDT
MeasureUnitCode
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted

None specified

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 26
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Specifies the unit of measure of a measure.
None specified
Use
The calorific value can be used to calculate the amount of therminal energy of a substance
Notes
In SAP Business Suite the CalorificValue is represented by BRENNWTA
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 27
1.6
CashDepositRequestWaiverReasonCode
Definition
A coded representation of a reason for waiving a cash deposit request.
Comment
A cash deposit is an administration object for cash deposit requests and payments posted to the same contract account and contract.
Cash Deposit Request. Waiver Reason. Code
Example
<CashDepositRequestWaiverReasonCode>1</CashDepositRequestWaiverReasonCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
CashDepositRequestWaiverR
easonCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Cash Deposit Request Waiver Reason
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

A customer-specific code list is assigned to the code CashDepositRequestWaiverReasonCode.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 28
Semantic examples of customer-specific codes are provided in the "Use" section.

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified
Use
A CashDepositRequestWaiverReasonCode is used in cash deposit request documents to specify the reason for waiving a cash deposit
request.
Examples of possible codes:
Letter Of Recommendation - Due to a letter of recommendation the utilities company waivers to request a cash deposit.
Low Consumption - Due to the low consumption of the end customer the utilities company waivers to request a cash deposit.
Special Licence - Due to a special licence the utilities company waivers to request a cash deposit.
Notes
The CashDepositRequestWaiverReasonCode is represented by SECWAIVEREAS in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 29

CashDepositRequestWaiverReasonCode
listID = 11476
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 30
1.7
CLOSED_LOCAL_DateTimePeriod
Definition
CLOSED_LOCAL_DateTimePeriod is a period that is defined by two points in time. These points in time are expressed by
LOCAL_DateTime.
CLOSED_LOCAL_DateTimePeriod includes the start time-point and includes the end time-point.
Example
<OpeningPeriod>
<StartDateTime timeZoneCode="CET" daylightSavingTimeIndicator="true">2009-01-01T00:00:00</StartDateTime>
<EndDateTime timeZoneCode="CET" daylightSavingTimeIndicator="true">2009-01-01T23:59:59</EndDateTime>
</OpeningPeriod>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
CLOSED_LOCAL_DateTime
Period
Object Class
Property
CLOSED_ LOCAL__
Date Time Period
Representation
Type
Type Name
Details
GDT
DateTimePeriod
Length
Card.
StartDateTime
Date Time Period
Start Date Time
DateTime
CDT
LOCAL_DateTime
EndDateTime
Date Time Period
End Date Time
DateTime
CDT
LOCAL_DateTime
Remarks

No entry.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 31

Attribute / Element
StartDateTime
Accurate-to-the-second start time on a calendar day in accordance with the extended representation ISO 8601.
EndDateTime
Accurate-to-the-second end time on a calendar day in accordance with the extended representation ISO 8601.
The time zone of start and end time-point may be different.
Use
Notes
For the definition of time-points of type LOCAL_DateTime, please refer to GDT LOCAL_DateTime.
The CLOSED_LOCAL_DateTimePeriod is a restriction on GDT DateTimePeriod. CLOSED_LOCAL_DateTimePeriod contains the
variable "CLOSED_LOCAL_", which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier. For the possible qualifiers of
CLOSED_LOCAL_DateTimePeriod refer to GDT PeriodRoleCode.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 32
1.8
CLOSED_UNBOUNDED_TimePointPeriod
Definition
CLOSED_UNBOUNDED_TimePointPeriod is a period that is defined by two points in time.
It includes the start time-point and includes the end time-point.
Example
<ValidityPeriod>
<StartTimePoint>
<TypeCode>6</TypeCode>
<DateTime timeZoneCode="CET" daylightSavingTimeIndicator="true">2009-01-01T00:00:0</DateTime>
</StartTimePoint>
<EndTimePoint>
<TypeCode>6</TypeCode>
<DateTime timeZoneCode="CET" daylightSavingTimeIndicator="true">2009-01-01T23:59:59</DateTime>
</EndTimePoint>
</ValidityPeriod>
Structure
GDT
CLOSED_UNBOUNDED_Tim
ePointPeriod
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Cat.
Object Class
CLOSED_UNBOUNDE
D__ Time Point Period
Property
Representation
Details
Type
GDT
Type Name
TimePointPeriod
Length
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Page 33
StartTimePoint
Timepoint Period
Start Timepoint
Details
GDT
TimePoint
0..1
EndTimePoint
Timepoint Period
End Timepoint
Details
GDT
TimePoint
0..1

None specified.
Attribute / Element
StartTimePoint
Time-Point specifying the start of the period.
EndTimePoint
Time-Point specifying the end of the period.
The sub-elements for start and end are set to optional. In case of using only one sub-element an infinite time period can be defined.
Use
None specified.
Notes
For the definition of time-points of type TimePoint, please refer to GDT TimePoint.
The CLOSED_UNBOUNDED_TimePointPeriod is a restriction on GDT TimePointPeriod. CLOSED_UNBOUNDED_TimePointPeriod
contains the variable "CLOSED_UNBOUNDED_", which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier. For the possible qualifiers of
CLOSED_UNBOUNDED_TimePointPeriod refer to GDT TimePointPeriod.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 34
1.9
Code
Definition
Code is a character string of letters, numbers, special characters (except escape sequences), and symbols. It represents a definitive
value, a method, or a property description in an abbreviated or language-independent form.
Code. Type
Example
a) Standard Code/Standard Agency:
<SecurityErrorCode listID ="DE 0571" listAgencyID="6">4</SecurityErrorCode>
b) Proprietary Code/Standard Agency:
<SecurityErrorCode listID ="10000" listAgencyID="310">ANS</SecurityErrorCode>
c) Proprietary Code/Proprietary Agency:
<SecurityErrorCode listID ="SEC" listAgencyID="www.akron.com">ER05</SecurityErrorCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
Code
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Code
Type
XSD
token
Length
Card.
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencySchemeID
Code List Agency

Scheme
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
Page 35
listAgencySchemeAgencyID
Code List Agency

Scheme Agency
Identification
Identifier
GDT
AgencyIdentificationC
ode
0..1

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
listAgencySchemeID
Deprecated!
This Supplementary Component is not supported any longer!
listAgencySchemeAgencyID
Deprecated!
This Supplementary Component is not supported any longer!
Use
The "Code" data type is used for all elements that are used in the communication between partners or systems to enable a common
coded value representation in place of texts, methods, or properties . This code list should be relatively stable, and not subject to
frequent or significant changes (for example, CountryCode, LanguageCode, and so on).
If the agency that manages the code list is not named explicitly, but is specified by using a role, this is done in the tag name.
The following types of code can be represented:
a) Standardized codes, whose code lists are managed by an agency from the DE 3055 code list.
Code, Standard
listID, Code list for the standard code
listVersionID, Version of the code list
listAgencyID, Agency from DE 3055 (excluding roles)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 36
b.) Proprietary codes, whose code lists are managed by an agency that is identified using a standard.
Code, Proprietary
listID, Code list for the proprietary code
listAgencyID, Standardized ID for the agency (normally the company that manages the proprietary code list)
c.) Proprietary codes, whose code lists are managed by an agency that is identified without the use of a standard.
Code, Proprietary
listID, Code list for the proprietary code
listAgencyID, Proprietary ID for the agency (normally the company that manages the proprietary code list)
d.) Proprietary codes, whose code lists are managed by an agency that is specified using a role or not at all.
The role is specified as a prefix in the tag name. If there is more than one code list, listID and listVersionID can be used as attributes. No
attributes are required if there is only one code list.
Code, Proprietary
listID, Identification scheme for the proprietary identifier
listVersionID, Version of the identification scheme
listAgencyID, -
The representation term for the CDT "Code" is Code.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 37
Application of CDT Code Attributes (Supplementary Components) to a GDT:

If the CDT code is used as a basis to define a specific code GDT that combines (parts of) standard code lists of different standardization
organizations, and the complied lists are not disjunctive, the following attributes of the CDT code must be included in the GDT:
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
Exception: The compiled lists are not disjunctive, but in each interface that uses the GDT, the lists supported by the interface are
disjunctive. In this case, the attributes are not required in the GDT.
Notes
To be able to represent values, methods, and property descriptions as code, the corresponding code list must be consistent and, unlike
identifier lists, subject to very few changes to its content.
As a rule, "Code" cannot be used to uniquely identify any logical or real objects.
In some cases it is not possible to differentiate clearly between "Identifier" and "Code" for coded values. This is particularly applicable if a
coded value is used to uniquely identify an object and, at the same time, this coded value is used to replace a longer text. For example,
this includes the coded values for "Country", "Currency", "Organization", "Region", and so on If the list of coded values in this case is
consistent, then the GDT "Code" can be used for the individual coded values.
Examples:
A passport number (PassportId) is clearly an "Identifier", because a) it identifies a (real) object, namely, a natural person, and b) the list
of passport numbers is constantly growing as new passport numbers are issued.
A country code (CountryCode or CountryId) can be either an "Identifier" or a "Code". The country code uniquely identifies a real object,
namely, the country. However, the country code itself is also a replacement for the respective (unique) country name. Therefore, it is also
a "Code". Since the code list is relatively consistent, the country name should be represented as a "Code". Changes are caused only by
political events and such changes are few in comparison to those relating to natural persons.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 38
A process code (ProcessCode) is clearly a "Code", because a) it describes a method type and not an object, and b) the list of process
codes seldom changes.
Qualifier
Local
Definition
Code in a local business system.
Comment:
In a communication between two business systems, the local system is the local communication partner.
Use:
LocalCode may be used, for example, in a mapping between local and remote codes to denote the codes used
in the local business system.
LowerBoundary
Lower boundary of an interval of codes.
Remote
Code in a remote business system.

Comment:
In a communication between two business systems, the remote system is the remote communication partner.
Use:
RemoteCode may be used, for example, in a mapping between local and remote codes to denote the codes
used in the remote business system.
UpperBoundary
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Upper boundary of an interval of codes.
Page 39
1.10 ContractAccountID
Definition
A ContractAccountID is a unique identifier for a contract account.
Comment
A contract account belongs to one or more business partners and contains guidelines and service terms that are considered in
receivables and payables processing.

Contract Account. Identification. Identifier
Example
<ContractAccountID>123456789012</ContractAccountID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
ContractAccountID
Object Class
Contract Account
Property
Identification
Representation
Identifier
Type
CDT
Type Name
Identifier
Length
Card.
Remarks
1..12

No entry.
No entry.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 40
Use
A ContractAccountID is used to represent a contract account.
Notes
No entry.

Qualifier
Definition
ClearingDetails
Contract account providing details required for the clearing of items by payment or debit. Examples for such details are
payment method, bank details, lock reason, alternative payer.
Collective
A contract account which has several single contract accounts assigned. It manages the postings of these accounts which
are bundled in a collective invoice.
Transfer
Contract account used to clear receivables or payables items by transfer postings (for example, the account for a deposit
contract).
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 41
1.11 ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesPostingDocumentTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of the type of a contract accounts receivables payables posting document.
Contract Accounts Receivables Payables Posting Document. Type. Code
Example
<ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesPostingDocumentTypeCode>1</ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesPostingDocumentType
Code>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
ContractAccountsReceivables
PayablesPostingDocumentTy
peCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Contract Accounts
Receivables Payables
Posting Document
Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 42

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the type of a contract accounts receivables payables posting document. Examples for user-specific code
semantics:
Interest Document - Classifies an interest document
Charges Document - Classifies a charges document
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesPostingDocumentTypeCode is represented by BLART_KK.

ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesPostingDocumentTypeCode
listID = 70307
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 43
Restricted Data Type NOSC_ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesPostingDocumentTypeCode

Definition
A coded representation of the type of a contract accounts receivables payables posting document.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesPostingDocu
mentTypeCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Contract
Accounts Receivables
Payables Posting
Document
Property
Type
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
ContractAccountsRec 1..12
eivablesPayablesPos
tingDocumentTypeCo
de
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 44
1.12 ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesSettlementProcedureCode
Definition
A coded representation of the settlement procedure in contract accounts receivables payables.
Comment
The settlement procedure represents the business transaction in contract accounts receivables and payables which executes settlement.
Contract Accounts Receivables Payables. Settlement Procedure. Code
Example
<ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesSettlementProcedureCode>R41</ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesSettlementProcedureC
ode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
ContractAccountsReceivables
PayablesSettlementProcedur
eCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Contract Accounts
Receivables Payables
Settlement Procedure
Code
CDT
Code
1..3
Card.
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
restricted
Page 45

An extensible SAP code list is assigned to the code. A user of this code can replace this SAP code list with another one. The SAP code
list and its values are provided in Appendix Code List.
Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the settlement procedure in contract accounts receivables payables. The settlement procedure is used
to determine the payment assignment or clearing rules.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesSettlemenProcedureCode is represented by VERART_KK.
ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesSettlementProcedureCode
listID = 70308
listAgencyID = 310
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 46
Code
Name
Description
Manual Posting
Procedure for manual posting.
Account Maintenance
Procedure for account maintenance.
Automatic Clearing
Procedure for automatic clearing.
Payment Lot
Procedure for handling a payment lot. A payment lot represents the payments that are combined to be
processed together.
Payment Run
Procedure for a payment run.
Payment At Cash Desk
Procedure for a payment at cash desk.
External Cash Payment
Procedure for an external cash payment.
External Card Payment
Procedure for an external card payment.
External Check Payment
Procedure for an external check payment.
10
External Postal Order
Procedure for an external postal order.
11
External Payment
Procedure for an external payment.
12
Payment By Card At Cash Desk Procedure for a payment by card at cash desk.
13
Distribution Of Payment To
Payment Advice Note
Procedure for distribution of payment to a payment advice note.
14
Loan Repayment Plan
Procedure for distribution of payment to a loan repayment plan.
15
Installment Plan
Procedure for distribution of payment to a loan installment plan.
16
Collective Bill
Procedure for distribution of payment to a collective bill.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 47
17
Check Payment At Cash Desk
Procedure for check payment at cash desk.
18
Postal Order At Cash Desk
Procedure for postal order at cash desk.
19
Check Lot
Procedure for handling a check lot.
20
Summarization Group
Procedure for payment to summarization group.
21
Payment Order Lot
Procedure for handling a payment order lot.
22
Payment Of Electronic Bill
Procedure for payment of an electronic bill.
23
Credit Card Lot
Procedure for handling a credit card lot.
24
Payment In Financial Customer Procedure for payment in financial customer and care.
And Care
25
Migration
Procedure for migration.
26
Migration Payment
Procedure for migration payment.
27
Invoicing
Procedure for creating an invoice.
28
Periodic Billing
Procedure for creating a periodic bill.
29
Final Billing Of Contract
Procedure for the final billing of a contract.
30
Final Billing Of A Contract

Account
Procedure for the final billing of a contract account.
31
Collective Billing
Procedure for creating a collective Bill.
32
Partial Billing
Procedure for creating a partial bill.
33
Requesting Budget Billing
Procedure for creating a budget billing request.
34
Aggregated Billing
Procedure for creating an aggregated bill.
35
Incoming Aggregated Billing
Procedure for creating an incoming bill.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 48
Restricted Data Type NOSC_ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesSettlementProcedureCode

Definition
A coded representation of the settlement procedure in contract accounts receivables payables.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_ContractAccountsReceivablesPayablesSettlementPr
ocedureCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Contract
Accounts Receivables
Payables
Property
Settlement Procedure
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
ContractAccountsRec 1..3
eivablesPayablesSett
lementProcedureCod
e
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 49
1.13 CorrespondenceCommunicationProfileCode
Definition
A coded representation of a profile which controls how the correspondence is communicated.
Comment
Provides flexible control in batch processing and means that a document can be sent in various ways and on more than one occasion.
The following information is defined within this code:
- Send type (for example, fax, e-mail, SMS)
- Number of copies
- Archiving mode
- Output device
Correspondence Communication Profile. Code
Example
<CorrespondenceCommunicationProfileCode>1</CorrespondenceCommunicationProfileCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
CorrespondenceCommunicati
onProfileCode
Object Class
Property
Correspondence
Communication Profile
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
restricted
Page 50
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

A user-specific code list is assigned to the CorrespondenceCommunicationProfileCode.
A user of this code determines the codes in the code list during configuration.
Semantic examples of user-specific codes are provided in the Use section.
Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
A CorrespondenceCommunicationProfileCode is used to define a profile which controls how the correspondence is communicated.
Fax - Send the correspondence twice by fax.
Print & Mail - One printed copy (standard printer) and one e-mail.
None - Do not use any profile.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 51
Notes
The CorrespondenceCommunicationProfileCode is represented by SENDCONTROL and CRMT_BUAG_SNDCTRL in SAP Business
Suite.
CorrespondenceCommunicationProfileCode
listID = 11497
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 52
1.14 CorrespondenceTypeGroupCode
Definition
A coded representation of a group of correspondence types having similar control parameters and being sent with the same frequency.
Comment
A correspondence type characterizes the correspondence itself (such as a return notification or an account statement) and can be used
to determine the accompanying communication profile.
Correspondence Type Group. Code
Example
<CorrespondenceTypeGroupCode>1</CorrespondenceTypeGroupCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
CorrespondenceTypeGroupC
ode
Object Class
Property
Correspondence Type
Group
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..5
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

An user-specific code list is assigned to the CorrespondenceTypeGroupCode.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 53
A user of this code determines the codes in the code list during configuration.
Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified
Use
A CorrespondenceTypeGroupCode is used to group the correspondence types used to control periodic correspondence. All
correspondence types which are grouped together have similar control parameters and are being sent with the same frequency.
Account Information - Send Account Statement and Contract Account Balance Notification monthly.
Quarterly Notification - Send Commission Documentation and Interest Notification quarterly.
Notes
The CorrespondenceTypeGroupCode is represented by COPRC and CRMT_BUAG_CORRESPONDENCE_VAR in SAP Business
Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 54

CorrespondenceTypeGroupCode
listID = 11498
Qualifier
Default
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Definition
A default designation of a correspondence type group code.
Page 55
1.15 CountyCode
Definition
A coded representation of a county within a region of a country defined by either national or administrative/political borders.
County. Code
Example
<CountyCode>219</CountyCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
CountyCode
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
County
Code
CDT
Code
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 56
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
CountyCode is used to identify a county defined by national or administrative/political borders in a physical address.
Example of possible codes for the country of "Denmark" and the region of "Sjaelland":
215 Helsinge
217 Helsingr
219 Hillerd
221 Hundested
223 Hrsholm
225 Jgerspris
227 Karlebo
Notes
The CountyCode is represented by COUNC in SAP Business Suite.
CountyCode
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 57
listID = 70346
Appendix - Context
Definition
The CountyCodeContextElements defines a dependency or an environment in which the CountyCode appears. The environment is
described by context categories.
Comment
With the context categories in CountyCodeContextElements the valid number of code values of CountyCode is restricted according to an
environment during use.
Structure
GDT
Cat.
CountyCodeContextElements
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Card.
Remarks
Details
County Code Context

Elements
CountryCode
County Code Context

Elements
Country
Code
GDT
CountryCode
RegionCode
County Code Context

Elements
Region
Code
GDT
RegionCode

Attribute / Element
CountryCode
This context category defines the purpose of a Country. This determines the valid code values for this purpose.
RegionCode
This context category defines the purpose of a Region. This determines the valid code values for this purpose.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 58
Restricted Data Type NOSC_CountyCode

Definition
A coded representation of a county within a region of a country defined by either national or administrative/political borders.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_CountyCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_
Property
County
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
CountyCode
Length
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 59
1.16 CreditRiskClassCode
Definition
A coded representation for the risk of non-payment.
Credit Risk Class. Code
Example
<CreditRiskClassCode listAgencyID="016">A</CreditRiskClassCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
CreditRiskClassCode
Object Class
Property
Credit Risk Class
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Several extensible and one user-specific code lists, which are different at runtime, are assigned to the code. A user of this code
determines the codes in the code list during configuration.
Attribute / Element
listID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 60
listAgencyID
its web URI.
Only code lists from the following table may be used for the CreditRiskClassCode .
Code List
Dun & Bradstreet Rating Code
Schufa
Brgel
Creditreform
Mutually agreed
listAgencyID
016
www.schufa.de
www.buergel.de
www.creditreform.de
<WWW URL of code list issuer>
Use
CreditRiskClassCode is used to represent the risk of non-payment involved in a business transaction. The risk of non-payment refers to
the party involved in the business transaction concerned.
The CreditRiskClassCode is usually the proprietary code list of a credit agency, but may also be a company's credit management code
list.
The individual values of the code represent a risk class, for example, "high", "medium", "low" (self-explanatory).
Notes
None specified.
CreditRiskClassCode
listID = 35101
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 61
listAgencyID = 310
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 62
1.17 CustomerContractGroupCode
Definition
A coded representation of a group of customer contracts.
Customer Contract Group. Code
Example
<CustomerContractGroupCode>1</CustomerContractGroupCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
CustomerContractGroupCode
Object Class
Property
Customer Contract
Group
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

A user-specific code list is assigned to the code. A user determines the codes in the code list.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 63

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
The CustomerContractGroupCode may not be used in B2B messages at present.
Use
The CustomerContractGroupCode is used, for example, in the sales order for pricing and statistics purposes. Examples of the possible
semantics of the codes are:
Industrial enterprise contracts: Customer contract group that includes contracts of industrial enterprises.
Commercial Enterprise Contracts: Customer contract group that includes contracts of commercial enterprises
Private Customer Contracts: Customer contract group that includes contracts of private customers.
Notes
None specified.
CustomerContractGroupCode
listID = 11166
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 64

Qualifier
UtilitiesBilling
Definition
A group of customer contracts for billing in utilities.
Use:
The UtilitiesBillingCustomerContractGroupCode is used to group contracts of customers in Utilities, for example

to process different billing rules. Examples for user-specific code semantics:
- Residential Customer Contracts - Group for billing of residential customer contracts
- Commercial Customer Contracts - Group for billing of commercial customer contracts
Notes:
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesBillingCustomerContractGroupCode is represented by AKLASSE.

UtilitiesOnSiteBilling
A group of customer contracts for on site billing in utilities.

Use:
The UtilitiesOnSiteBillingCustomerContractGroupCode is used to group customer contracts with the same on

site billing rules. Examples of the possible semantics of the codes are:
Industrial enterprise contracts: Customer contract group that includes contracts for onsite billing of industrial
enterprises.
Commercial enterprise contracts: Customer contract group that includes contracts for onsite billing of
commercial enterprises
Private customer contrats: Customer contract group that includes contracts for onsite billing of private customers.
Notes:
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesOnSiteBillingCustomerContractGroupCode is represented by

E_OSB_GROUP.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 65
1.18 Date
Definition
A Date is the specification of an exact day in the Gregorian calendar.
Date. Type
Example
< OrderDate > 2002-04-19 </ OrderDate >
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
Date
Property
Date
Representation
Type
Type
XSD
Type Name
Length
Card.
Remarks
date

The CDT Date uses the W3C built-in data type xsd:date. This is structured according to the extended representation of ISO 8601 (see
http://www.w3.org/TR/NOTE-datetime ).
The extended representation is as follows:
CCYY-MM-DD
Example:
2002-04-19
The extended representation uses the following literals:
CC
= for century
00 - 99
YY
= for year
00 - 99
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 66
MM
= for month
01 -12
DD
= for day
01 - 28 for month 02;
01 - 29 for month 02 when the year
is a leap year;
01 - 30 for months 04, 06, 09, and 11;
01 - 31 for months 01, 03, 05, 07, 08, 10, and 12
There must be a hyphen between the year, month, and day.
The following Integrity Conditions must be observed:
Years must always be represented by a four-character code. Only the years 0001 to 9999 are supported.
Leading positive or negative signs before the year are not supported.
Time zones prefixed with the time-zone-character "Z" are not supported for the date.
According to the Integrity Conditions above, the regular expression restricts the character pattern of date to the following:
[0-9]{4}-[0-9]{2}-[0-9]{2}
Nevertheless, meaningless data such as 0000-00-00 can be represented by this regular expression. However, explicit restrictions mean
that this is not possible for the built-in data type "xsd:date".
Use
Date is used to represent points in time or time stamps in which the day must be exact.
Date should not be used to specify periodic events.
Notes
The length of a day can vary due to changes in daylight savings. The "Gregorian calendar" is used predominantly in the western world
today and is a compromise for the complicated calculation of a "tropical" year. The length of a mean "tropical" year is 365.2422 days. The
"Gregorian calendar" determines the rules for leap years and was introduced in 1582.
For the possible roles of Date (like ArrivalDate, AvailabilityDate, and so on) see GDT DateTime.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 67

Qualifier
Allowed qualifiers of Date are the
qualifiers defined at TimePoint.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Definition
Note: In an element name TimePoint may be replaced by Date. Example: ApprovalTimePoint -> ApprovalDate
Page 68
1.19 DecimalValue
Definition
A numeric value represented as a decimal.
Decimal. Value
Example
<PropertyValue>
...
<DecimalValue>3.14159</DecimalValue>
...
</PropertyValue>
Structure
GDT
DecimalValue
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Decimal
Representation
Value
Type
CDT
Type Name
Value
Length
17.14
Card.
Remarks
restricted

DecimalValue is a qualified basic GDT that is based on the secondary representation term Value of the CDT Numeric.
For details on XSD:decimal, see http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#decimal .
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 69
Use
DecimalValue is used if the explicit reference to the decimal representation of the element based on DecimalValue is both meaningful
and desired from a semantic perspective. This is the case with mathematical/scientific and technical numeric values. The Decimal
qualifier then forms part of the relevant element name.
As a rule, numeric business values are not defined using their decimal representation; rather, this representation is derived implicitly from
the semantics of the numeric value. Examples of this include Price or ExchangeRate. In this case, DecimalValue is not used.
Notes
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 70
Restricted Data Type SMALLNONNEGATIVE_DecimalValue

Example
< DecimalValue > 123.12 </ DecimalValue >
Structure
GDT
SMALLNONNEGATIVE_DecimalValue
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
Value
Type
GDT
Type Name
DecimalValue
Length
3.2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Notes
The SMALLNONNEGATIVE_DecimalValue is a restriction of GDT DecimalValue to specify a uniform length for small decimal quantities.
SMALLNONNEGATIVE_DecimalValue contains the variable "SMALLNONNEGATIVE_", which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
The qualifiers are contained in the list in section " List of Qualifiers ".
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 71
Restricted Data Type VERYSMALLNONNEGATIVE_DecimalValue

Example
Structure
GDT
VERYSMALLNONNEGATIVE_DecimalValue
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
Value
Type
GDT
Type Name
DecimalValue
Length
1.1
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Notes
The VERYSMALLNONNEGATIVE_DecimalValue is a restriction of GDT DecimalValue to specify a uniform length for very small decimal
values. VERYSMALLNONNEGATIVE_DecimalValue contains the variable "VERYSMALLNONNEGATIVE_", which gets replaced by one
(or more) qualifier. The qualifiers are contained in the list in section " List of Qualifiers ".
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 72
Restricted Data Type VERYSMALLTHREEDECIMALSNONNEGATIVE_DecimalValue

Example
Structure
GDT
Cat.
VERYSMALLTHREEDECIMALSNONNEGATIVE_DecimalV
alue
Object Class
Property
Representation
Value
Type
GDT
Type Name
DecimalValue
Length
1.3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Notes
The SMALLERTHANONETHREEDECIMALSNONNEGATIVE_DecimalValue is a restriction of GDT DecimalValue to specify a decimal
value smaller than 1 and larger or equal to 0 which is given in a presion of 3 decimal digits. The qualifiers are contained in the list in
section " List of Qualifiers ".
Qualifier
CostRating
Type
DecimalValue
Definition
Abstract costs to weight the usage of something. Comment: CostRatingDecimalValue is used to
make scheduling decisions based on the cost effectiveness.
DE_IncomeTaxCalculationRedu VERYSMALLTHREEDECIMAL A factor by which German income tax withheld by the employer for an employee is reduced.
ctionFactor
SNONNEGATIVE_DecimalValu
e
DealScore
SMALLNONNEGATIVE_Decim A score expressed in decimal value for a deal.

alValue
Comment:
A deal is a contractual agreement between a company and a buyer that defines the sales
requirements and the predetermined prices for products and services.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 73
A deal can be a customer quotation or sales contract.

DebtClearancePeriod
DecimalValue
A DebtClearancePeriodDecimalValue is the numerical specification of the number of time units in

which the company's liabilities can be repaid.
Use:
DebtClearancePeriodDecimalValue is usually specified as number of years.

DecimalSpecificationLower
DecimalValue
A decimal value that specifies the lower decimal value in a decimal specification.
Use:
In a generic property definition the lower decimal specification is used to determine the
value range of a decimal value.
DecimalSpecificationUpper
DecimalValue
A decimal value that specifies the upper decimal value in a decimal specification.
Use:
In a generic property definition the upper decimal specification is used to determine the
value range of a decimal value.
LowerBoundary
DecimalValue
Lower boundary of an interval of decimal values.
PeriodFactor
DecimalValue
Factor that is used in order to increase the accuracy of a period.
Proportion
DecimalValue
Value specifying the proportion of an element within an object.
Quantity
DecimalValue
A QuantityDecimalValue is the non-monetary numerical specification of an amount without a unit

of measurement.
UpperBoundary
DecimalValue
Upper boundary of an interval of decimal values.
WeightedCalculationPeriods
DecimalValue
The weighted number of calculation periods. The weighting is calculated by multiplication with a
decimal value.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 74
1.20 DecimalValuePrecision
Definition
DecimalValuePrecision contains structured information to express the precision of a decimal value.
Decimal_ Value Precision. Details
Example
<DecimalValuePrecision>
<TotalDigitNumberValue>11</TotalDigitNumberValue>
<FractionDigitNumberValue>4</FractionDigitNumberValue>
</DecimalValuePrecision>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
DecimalValuePrecision
Object Class
Property
Decimal_ Value
Precision
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Card.
Remarks
Details
TotalDigitNumberValue
DecimalValuePrecision TotalDigitNumber
Value
GDT
NumberValue
0..1
FractionDigitNumberValue
DecimalValuePrecision FractionDigitValue
Value
GDT
NumberValue
0..1

Attribute / Element
TotalDigitNumberValue
TotalDigitNumberValue is a value that describes the total number of digits that are used to express a decimal value.
FractionDigitNumberValue
FractionDigitNumberValue is a value that describes the number of digits of the fractional component of a decimal value.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 75
None specified.
Use
None specified.
Notes
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 76
1.21 Description
Definition
A description is a representation of the properties of an object in natural language.
Description_ Text. Type
Example
<OrderDescription languageCode ="en">
A character string with a specified language.
</OrderDescription>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
Description
languageCode
Text
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Description
Text
CDT
Text
Language
Code
GDT
LanguageCode
Length
Card.
unbound
ed
Remarks
restricted
0..1

Description is based on the CDT Text:
Description contains a "languageCode" attribute for determining the particular language of the element content in accordance with IETF
RFC 1766 and IETF RFC 3066 (see explanation of the "LanguageCode" GDT).
Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 77
languageCode
Attribute for determining the particular language of the element content in accordance with IETF RFC 1766
(http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1766.txt) and IETF RFC 3066 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3066.txt) (see explanation of the LanguageCode
GDT).
None specified.
Use
Description can be used for the following types of values, for example:
- Readable additional information for the structured information
- Descriptions of products and services
Notes
The character string of "Description" is not defined and is therefore system-dependent.
Description should not be used to transfer the following values:
- Proprietary control information
- Coded and mutually agreed values
- Extensive descriptions of values that could otherwise be represented as coded values or identifiers (could be used as a supplement, if
necessary).
- Numerical values
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 78
Restricted Data Type LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_LONG_Description

Example
<ProductCategoryDescription>Competitor products</ProductCategoryDescription>
Note: "ProductCategory" is a qualifier that replaces LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_LONG_ in a business entity (element names).
Structure
GDT
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_LONG_Description
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
LANGUAGEINDEPEN Text
DENT_LONG__
Description
Type
GDT
Type Name
Description
Length
0..255
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Notes
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_LONG_Description is a restriction on GDT Description to specify a uniform length for descriptions of long
length. LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_LONG_Description is language independent, so the attribute languageCode of the CDT Text is
omitted.
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_LONG_Description contains the variable LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_LONG_, which gets replaced by
one or more of the qualifiers listed in section List of Qualifiers.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 79
Restricted Data Type LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_MEDIUM_Description

Example
Note: "ProductCategory" is a qualifier that replaces LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_MEDIUM_ in a business entity (element names).
Structure
GDT
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_MEDIUM_Description
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
DENT_MEDIUM__
Description
Type
GDT
Type Name
Description
Length
0..80
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Notes
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_MEDIUM_Description is a restriction on GDT Description to specify a uniform length for descriptions of
medium length. LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_MEDIUM_Description is language independent, so the attribute languageCode of the CDT
Text is omitted.
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_MEDIUM_Description contains the variable LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_MEDIUM_,which gets
replaced by one or more of the qualifiers listed in section List of Qualifiers.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 80
Restricted Data Type LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_SHORT_Description

Example
Note: "ProductCategory" is a qualifier that replaces LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_SHORT_ in a business entity (element names).
Structure
GDT
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_SHORT_Description
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
DENT_SHORT__
Description
Type
GDT
Type Name
Description
Length
0..40
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Notes
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_SHORT_Description is a restriction on GDT Description to specify a uniform length for descriptions of short
length. LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_SHORT_Description is language independent, so the attribute languageCode of the CDT Text is
omitted.
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_SHORT_Description contains the variable LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_SHORT_, which gets replaced
by one or more of the qualifiers listed in section List of Qualifiers.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 81
Restricted Data Type LONG_Description

Example
<CountryDescription languageCode="EN">As Europe's largest economy and</CountryDescription>
Note: "Country" is a qualifier that replaces LONG_ in the business entity (element names).
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
LONG_Description
languageCode
Text
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
LONG__ Description
Text
GDT
Description
Language
Code
GDT
LanguageCode
Length
Card.
0..255
Remarks
restricted
0..1
Attribute / Element
languageCode
GDT).
Notes
LONG_Description is a restriction on GDT Description to specify a uniform length for long descriptions. LONG_Description contains the
variable "LONG_", which gets replaced by one or more of the qualifiers listed in section List of Qualifiers.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 82
Restricted Data Type MEDIUM_Description

Example
<ProductCategoryDescription languageCode="EN">Competitor products</ProductCategoryDescription>
Note: " ProductCategory " is a qualifier that replaces MEDIUM_ in a business entity (element names).
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
MEDIUM_Description
languageCode
Text
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
MEDIUM__ Description Text
GDT
Description
Language
GDT
LanguageCode
Code
Length
Card.
0..80
Remarks
restricted
0..1
None specified.
Attribute / Element
languageCode
GDT).
None specified.
Use
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 83
Notes
MEDIUM_Description is a restriction on GDT Description to specify a uniform length for descriptions of medium length.
MEDIUM_Description contains the variable "MEDIUM_", which gets replaced by one or more of the qualifiers listed in section List of
Qualifiers.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 84
Restricted Data Type REGIONDEPENDENTLANGUAGE_Description

Example
< CatalogueItemDescription languageCode= "en-US" > Name of this catalog item in American English </ CatalogueItemDescription >
Note: "Catalogue" is a qualifier that replaces REGIONDEPENDENTLANGUAGE_ in a business entity (element name).
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
REGIONDEPENDENTLANG
UAGE_Description
languageCode
Text
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
REGIONDEPENDENT Text
LANGUAGE__
Description
GDT
Description
Language
GDT
REGIONDEPENDEN
T_LanguageCode
Code
Length
Card.
Remarks
restricted
0..1
The REGIONDEPENDENT LANGUAGE_Description is region dependent, so the "restricted" GDT
REGIONDEPENDENT_LanguageCode is used as type for the attribute languageCode.
Attribute / Element
languageCode
GDT).
Notes
For language -but not country or regiondependent descriptions the GDT Name should be used. The GDT Name uses the "unrestricted"
GDT LanguageCode for the attribute languageCode to specify the language.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 85
Restricted Data Type REGIONDEPENDENTLANGUAGE_LONG_Description

Example
< CatalogueItemDescription languageCode= "en-US" > Name of this catalog item in American English </ CatalogueItemDescription >
Note: "Catalogue" is a qualifier that replaces REGIONDEPENDENTLANGUAGE_LONG_ in a business entity (element name).
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
REGIONDEPENDENTLANG
UAGE_LONG_Description
languageCode
Text
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
LANGUAGE_LONG__
Description
GDT
Description
Language
GDT
REGIONDEPENDEN
T_LanguageCode
Code
Length
Card.
0..255
Remarks
restricted
0..1
The _REGIONDEPENDENT LANGUAGE _ LONG_Description is region dependent, so the "restricted" GDT
REGIONDEPENDENT_LanguageCode is used as type for the attribute languageCode.
Attribute / Element
languageCode
GDT).
Notes
For language -but not country or regiondependent long descriptions the GDT LONG_Name should be used. The GDT LONG_Name
uses the "unrestricted" GDT LanguageCode for the attribute languageCode to specify the language.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 86
Restricted Data Type SHORT_Description

Example
<ProductDescription languageCode="EN">Clock</ProductDescription>
Note: " Product " is a qualifier that replaces SHORT_ in a business entity (element names).
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
SHORT_Description
languageCode
Text
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
SHORT__ Description
Text
GDT
Description
Language
Code
GDT
LanguageCode
Length
Card.
0..40
Remarks
restricted
0..1
Attribute / Element
languageCode
GDT).
Notes
SHORT_Description is a restriction on GDT Description to specify a uniform length for short descriptions. SHORT_Description contains
the variable "SHORT_", which gets replaced by one or more of the qualifiers listed in section List of Qualifiers.
Qualifier
Type
Definition
AccessGroup
Description
Description of an access group
AccountingPeriod
SHORT_Description
Description of an AccountingPeriod
Comment:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 87
An accounting period is a subdivision of a fiscal year for which the operating results are
determined and financial statements are prepared.
Activity
MEDIUM_Description
Description of an activity.
Comment:
An activity is an interaction undertaken by employees on behalf of their company. An activity
always contains information about the business partner involved and the date on which it takes
place. An activity can, but does not have to be, private in nature.
ActivityConfirmation
SHORT_Description
Description of an activity confirmation.
ActivityConfirmationItem
SHORT_Description
Description of an activity confirmation item.
AdditionalDeliveryTerms
LONG_Description
A description of additional delivery terms.
AddressPrintformLineDescriptio LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M AddressPrintformLineDescription contains the contents of one line of the print form of an address
n
EDIUM_Description
AtFault
LONG_Description
Description of who or what is at fault.
BalanceSheetAndIncomeState Description
mentHierarchyItem
Description of an Item in the Hierarchy of a BalanceSheetAndIncomeStatement.
BankAccountContractAccountH Description
olderChangeRequestChecklistIt
emDetailed
A detailed description of a bank account contract account holder change request checklist item.
BankAccountContractBalanceK LONG_Description
eyFigure
Description of a bank account contract balance key figure.
BankAccountContractProductio MEDIUM_Description
nControl
Description of a bank account contract production control.
BankAccountLimitType
Description of the Bank Account Limit Type
LONG_Description
BankContractFinancialCondition Description
ContextValue
A description of a context value for a financial condition of a bank contract.
BillingOption
A description of a billing option.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
LONG_Description
Page 88
BillOfExchangeProlongationRea Description
son
Description of the reason for the prolongation of a bill of exchange.
BillOfMaterial
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a Bill Of Material is a natural-language representation of the properties of a bill of

material.
Comment:
A Bill of Material is a complete and structured list that contains variants, items, documents, and
natural-language texts that are used to define and describe the composition of a material.
BillOfMaterialItemGroup
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a bill of material item group is a natural-language representation of the properties of

a bill of material item group.
Comment:
A BillOfMaterialItemGroup is a group of items whose assigned components have or describe the
same function or can be handled in the same way during the design phase or production process.
BillOfMaterialItemGroupItemCh MEDIUM_Description
angeState
Description of the change state of a group item of a bill of material item is a natural-language
representation of the properties of a bill of material item change state.
Comment:
ItemGroupItemChangeState is a change state of the attributes of a bill of material item that can be
created or changed with reference to an EngineeringChangeOrder.
BillOfMaterialVariant
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a bill of material variant is a natural-language representation of the properties of a

bill of material variant.
Comment:
A bill of material variant is a specification of a bill of material that describes a change in the basic
form, composition, and properties of a material that occurs when certain components are used,
omitted, or added.
BillOfOperations
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a Bill Of Operations is a natural-language representation of the properties of the Bill

Of Operations.
Comment:
A Bill Of Operations is a collection of all the elements required to describe or define

material transformation or material transportation processes for production or the
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 89
company-internal goods movement of products.

BodyPartDetailed
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M A BodyPartDetailedDescription is a description of the detail of a body part.

EDIUM_Description
Brand
SHORT_Description
A description of a brand.
BusinessAnalyticsReportDataU SHORT_Description
pdateLatency
Description for the data update latency of a business analytics report.
BusinessArea
Description of a business area
MEDIUM_Description
BusinessDocumentMessageTra LONG_Description
nsmissionStatusReason
Description of the reason for a status of a business document message transmission.
BusinessFolderElement
Description of a business folder element.

Comment:
LONG_Description
A business folder is a folder for collecting and organizing information relating to a topic
according to business requirements.
A business folder element represents one specific piece of information.
BusinessFolderStructureItem
LONG_Description
BusinessFolderTemplate
LONG_Description
BusinessFolderTemplateStructu LONG_Description
reItem
Description of a business folder template.

Description of a business folder template structure item.
Comment:
A business folder template structure item is an item in the hierarchical structure that
represents an individual piece of information of a business folder.
BusinessPurpose
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a business purpose.
BusinessRule
MEDIUM_Description
A detailed description of a business rule.
BusinessTransactionDocument LONG_Description
Description of a business transaction document.
BusinessTransactionDocumentI MEDIUM_Description
Description of a BusinessTransactionDocumentItem
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 90
tem
BusinessTransactionDocumentI MEDIUM_Description
temSplitItemGroup
Description of a BusinessTransactionDocumentItemSplitItemGroup
CarrierService
LONG_Description
A description of a carrier service.
CarrierServiceOption
LONG_Description
A description of a carrier service option.
CashDiscountTerms
MEDIUM_Description
Description of the terms of payment.
CatalogueApprovalReason
LONG_Description
A description of the reason why a catalog -or parts of it- was approved or rejected.
CatalogueItem
REGIONDEPENDENTLANGUA Description of a catalog item.

GE_LONG_Description
Comment:
A catalog item specifies information about an object included and classified within the catalog
according to the catalog's schema(s)
CentralBankReportReason
Description
Descriptionn of the reason for a report to the state central bank (reasons for notification).
ChargeAmount
LONG_Description
A description of a charge amount
ChartOfAccounts
MEDIUM_Description
A Description for a chart of accounts
ChartOfAccountsItem
MEDIUM_Description
Description of an item in the chart of accounts.

Comment:
A chart of accounts item groups together assets, payables, stockholders' equity, revenues, or
expenses and is used to enter and represent for accounting purposes any changes to these
values resulting from business transactions.
ChequeLot
SHORT_Description
Description of a cheque lot.

Comment:
A cheque lot is a restricted quantity of unissued outgoing checks for a house bank
account by a number interval.
ClearingObject
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M A description of an object that cleared something.

EDIUM_Description
Comment:
Page 91
"Something" could be for example a tax due payment.

CN_GoldenAuditReport
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of a chinese Golden Audit Report.

HORT_Description
CN_GoldenAuditReportLineIte
mContent
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of content in a line item of a chinese Golden Audit Report.

HORT_Description
CollateralAgreement
MEDIUM_Description
A description of a collateral agreement.

Comment:
A collateral agreement allows a user to mark open items for a receivable or for a
particular customer as pledged by assigning a collateral agreement ID to them.
ConsumerProductGroup
SHORT_Description
Description for a consumer product group.
ConsumerProductGroupHierarc SHORT_Description
hy
Description for a consumer product group hierarchy.
ConsumerProductGroupHierarc SHORT_Description
hyLevel
Description of the meaning of a level in a consumer product group hierarchy.
CoreCompetencyBehaviour
A description of a core competency behaviour.

Comment:
LONG_Description
A behavior is conduct which can be observed and measured, and which references a
core competency. Employees are expected to practice this conduct in daily business.
A core competency is fundamental knowledge, ability, or expertise in a specific subject or
a skill set that an employee should have in order to perform his or her job at a given
company at a satisfactory level.
CostElementGroup
SHORT_Description
Description for a cost element group.
CostObject
MEDIUM_Description
A description of a cost object.
CustomerContract
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of a customer contract.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 92
HORT_Description
CustomerProblemAndSolution
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a CustomerProblemAndSolution.
Comment:
A CustomerProblemAndSolution is a collection consisting of one or several problems that are
reported by a customer, and one or several solutions that are provided by one or more experts.
CustomerQuote
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of a customer quote.

HORT_Description
Damage
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description for a damage

HORT_Description
Notes:
Examples: Fire damage, Short circuit

DirectDebitMandateCreditorRef LONG_Description
erence
Description of usage of the DirectDebitMandate in payments by creditor
DirectDebitMandateDebtorRefer LONG_Description
ence
Description of usage of the DirectDebitMandate in payments by debtor
Document
Description associated with a Document

Comment:
A document contains unstructured information, as well as additional control and monitoring
information.
Description
DocumentPropertySpecification MEDIUM_Description
Description of a document property specification.
DuePaymentRun
LONG_Description
Description of a Due Payment Run.
DunningRun
LONG_Description
Description of a Dunning Run.
Duration
LONG_Description
Description for a duration.

Comment:
Description for a duration, represented in the ISO 8601 format, in natural language.
For example, P2Y3M4DT5H can be described as 2 Year(s) 3 Month(s) 4 Day(s) 5 Hour(s).
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 93
Use:
Print a duration on a form.

EducationalInstitution
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M An EducationalInstituationDescription is a desciption of an Educational Institution.

EDIUM_Description
EHSRiskAssessmentRequest
LONG_Description
Description of an EHS risk assessment request.
EmployeeInjuryProcess
LONG_Description
Description of an employee injury process.
EngineeringChangeOrder
SHORT_Description
Description of an engineering change order.

Comment:
An engineering change order is a set of instructions to make changes to a number of objects from
the areas of engineering or production. It defines the conditions under which these changes
become effective and specifies the release status of these changes.
EngineeringChangeOrderChan SHORT_Description
geGroup
Description for a change group of an engineering change order.

Comment:
A change group groups and manages the concrete changes to objects that are to be carried out
using an engineering change order.
Exception
LONG_Description
Description of an exception in a business sense.
ExpenseInvoicing
MEDIUM_Description
A description of an expense for invoicing purposes.
ExportIncotermsClassification
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_L Description of an export incoterms classification.

ONG_Description
ExportPreviousDocument
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S A description of a previous document in an export.

HORT_Description
Comment:
A previous document gives details on a previous business transaction related to an

export.
FinalSettlementResult
MEDIUM_Description
FinancialConsolidationElement LONG_Description
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Description of a final settlement result.

Description of a financial consolidation element.
Page 94
FinancialConsolidationStructure MEDIUM_Description
Description of a financial consolidation structure.
FinancialReportingStructure
MEDIUM_Description
A description for a financial reporting structure
FinancialReportingStructureIte
m
LONG_Description
Description of a financial reporting structure item
Finding
SHORT_Description
Description of a finding
ForeignTradeCommodityCatalo MEDIUM_Description
gue
Natural-language representation of the properties of a foreign trade commodity catalogue.
ForeignTradeCommodityCatalo MEDIUM_Description
gueMeasureUnit
Natural-language representation of the properties of a foreign trade commodity catalogue

measure unit.
FormattedAddress
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M Description of a formatted address.

EDIUM_Description
FormattedConventionalPhoneN LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Formatted textual description of the conventional phone number.

umber
HORT_Description
FormattedFacsimileNumber
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of a formatted textual representation of the default fax number.

HORT_Description
FormattedMobilePhoneNumber LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Formatted textual description of the mobile phone number.

HORT_Description
FormattedNameAndCityAddres LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M Description of a formatted address that contains the name and city only.
s
EDIUM_Description
FormattedPostalAddress
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M Description of a formatted postal address.

EDIUM_Description
FormattedRecurrenceSpecificati Description
on
Comment:
Qualifier already exists for GDT LONG_Description.

FormattedRecurrenceSpecificati LONG_Description
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A formatted description of a recurrence specification.
Page 95
on_DEPRECATED
This qualifier is no longer valid for "LONG_Desription". It is a valid qualifier for "Description" only.
Comment:
A recurrence specification is a set of dates that specify the occurrence of a recurring

event.
FormattedTelephoneNumber
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S A formatted representation of a telephone number in text.

HORT_Description
GrantAwardType
SHORT_Description
Description of a Grant Award Type.

Comment:
An Grant Award Type is a user-defined code that helps classify and further describes a
Grant for internal and external reporting and control.
Hierarchy
SHORT_Description
Description of a Hierarchy
HouseBankAccount
SHORT_Description
Description of a house bank account.

Comment:
A house bank account is an internal representation of a companys bank account at a

house bank.
IdentifiedStock
MEDIUM_Description
Description of an identified stock.
IncidentCause
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description for an incident cause

HORT_Description
Notes:
Examples: Technical Failure, Actual fault

IncidentCausingObjectMoveme LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of an incident causing object movement
nt
HORT_Description
IncidentExternalInfluence
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of the external influence of an incident

HORT_Description
Notes:
Examples: Bad visibility, Loud noise

IndustryStandard
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of an industry standard.
Page 96
HORT_Description
InHouseProductClarificationReq LONG_Description
uest
An Inhouse product clarification request description is a representation of the properties of a

inhouse product clarification request in natural language.
Integrity Conditions:
None specified.
InjuredPersonActivity
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of the injured person activity

HORT_Description
InjuredPersonMovement
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of the movement a person performed when becoming injured.

HORT_Description
Notes:
Examples: Running, Standing

InjuryDetailed
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M An InjuryDetailedDescription is a description of the details of an injury.

EDIUM_Description
InspectionActivity
SHORT_Description
Description of an inspection activity.

Notes:
An InspectionActivity is a detailed work instruction how an inspection has to be

performed.
InspectionActivityOriginal
SHORT_Description
Description of an inspection activity original.
InspectionMethod
SHORT_Description
A description of an Inspection Method.
InspectionSampleSizeDetermin SHORT_Description
ationAndValuationRule
Description of an InspectionSampleSizeDeterminationAndValuationRule.
InspectionSpecification
SHORT_Description
A description of an Inspection Specification.
InstallationPoint
SHORT_Description
An InstallationPointDescription is a representation of the properties of an InstallationPoint in

natural language.
Comment:
An installation point is the physical or logical location at which a business object, for example a
material or software, is installed during a certain period of time. An installation point can have a
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 97
multilevel structure.
InstalledBase
SHORT_Description
An InstalledBaseDescription is a representation of the proper-ties of an InstalledBase in natural

language.
Comment:
An installed base is a functionally-structured arrangement of business objects at a logical or
physical location.
InsuranceClaimIncident
LONG_Description
Description of an insurance claim incident.
InsuranceClaimObject
LONG_Description
Description of an insurance claim object. For example, an object within an insurance claim that is
reported lost or damaged by a claimant party.
InternalServiceRequest
Description
Description of a InternalServiceRequest.
InternalServiceRequestTemplat Description
e
Description of a InternalServiceRequestTemplate
ITControlProcess
LONG_Description
A description for an Information Technology Control Process.
ITControlProcessActivity
LONG_Description
A description for an Information Technology Control Process Activity.
LabelContent
SHORT_Description
The LabelContentDescription provides a short overview of a label text.

Use:
The LabelContentDescription is used to provide a short overview of the content of a label

text.
Liability
LONG_Description
Description of a liability.
LinearTechnicalAssetMarker
SHORT_Description
A description of an linear technical asset marker.
LinearTechnicalAssetMarkerGr SHORT_Description
oup
A description of a linear technical asset marker group.
LiquidityItem
Description for a liquidity item (increase or decrease of liquidity).

Comment:
MEDIUM_Description
Liquidity items are realized or expected cash flows of a company on which one or more
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 98
(aggregation) operational business processes are based.

LoanBalanceKeyFigureType
SHORT_Description
Description of the Loan Balance Key Figure Type
Location
SHORT_Description
Description for a Location.
LogisticsArea
SHORT_Description
Description of a logistics area

Comment:
A LogisticsArea is an area with physical and operational features of locations in a company,
required for storage and production, and groups these locations based on their logistical functions.
LogisticsBranching
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a branching in logistics

Comment:
Logistics branching is used as a means to structure a process description in logistics by splitting a
process into several paths. The process path describes a direct material flow in logistics. In
addition to a common starting point, the branched process paths also have a common end point
at which they join together
LogisticsBranchingPath
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a branching path in logistics

Comment:
Branching path specifies a sequence of operations that defines a course of action in a logistics
process.
Logistics branching is used as a means to structure a process description in logistics by splitting a
process into several paths. The process path describes a direct material flow in logistics. In
at which they join together.
LogisticsSourceAndDestination LONG_Description
DeterminationRuleSearchSequ
ence
Description of a Search Sequence.

Comment:
A Logistics Source And Destination Rule is a rule for determining the logistics source for inventory
retrieval or the logistics destination for inventory placement for a specific logistics area or location.
A Search Sequence is a group of places to be searched in and the circumstances that defines the
use.
LogisticsTask
Description of a logistics task.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
MEDIUM_Description
Page 99
Comment:
A logistics task is a task at a defined step in a production or site logistics process to be completed
by a processor at a certain time.
LogisticsTaskFolder
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a logistics task folder.

Comment:
A logistics task folder is a folder for storing and grouping of logistics tasks according to business
criteria. It determines the business assignment criteria that a logistics task must meet to be stored
in a specific folder and contains details about the processors that are registered at the folder.
LogisticstBranchingJoin
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a branching join in logistics

Comment:
A branching join specifies a point at which the branched paths of a logistics branching meet.
A logistics branching is used as a means to structure a process description in logistics by splitting
a process into several paths. The process path describes a direct material flow in logistics. In
at which they join together.
LogisticUnit
SHORT_Description
Description of a logistic unit

Comment
A logistic unit is an item established for logistics operations, such as storage, movement, and
packing. A logistic unit represents all physical units handled in the same manner during logistic
operations, whether they are packed or unpacked goods. Examples: high pallet, liter milk carton.
LogisticUnitGroup
SHORT_Description
Description of a logistic unit group

Comment:
A logistic unit group specifies for a logistic unit usage a classification to which logistic units are
assigned. The logistic units that are assigned to a logistic unit group have similar attributes
relevant for the purposes of the logistic unit usage.
A logistic unit usage is a logistics purpose for which logistic units are grouped. The logistic unit
usage can represent a process or an activity, such as conveying, packing, or storing.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 100
LogisticUnitUsage
SHORT_Description
Description of a logistic unit usage

Comment:
A logistic unit usage is a logistics purpose for which logistic units are grouped. The logistic unit
usage can represent a process or an activity, such as conveying, packing, or storing.
LowerBoundary
Description
Lower boundary of an interval of descriptions.
LoyaltyProgramme
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a loyalty program.
MassDataRunObject
LONG_Description
Description of a Mass Data Run Object.

Comment:
A Mass Data Run Object is a Business Object especially designed for mass data processing
purposes that follows a special structure. Mass Data Run Objects are al-lowed to be scheduled in
the background and have to use the Framework for Parallel Processing to obtain transactional
control and the possibility for parallel service calls.
Material
SHORT_Description
Description of a material.
MaterialSupplyAndDemandVie SHORT_Description
wItem
Decription of a material supply and demand view item

Comment:
Material Supply and Demand View shows and allows changes of the exptected
development of inventory levels per material and supply planning area. The planned
inventory, surplus and deficit quantities, and the range of coverage are computed from
the expected material supply and demand.
MeasurementReading
SHORT_Description
A MeasurementReadingDescription is a representation of the properties of a measurement

reading in natural language.
Notes:
mySAP Data Element:IMRC_MDTXT

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 101
MeasureUnitForAuthority
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S A description of a measure unit for an authority.

HORT_Description
MeasuringDevice
SHORT_Description
A MeasuringDeviceDescription is a description of a measuring device.

Notes:
mySAP Data Element:IMRC_PTTXT

NegotiationStrategy
LONG_Description
Description of a negotiation strategy.
NormalisedConventionalPhone LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Normalized textual description of the conventional phone number.

Number
HORT_Description
NormalisedFacsimileNumber
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of a default fax number.

HORT_Description
NormalisedMobilePhoneNumbe LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Normalized textual description of the mobile phone number.

r
HORT_Description
NormalisedTelephoneNumber
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Normalized textual description of a telephone number.

HORT_Description
OccupationalIncident
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M An OccupationalIncidentDescription is a description of an occupational incident.

EDIUM_Description
Offer
MEDIUM_Description
Description of an offer.
Operation
MEDIUM_Description
Description of an operation
Comment:
Operation specifies a course of action to be carried out by a resource or group of resources.
OrganisationalCentre
MEDIUM_Description
Description of an organizational center.
OrganisationalCentreGroup
SHORT_Description
Description of a organizational center group.
OrganisationalCentreGroupHier SHORT_Description
archy
Description of a organizational center group hierarchy.
OverheadCostScheme
Description of an overhead cost scheme
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
SHORT_Description
Page 102
Comment:
OverheadCostScheme. Name
PackagingType
LONG_Description
A description of a packaging type.
PackingBillOfMaterial
SHORT_Description
Description of a PackingBillOfMaterial
Comment:
A PackingBillOfMaterial is a complete, structured list of the components that are used in a packing
operation. The PackingBillOfMaterial refers to a LogisticUnit (LU) on which the output of a packing
operation is based.
PackingBillOfMaterialContentIte SHORT_Description
m
Description of a ContentItem of a PackingBillOfMaterial

Comment:
A PackingBillOfMaterialContentItem is a certain quantity of content to be packed. The content can
be either a material or a logistic unit
Party
SHORT_Description
Description of a Party.
PatientMedicalRiskFactor
Description
Description of an individual patient's medical risk factor.

Comment:
A MedicalRiskFactor constitutes a patient's factor that may increase the risk of

contracting a disease or medical condition.
When diagnosing a medical risk factor for a patient, additional information may need to
be documented. This information more closely describes aspects of the risk factor that
are specific to the individual patient.
PaymentAuthorisationResult
SHORT_Description
Description of the result of a payment authorisation
PaymentCard
SHORT_Description
Description of a payment card

Comment:
A payment card is an issued identification card that authorizes the holder to pay an invoice without
cash at a merchant.
PaymentCardPaymentSettleme LONG_Description
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Description of a Payment Card Payment Settlement Run.
Page 103
ntRun
PaymentMediaRun
LONG_Description
Description of a Payment Media Run.
PaymentMediumFormatSpecific LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of a payment medium format specific field.

Field
HORT_Description
Use:
Payment medium format-specific fields are used to create a valid payment medium
according to payment medium format specification.
PaymentOrder
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_L Description of a payment order.

ONG_Description
PaymentOrderAuthorisationRes LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of a result of a payment order authorisation.

ult
HORT_Description
PaymentOrderExecutionStatus Description
Description of a PaymentOrderExecutionStatusCode
PaymentOrderRejectionReason Description
Description of a PaymentOrderExecutionStatusReasonCode
PaymentTransaction
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a payment transaction
PhysicalInventoryCount
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a Physical Inventory Count.

Comment:
A PhysicalInventoryCount is the instruction on how to execute a physical inventory of materials
and packages and its approval.
It also contains the results of the physical inventory and any differences between this physical
inventory and the book inventory.
PickupType
LONG_Description
A description of a pickup type.
PlanningVersion
SHORT_Description
Description of a planning version

Comment:
A planning version is set of planning data, for example, in an APO (Advanced Planning
and Optimization) supply chain model.
The model contains only master data, whereas the planning version contains master
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 104
data and transaction data.

Position
LONG_Description
A description of a position.
Comment:
A position is an organizational element within the organizational structure of an

enterprise. It comprises a fixed combination of tasks, competencies, and responsibilities
that can be taken care of by one or more appropriate employees.
PriceComponent
SHORT_Description
Description of a price Component.
PriceSpecificationTable
SHORT_Description
A description for the PriceSpecificationTable in system language.
PrintQueue
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_L Description of a print queue.

ONG_Description
Comment:
A Print Queue is a first in first out queue of print jobs, already converted into printer
language streams.
PrintQueueItemExecutionResult LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_L The human readable description of the result of the execution of a print queue item.
ONG_Description
Comment:
A Print Queue is a first in first out queue of print jobs, already converted into printer
language streams.
ProcessingResult
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_L Description of a processing result.

ONG_Description
Processor
SHORT_Description
Description of a processor.
Comment:
A processor can be a person or another resource.
ProcurementDocumentItem
SHORT_Description
The description of a procurement document item
Product
SHORT_Description
Natural-language representation of the properties of a product.
ProductCategory
MEDIUM_Description
Natural-language representation of the properties of a product category.
ProductCategoryHierarchy
SHORT_Description
Natural-language representation of the properties of a product category hierarchy.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 105
ProductDesign
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a product design.
ProductDesignVersion
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a product design version.
ProductPropertyList
SHORT_Description
A description of the product property list.
ProductRequirementSpecificatio MEDIUM_Description
n
Description of a product requirement specification
ProductRequirementSpecificatio MEDIUM_Description
nTemplate
A description of a product requirement specification template.
ProjectActivity
Description of a project activity.

Comment:
SHORT_Description
A project activity is a component of a process performed without interruption within a

specified duration.
ProjectSnapshotCreationRun
LONG_Description
Description of an automated run that creates project snapshots of selected projects.
ProlongationReason
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_L Description of a prolongation reason.

ONG_Description
QualityIssueCategory
MEDIUM_Description
A description of a category of a quality-related issue.

Comment:
A category for quality-related issues is used to classify business events during which
quality-related issues arise based on objective or subjective aspects. A category can also
be further refined using additional categories.
QualityIssueCategoryCatalogue MEDIUM_Description
A description of a catalog of categories for quality-related issues.

Comment:
A quality issue category catalog is a structured catalog of categories that classifies

quality-related issues for a particular quality aspect.
QuantityType
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
SHORT_Description
Description of a quantity type.

Comment:
Page 106
A QuantityTypeCode is a coded representation of a type of quantity that is based on the

measurable characteristic of an object or physical phenomenon.
Readability
SHORT_Description
The ReadabilityDescription provides information about the readability of a data object.

Use:
The information on various data objects must be accessed according to the type of data
object. The ReadabilityDescription specifies how the information is accessible.
Example:
The ReadabilityDescription for a label could be Label is machine readable(RFID) or
Label is human readable. The ReadabilityDescription for a hard disk could be Hard disk
requires software version xyz.
Reason
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a reason.
Receipt
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a receipt.
ReceivablesPayablesEntry
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_L Description of a Receivables Payables Entry.

ONG_Description
RecordFolder
Description
RecurringDayProgramme
LONG_Description
Description of a record folder.

Comment:
Qualifier already exists for GDT MEDIUM_Description.

RecurringDayProgramme_DEP MEDIUM_Description
RECATED
Description of a recurring day program.

This qualifier is no longer valid for "MEDIUM_Desription". It is a valid qualifier for
"LONG_Description" only.
Comment:
A recurring day program is a generic program that contains the recurrence rules. It
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 107
contains details of recurrences such as monthly, yearly and daily. It also contains the
DayProgrammeOnInactiveDayApplyStrategyCode, which describes the way in which
inactive dates are handled.
ReleasedSiteLogisticsProcessM MEDIUM_Description
odelProcessSegment
Description of a process segment in a ReleasedSiteLogisticsProcessModel

Comment:
A process segment specifies a set of operations for moving, packing or checking stock in a
logistics division.
ReleasedSiteLogisticsProcessModel is a released version of a SiteLogisticsProcessModel in a
logistics division that contains all details from the SiteLogisticsBillOfOperations necessary for the
execution of a site logistics process.
RepetitiveManufacturingConfirm SHORT_Description
ation
Explanatory description of a repetitive manu-facturing confirmation.
RequestProcurementRun
LONG_Description
Description of a Request Procurement Run.
RequestProductionRun
LONG_Description
Description of a Request Production Run.
RequirementSpecification
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a requirement specification.

Comment:
A RequirementSpecification is the collection of requirements which exist for a business

entity that is used in a particular business context (for example, sales order, prototype,
development project). It also includes the specifications for fulfilling these requirements.
RequirementSpecificationRequi MEDIUM_Description
rementFolderRequirement
Description of a requirement within a requirement folder of a requirement specification.

Comment:

RequirementSpecificationSpecif MEDIUM_Description
icationFolderSpecification
Description of a specification within a specification folder of a requirement specification.

Comment:

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 108
Resource
SHORT_Description
Description of a resource
Comment:
A Resource is a tangible and reusable factor that adds value to a material or service in its
creation, production, or delivery.
ResponsibilityType
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a Responsibility Type
Result
SHORT_Description
Description of a result.
RetailAllocation
SHORT_Description
Description for a retail allocation.
RetailEvent
SHORT_Description
Description for a retail event.
RequirementSpecificationProce MEDIUM_Description
ssingInformationFolderProcessi
ngInformationDescription
Description of a processing information within a processing information folder of a requirement

specification.
Comment:
A requirement specification is the collection of requirements which exist for a business

A processing information folder processing information is any definition, information or
instruction that is important for an optimized in-house processing, for example, in terms
of production, packaging or storage.
RequirementSpecificationProce SHORT_Description
ssingInformationFolderProcessi
ngInformationDescription
SafetyMeasures
Description of a ProcessingInformation within a ProcessingInformationFolder of a

RequirementSpecification.
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of the safety measures

HORT_Description
Notes:
Examples: Stop stackers, Announce accident

SalesCycleStep
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
LONG_Description
Description for a step within a phase of the sales cycle.
Page 109
SalesOrderItem
SHORT_Description
Description of a SalesOrderItem
Comment:
A Sales order is the item of a customer-specific business transaction that focuses on delivering
goods or providing a service, on the prices and on preparing the invoice. Item is the identifying
and administrative item information in a SalesOrder which, in addition to the schedule lines,
contains all the data that applies to the item, for example, the product information, the parties
involved, the sales/delivery/invoicing-specific agreements, status and references, and so on.
SAPSoftwareChange
Description
Description of a SAP Software Change.

Comment:
A SAP Software Change is the notification on a recommended maintenance package (patch,
update or continuous change package) for a dedicated SAP system. It contains also information
required to control the implementation process.
SAPSoftwareChangeActionLog Description
Entry
A description of an SAPSoftware-ChangeActionLogEntry.
Comment:
A SAPSoftwareChangeActionLogEntry is a log record of each action performed by a user or the
system during the implementation of the SAPSoftware-Change.
SAPSoftwareChangeManualTa Description
sk
Description / Long Text for a manual task required during implementation of a SAP Software
Change
SAPSoftwareChangeMotivation Description
Description of a reason for implementa-tion of a SAP Software Change
SAPSoftwareChangeSystemNe Description
ws
Description, which was input by system administrator and is forwarded to sys-tem news in Control
Center to an-nounce impacts of SAP Software Change on Business Operations.
SellerAssortmentProductGroup SHORT_Description
Description of a seller assortment product group.
ServiceIssueCategory
Description for an issue category in Customer Service
MEDIUM_Description
ServiceIssueCategoryCatalogu MEDIUM_Description
e
Description for an issue category catalog in Customer Service
ServiceLevelObjective
Description of a Service Level Objective

Comment:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Description
Page 110
A Service Level Objective is a measurable objective that specifies one or more conditions for
fulfilling a service.
ServiceRequest
LONG_Description
A service request description is a representation of the properties of a service request in natural

language.
SetOfBooks
SHORT_Description
Description of a set of books.

Comment:
A set of boos is a collection of specifications structuring a body of accounting records

containing all data of all positions of a balance sheet and profit and loss statement.
It comprises specifications for the chart of accounts, the fiscal year profile, the accounting
principle, and the company currencies.
SettlementResult
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Description of the result of a settlement

HORT_Description
SingleResponsibility
Description
A description of a single responsibility in natural language.
Site
SHORT_Description
Desription of a site.
SiteLogisticsProcessModel
MEDIUM_Description
Description is language-dependent short-length statement describing the

SiteLogisticsProcessModel.
Comment:
A SiteLogisticsProcessModel is a model of a site logistics process in a distribution center that is
specified by a sequence of SiteLogisticsProcessSegments. It contains information about the
category of the process (for example standard receiving, standard shipping) represented by the
model, as well as the distribution center which is the organizational unit responsible for the
process.
SiteLogisticsProcessSegment
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a site logistics process segment

Comment:
A site logistics process segment is part of a logistic process in a LogisticsDivision specified by a
net of operations for packing, moving and checking of goods.
SourceOfSupplyLifeCycleStatus SHORT_Description
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Description of a SourceOfSupplyLifeCycleStatusCode.
Page 111
Comment:
A SourceOfSupplyLifeCycleStatusCode is a coded representation of the life cycle status of a
source of supply.
StatusReason
Description
Description of the reason for a status.

Comment:
The status referred to must be expressed by another qualifier.

Stay
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a stay.
StorageBehaviourMethod
LONG_Description
Description of a storage behaviour method.

Comment:
Storage Behaviour Method is a set of rules that defines the manner in which a storage location is
managed.
Subset
LONG_Description
Description of a subset in the context of an inspection.

Notes:
A subset is a partial quantity of the total quantity to be inspected.

SupplierPropertySpecification
SHORT_Description
A description of a supplier property specification.
SupplyNetworkPlanConfiguratio LONG_Description
nFunctionEventType
Description of the type of a function event in a SupplyNetworkPlanConfiguration.
SupplyPlanningArea
SHORT_Description
Description of a supply planning area.
TargetGroup
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a target group.
Task
LONG_Description
Description of a Task in the context of Business Task Management.

Comment:
Describes the purpose of a task to the end user.
TaxDeclarationRun
LONG_Description
Description of a Tax Declaration Run.
TaxExemptionReason
LONG_Description
Description of a Tax Exemption Reason.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 112
TechnicalUser
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a technical user.
Territory
SHORT_Description
Description of a territory.
ToolItem
SHORT_Description
A description of a tool item.
TradePromotion
SHORT_Description
Description of a trade promotion.
TradePromotionAgreement
SHORT_Description
Description of a trade promotion agreement.
TransportationLane
SHORT_Description
Description of a TransportationLane
Comment:
Relationship between two locations or transportation zones that specifies which materials can be
transported between the locations or transportation zones, and which means of transport can be
used.
TransportationTerms
LONG_Description
Natural-language representation of the characteristics of the transport
TransportMeans
SHORT_Description
UpperBoundary
Description
UtilitiesAdvancedMeteringSyste SHORT_Description
m
Upper boundary of an interval of descriptions.

Description of an advanced metering system in utilities.
Comment:
A system that measures, collects, and analyzes energy usage from advanced devices such as
water meters, electricity meters, and gas meters.
Notes:
In mySAP Business Suite the description is represented by E_AMI_AMS_TXT.

UtilitiesInstallationPoint
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S Name of a Utilities installation point.

HORT_Description
Vehicle
MEDIUM_Description
Description of a vehicle.
WeaponSystemType
SHORT_Description
Description of a Weapon System Type.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 113
1.22 IncomingPaymentProcedureCode
Definition
A coded representation of an incoming payment procedure.
Comment
A payment procedure is a technically oriented characteristic of a payment transaction (which is in turn a specialization of the payment
form, see PaymentFormCode).
Incoming_ Payment Procedure. Code
Example
<IncomingPaymentProcedureCode>1</IncomingPaymentProcedureCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
IncomingPaymentProcedureC
ode
Object Class
Property
Incoming_ Payment
Procedure
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

A customer-specific code list is assigned to the code IncomingPaymentProcedureCode.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 114

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
Each IncomingPaymentProcedureCode is uniquely assigned to one PaymentFormCode.
Use
An IncomingPaymentProcedureCode is used to determine the payment procedure for incoming payments.
Credit Card Payment - The business partner pays by credit card.
Cash Payment - The business partner pays by cash.
Notes
The IncomingPaymentProcedureCode is represented by CRMT_BUAG_PAYMETH and EZAWE_KK in SAP Business Suite.
IncomingPaymentProcedureCode
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 115
listID = 70347
Restricted Data Type NOSC_IncomingPaymentProcedureCode

Definition
A coded representation of an incoming payment procedure.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_IncomingPaymentProcedureCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_
Incoming_Payment
Procedure
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
IncomingPaymentPro 1
cedureCode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 116
1.23 Indicator
Definition
Indicator is the representation of a situation that has exactly two mutually exclusive Boolean values.
Indicator. Type
Example
<Indicator>true</Indicator>
Structure
GDT
Indicator
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Indicator
Representation
Type
Type
XSD
Type Name
Length
Card.
Remarks
boolean

Indicator can have the following values:
"true" or "1"
"false" or "0"
None specified.
Use
"Indicator" is used for binary classifications, indicators, flags, and so on.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 117
For a conversion of the XML representation into the SAP internal format methods are provided by the ABAP class
CL_GDT_CONVERSION.
Notes
None specified.
Qualifier
Definition
A2A
An indicator that specifies whether or not the communication is an A2A (application-to-application) communication.
A2X
An Indicator that specifies whether or not the communication is an A2X communication
AbnormalDemand
An AbnormalDemandIndicator indicates whether a demand is abnormal or not.

Use:
No entry.
Abstract
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is abstract.

Use:
For example, the AbstractIndicator can be used to indicate that a material is a abstract material or just a material.
AccessoryExists
Indicates whether or not something has one ore more accessories.

Comment:
Something is usually a product.
AccountDebit
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An AccountDebitIndicator specifies whether an account has been debited or not during an account movement.
None specified.
Use:
AccountDebitIndicator is used with a payment message to display that the recipients bank account will be debited.
Notes:
Page 118
None specified.
AccountingRelevance
The AccountingRelevanceIndicator indicates whether or not something is relevant for Accounting.

No entry.
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
This indicator is based on the already existing GDT RelevanceIndicator.
Accrual
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is an accrual.

Use:
An AccrualIndicator is used to specify, for example, whether or not a bank account settlement is an accrual
Active
An ActiveIndicator indicates whether an object is commercially active and whether it can be used in a process or not.
No entry.
Use:
The ActiveIndicator is used to label objects that can be commercially active or inactive, for example, sources of supply.
Notes:
In the context of an interface, there must be a description of which object the ActiveIndicator refers to and what it means in
terms of business.
Adjustment
An AdjustmentIndicator indicates if something is an adjustment of something else.
AdmissionDiagnosis
An indicator that specifies whether or not a medical diagnosis is recorded at the time of admission of a patient.
AdvanceDelivery
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is delivered in advance.

Use:
For example, spare parts will be shipped in advance during an SROM (Service Request and Order Management)
scenario.
Agency
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Indicates whether something is an agency or not.
Page 119
None specified.
Aggregation
An AggregationIndicator indicates whether something is an aggregation or not.
Alignment
Indicates if something is an alignment of one thing with another.

Comment:
Something usually refers to a process or object that adjusts some second object in order to align it with a third.
You need to understand what is aligned with what. To do this, you may take into account context and/or additional
qualifiers.
Allowed
An AllowedIndicator indicates whether something is allowed or not. Comment: The word "something" generally stands for
specific procedures, operations, or statuses.
For each AllowedIndicator, what is allowed or not allowed must be indicated precisely. This is reflected in an appropriate
name prefix.
For example, a NegativeValueAllowedIndicator specifies whether negative numeric values are allowed, while a
LowerCaseAllowedIndicator specifies whether lower-case letters are allowed.
Use:
The AllowedIndicator can be used, for example, to indicate whether a customer is allowed to submit an online purchase
order in lower-case letters.
Notes:
In the context of an interface, the business significance of "what is allowed" must be described for the AllowedIndicator in
addition to using the name prefix (see Integrity Conditions).
AlternativeExists
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An AlternativeExistsIndicator specifies whether or not an alternative exists for something.

No entry.
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
Page 120
Precise specifications regarding what exactly can have alternatives must be made for every AlternativeExistsIndicator.
AmountBalance
An AmountBalanceIndicator indicates whether an amount is a balance or not.

No entry.
Use:
AmountBalanceIndicator can be used to indicate whether the balance of all open receivables is transferred in a message
to a party or whether the amount transferred is an individual receivable.
Notes:
A balance amount can be positive or negative. In the context of an interface, the amount to which the
AmountBalanceIndicator refers and the business significance of the balance must be described.
AmountInThousands
An indicator that specifies whether or not an amount in thousands is provided as a value.
AmountUnlimited
An indicator that specifies whether or not an amount is unlimited.
Anonymous
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is anonymous.
Applied
An AppliedIndicator specifies whether something was applied or not. Comment: The indication of whether something was
applied or not refers to a rule, method, or procedure.
Apply
An ApplyIndicator indicates whether something should be applied. Comment: The word "something" usually stands for
processes or objects.
None specified.
Use:
None specified.
Notes:
Note that an AppliedIndicator also exists. The AppliedIndicator specifies whether something was used whereas the
ApplyIndicator specifies whether something should be used.
Approved
An Approved Indicator indicates whether something is approved or not.

Use:
No entry
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 121
ArchiveInclude
An ArchiveIncludeIndicator indicates whether an archive is to be included or not.

Use:
The ArchiveIncludeIndicator can be used, for example, to specify whether a query shall return archived data in addition to
data from the database.
The ArchiveIncludeIndicator shall be used to have a common way to mark the reading of archived data in mySAP and
A1S.
For mySAP all queries that potentially can return archived data shall offer this indicator as an input parameter.
In AP and mySAP, queries shall only return archived data in case the indicator is set.
Assembly
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is an assembly.

Comment:
An assembly is a group of components which form a technically coherent whole.
Assigned
An AssignedIndicator indicates whether or not an object is assigned to another.
Assignment
An indicator that specifies whether or not an object has or will have an assignment to another.
AssociationExists
An AssociationExistsIndicator indicates whether a business object has an association to or from another specific business
object or not.
Attached
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is attached.

Use:
The AttachedIndicator can be used to indicate whether an object is attached to another object, for example.
AttachmentExists
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An AttachmentExistsIndicator specifies whether an attachment exists or not

Not applicable.
Use:
Individual attachments are managed within the dependent object "Attachment Folder". An AttachmentExistsIndicator can
be used, for example, to indicate whether an attachment exists for a particular business object within the related
dependent object "Attachment Folder".
Notes:
Page 122
It must be clear in the context which attachment the indicator refers to.
AttackDog
An indicator that specifies whether or not a dog has been trained to attack people or animals.
AuthorizationToDeferTax
An AuthorizationToDeferTaxIndicator specifies whether a company or business partner has been authorized by a tax
authority to defer tax.
Automatic
An AutomaticIndicator specifies whether or not something occurs automatically.

No entry.
Use:
The AutomaticIndicator can be used to display the fact the decision for an inspection result in an inspection lot was made
automatically.
Notes:
No entry.
AutomaticallyGenerated
AutomaticallyGeneratedIndicator specifies whether or not something was generated automatically.Comment:Here,

"automatically generated" means that in the given circumstances, a result was achieved with no manual interference.
No details.
Use:
The automatic generation by a system is understood as the opposite of a manual or a user-triggered generation.
For example, a HandlingUnit can be moved from one storage location to another. To document this stock change, an
inventory change item is created. As a result of this movement, the other materials contained in the HandlingUnit and SubHandlingUnits are also moved. To document these other materials' movements and the sub-HandlingUnits, additional
inventory change item are created that all have the AutomaticallyGeneratedIndicator: These additional document items are
created by the system automatically with no queries to the user.
Notes:
The AutomaticallyGeneratedIndicator corresponds to the data element "XAUTO" (Indicator: Item Generated Automatically)
in SAP R/3.
AutomaticNumbering
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An AutomaticNumberingIndicator specifies whether or not identifiers are assigned automatically.

Page 123
The AutomaticNumberingIndicator may only be used in business objects and/or their replication messages.
The AutomaticNumberingIndicator is used mainly for numerical or alphanumerical identifiers; Restrictions must be
specified for each usage.
Use:
The AutomaticNumberingIndicator is used to control whether or not identifiers (such as document numbers or product
numbers) are assigned automatically.
Example
In SAP Product master, product category identifiers can be assigned automatically.
Notes:
No entry.
Available
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is available.
Backflush
A BackflushIndicator indicates whether something will be backflushed or not.Comment:"Backflushing" means that a goods
issue or a goods receipt for a reserved material will be carried out automatically during a production or a maintenance
confirmation.
None specified.
Use:
The BackflushIndicator is used to indicate that a reserved material is to be backflushed.
Notes:
In mySAP systems, the following dictionary object is assigned to this GDT:
- Data Element:
BalanceCarryForward
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
RGEKZ
Indicates whether a balance is carried forward or not.

No entry.
Use:
This indicator determines for example that the balance for the fund in funds management will be carried forward as part of
Page 124
year-end closing. The balance records for the fund are then carried forward to the next fiscal year
Notes:
In the SAP ERP system the BalanceCarryForwardIndicator is based on the data element FM_KZBST in the software
component SAP_APPL.
BaseQuantityUnit
An indicator that specifies whether or not a quantity unit is the base unit of quantity.
Comment:
A base unit of quantity is the unit to which all alternative units of quantity (of a product, for example) can be converted.
Only one unit of quantity can be indicated as the base unit of quantity for each product.
Use:
You can use the base unit of quantity of a product to convert all the quantity details of this product to another unit of
quantity.
Examples:
When a product is sold where the sales unit of quantity deviates from the price unit of quantity, the sales unit of quantity is
converted to the price unit of quantity using the base unit of quantity, so that the sales price can be determined.
When taking inventory, stocks that have different units of quantity are converted to stock-keeping units using the base unit
of quantity.
Notes:
In SAP Product, the BaseQuantityUnitIndicator is represented by the table field COMM_PR_UNIT-IS_BASE_UNIT.
BasicPurchasingContract
An indicator that specifies whether a purchasing contract is a basic purchasing contract or not.
Comment:
BasicPurchasingContract is a purchasing contract which contains only basic header information ( Vendor, Purchasing
Organization, Purchasing Group and Currency Code ), without any items.
Bestseller
Indicates whether something is a bestseller.

Comment:
A bestseller is a product that sells in very large quantities.
Bidder
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A BidderIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory Bidder.
Page 125
None.
Use:
The indicator is used in the transformation node CurrentRoleCategories of the BusinessPartner_Templates.
Notes:
You can get more information on the BusinessPartnerRoleCategoryCode GDT from the GDT catalog.
Billable
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is billable.

Comment:
Something could be, for example, a service that has been provided.
Binding
The BindingIndicator indicates whether or not something is binding.
Block
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is to be blocked.

Comment:
The word "something" in the definition stands for specific documents, processes or objects.
Blocked
A BlockedIndicator specifies whether something is blocked or not.

Comment: The word "something" usually stands for specific documents, processes or objects.
Specify exactly what is blocked/not blocked for every BlockedIndicator. This is reflected in a corresponding name prefix.
For example, AccountBlockedIndicator specifies whether an account is blocked or not.
Use:
The BlockedIndicator is required for indicating objects that can be blocked or not blocked, such as credit cards, accounts,
escalators and streets.
Notes:
In addition to the name prefix entry, the business meaning of the block must also be specified for the
BlockedIndicator (compare to Integrity Conditions).
BondedGoods
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An indicator that specifies whether or not goods are under customs supervision.
Comment:
Page 126
Bonded goods are goods under customs supervision.

Use:
The importer stores the imported goods for which no customs duties have been paid yet, for example, in a customs
warehouse. This is usually after the importer has deposited a type of security with the customs authorities, for example, in
the form of guarantees or bonds. The security ensures that the duty will be paid when and if the goods are withdrawn for
domestic sale and transferred into customs procedures for free circulation.
BottleneckResource
Indicates whether the resource is a bottleneck resource or not.

Comment: A bottleneck resource is a resource which limits the throughput capability of the production.
Boundary
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is a boundary.
Breakdown
A BreakdownIndicator indicates wether a machine is broken down or not.
BulkMaterial
An indicator that specifies wether or not a material is a bulk material.
BusinessPartnerActsAsOrganisationalC A BusinessPartnerActsAsOrganisationalCentreIndicator indicates whether a BusinessPartner may act as an organizational

entre
center or not.
None specified.
Use:
The BusinessPartnerActsAsOrganisationalCentreIndicator is used in master data to indicate that a BusinessPartner may
be used in processes that require an OrganisationalCentre. The Indicator is read from the party in order to have a hint to
read also information from the OrganisationalCentre.
Notes:
None specified.
BusinessTransactionBlocked
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A BusinessTransactionBlockedIndicator indicates whether or not the execution of a business transaction is blocked.

No entry.
Use:
The GDT can be used in various environments, for example, in delivery and in billing.
Delivery Execution: This data type is used by a requesting application (for example, Sales) to send a delivery request to
Supply Chain Execution (for example, for planning purposes) at an early stage, but, at the same time, to inform Supply
Page 127
Chain Execution that the delivery should not be executed yet since, for example, in the case of a sales order, several
points still have to be clarified with the customer, necessary papers are missing, or the customers credit limit has been
exceeded or has not yet been checked.
Billing: This data type is used by a requesting application (for example, Sales) to setup a billing due list in billing but, at the
same time, to specify that billing may not yet be executed. There are many reasons for the billing block. It is possible that
the requesting application first executes a release procedure, that the customer-specific prices have not yet been
determined, that certain necessary documents have not yet been received (letter of credit procedure), or that the
customers credit limit has been exceeded.
Notes:
No entry.
BusinessTransactionDocumentItemThir A BusinessTransactionDocumentItemThirdPartyDealIndicator indicates whether or not a document item is used in the
dPartyDeal
context of a thirdparty deal.
No entry.
Use:
The BusinessTransactionDocumentItemThirdPartyDealIndicator is used to indicate that a document item is used in the
context of a third-party deal. A third-party deal is a process in which a company processes a sales order via a third party
rather than fulfilling it directly itself.
Notes:
The context to which the BusinessTransactionDocumentItemThirdPartyDealIndicator refers must be clear from the usage
of the GDT.
BusinessTransactionDocumentPricing
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
The BusinessTransactionDocumentPricingIndicator indicates whether pricing/price determination should be performed for

all items or for selected items in a business transaction.
Business documents or items in business documents for which pricing/price determination can be performed are generally
linked to the purchase or sale of products. Typical examples are: order, delivery and transport documents and their items.
Use:
The BusinessTransactionDocumentPricingIndicator is used in the ordering, delivery, and transport of products to indicate
in the corresponding Business Transaction documents whether pricing/price determination should be performed, and, if so,
for which items.
Page 128
Notes:
No entry.
BusinessTransactionDocumentPublic
A BusinessTransactionDocumentPublicIndicator indicates whether or not a business document is public.Comment:"Public"

in this case means that access to the business document is not restricted in any way and the document is published in a
standard place
No entry.
Use:
The BusinessTransactionDocumentPublicIndicator can be used in a bid invitation to indicate whether the bid invitation is
open to the public or limited to an exclusive group of participants. It therefore indicates to potential participants whether the
group of fellow bidders is restricted in advance.
When the GDT is used, the name component "BusinessTransactionDocument" is replaced with an actual
BusinessTransactionDocumentType, for example, PurchaseOrder, RFQ, and so on
Notes:
No entry.
BusinessTransactionDocumentSettleme A BusinessTransactionDocumentSettlementRelevanceIndicator indicates whether a given Business Transaction document

ntRelevance
or one of its items should be settled or not. Settlement incorporates both billing and invoice verification.
No entry.
Use:
The BusinessTransactionDocumentSettlementRelevanceIndicator is usually applied to business documents that are
created when products are ordered, goods are delivered, or services are provided, or that transmit information from such
business documents. It can be applied to the entire document or to individual items.
If it is transmitted with the value "true" for an entire document or one of that document's items, the whole document or the
marked item is settled. References are used to ensure that additional information is taken into account.
If the indicator is transmitted with the value "false" for an entire document or one of that document's items, then the whole
document or the marked item is not settled. References can be used to ensure that transmitted information is also taken
into account during settlement of documents/items that are transmitted with an indicator with value 'true'.
If, for example, an Order Management credit memo request prompts the creation of a credit memo in billing, then the credit
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 129
memo request will be transferred with the indicator value set to "true".
If, for example, an Order Management standard order needs to be taken into account during the billing of the deliveries
that resulted from it, then that standard order is transferred with the indicator set to "false", and the subsequent delivery
document with the indicator set to "true". The references in the delivery document to the items in the standard order ensure
that the standard order is then taken into account during settlement.
Notes:
The BusinessTransactionDocumentSettlementRelevanceIndicator corresponds largely to "billing relevance" in R/3 or CRM,
with which it is additionally possible, however, to control which quantities should be settled when.
Cancel
A CancelIndicator indicates whether or not an object cancels or revokes another object for business management reasons.
Comment:
A CancelIndicator is related either to objects closely tied to a transaction (for example open remaining quantities, dates) or
to objects that have a transactional character (such as supply determination for a requirement, product catalog transfer in
several steps, business transactions, quantity or value of changes in stock).
None specified.
Notes:
In the context of the user interface, it must be described to which object the CancelIndicator is related and what the actual
business meaning is.
CancellationDocument
An indicator that specifies whether or not a document is a cancellation document.

Use:
A CancellationDocumentIndicator is used to specify, for example, whether or not an accounting document is a cancellation
document.
Notes:
CancellationDocumentIndicator is not to be confused with CancelledIndicator. In some cases, the CancelledIndicator is set
to "true" for a cancelled document because that document has been rejected or withdrawn. However, for the cancelled
document that documents this transaction, the CancellationDocumentIndicator is set to "true".
CancellationInvoice
An indicator that specifies whether or not an incoice is an invoice cancellation.
Cancelled
A CancelledIndicator is the indication whether an object was or was not cancelled or revoked for business management
reasons.Comment:A CancelledIndicator is related either to objects closely tied to a transaction (for example open
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 130
remaining quantities, dates) or to objects that have a transactional type character (such as supply determination for a
requirement, product catalog transfer in several steps, business transactions, quantity or value of changes in stock).
None specified.
Use:
The ActionCode is a request for the receiver to do something. In contrast, the CancelledIndicator is a status notification to
the receiver.
For some objects, there is the choice to use either a CompletedIndicator or CancelledIndicator, dependending what
emphasis should be used. If the processing of the object is regularly completed (CompletedIndicator) or if the object is
cancelled due to an exceptional situation (CancelledIndicator).
Notes:
In the context of the user interface, it must be described to which object the CancelledIndicator is related, what the actual
business meaning is and if the CancelledIndicator can be reversed in a follow up message.
Carrier
A CarrierIndicator specifies whether or not a business partner is a forwarding agent.

Not specified.
Use:
Not specified.
Notes:
The qualifier corresponds to a code from the value list of the PartyBusinessCharacterCode GDT.
CaseSensitive
A CaseSensitiveIndicator indicates whether or not a character string is case sensitive.
CashDiscountDeductible
CashDiscountDeductibleIndicator specifies whether a cash discount can be deducted from something or not.
Comment:The word "something" usually stands for an invoice, credit memo, purchase order, or sales order, or a
corresponding item.
No entry.
Use:
CashDiscountDeductibleIndicator is used to specify, whether or not a cash discount may be deducted from -for example-
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 131
an invoice item at a payment.

Notes:
No entry.
CashFlowAccount
An indicator that specifies whether or not an account is a cashflow relevant account.

Comment:
Cashflow refers either to cash receipt or cash disbursement.
CategoryManagementCategory
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is a category in category management.

Comment:
A category is a central instrument of category management and emphasizes a group of similar or related products that
meets the consumer needs and that the consumer would like to find together in a store. All products belonging to the
consumer product groups below a category are managed in a way as if it was an own business unit within the company.
CauseOfDeath
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is the cause of death of someone.
Use:
This indicator can be used to specify whether or not a medical diagnosis denotes the illness of which the patient died.
Certified
A CertifiedIndicator indicates whether something is certified or not.

No entry.
Use:
Some objects may require supporting legal certificates/documents. CertifiedIndicator indicates whether such certificates
exist.
Notes:
No entry.
ChangeAllowed
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An indicator that specifies whether or not something can be changed.

Comment:
Page 132
The word "something" usually stands for values or objects.

Use:
The Change Allowed Indicator is frequently used in the RFQ process to determine whether a bidder is allowed to change
previous entries of his/her bid for this RFQ process or not. The indicator is then maintained by the responsible buyer for the
RFQ.
Notes:
The specification of what may or may not be changed is represented by an extra qualifier.
Example: A QuantityChangeAllowedIndicator describes whether the entered quantities in the follow-on document may or
may not be changed.
Changed
A ChangedIndicator is the indication of whether something was changed or not.Comment:The word "something" generally
stands for an object or attribute.
ChangedIndicator must not be used in messages to show the recipient of a message that an object should be changed.
This must be done by the GDT ActionCode (q.v.).
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
No entry.
Check
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is to be checked.
Checked
A CheckedIndicator specifies whether something was checked or not.Comment:A CheckedIndicator does not say anything
about the result of the check.
CheckedOut
A CheckedOutIndicator specifies whether or not something is checked out.Comment:"Checked out" means that something
has just been taken from or borrowed by someone.
None specified.
Use:
A CheckedOutIndicator can be used, for example, to indicate that a document is currently being edited locally outside of
the Document Management System.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 133
Notes:
None specified.
Choice
An indicator that specifies whether or not there is a choice for something.

Comment:
It must be clear from the context for what a choice is and what the choice is.
Use:
ChoiceIndicator may be used for example to indicate whether or not there is a choice of values for a given property of an
object.
ClearingHouse
A ClearingHouseIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory Clearing
House.
None.
Use:
Notes:
Close
A CloseIndicator indicates whether something has to be closed.
Closed
An indicator that specifies whether something has been closed or not.

Use:
The ClosedIndicator is used to display whether an object has been closed.
Notes:
In the context of an interface, there must be a description of which object the ClosedIndicator refers to, its business
meaning, and whether a set ClosedIndicator can be canceled in a subsequent message.
ClosedPackagingMaterial
A ClosedPackagingMaterialIndicator indicates that packaging material is closed packaging, this means the total volume is
not increased by the loading volume of the contents.
ClosingChartOfAccountsItem
A ClosingChartOfAccountsItemIndicator is an indicator for specifying whether or not the G/L accounts created for a
ChartOfAccountsItem are closing accounts.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 134
None specified.
Use:
ClosingChartOfAccountsItemIndicator is used as part of the LogSectionBalanceCarryForwardAccountInformation node in
the BalanceCarryForwardRun projection of the AccountingAdjustmentRun business object and indicates whether or not a
G/L account is used as a closing account.
Notes:
None specified.
Cohabitation
An indicator that specifies whether or not a person cohabitates.
CollectionAuthorisation
A CollectionAuthorisationIndicator shows whether or not a collection authorization exists.Comment:A collection

authorization is the basis for the collection authorization process: The paying party uses this to authorize the payee to draw
on the paying partys account.
No entry.
Use:
The CollectionAuthorisationIndicator can be used, for example, to specify that rent due can be drawn directly from the
paying party's account by the landlord.
Notes:
Data element: BU_XEZER
CombinationAllowed
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
CombinationAllowedIndicator specifies whether several things of something are allowed to be combined in a single
different something or not.
No entry.
Use:
SalesOrderDeliveryCombinationAllowedIndicator specifies whether several sales orders are allowed to be combined in a
single delivery or not.
Notes:
Page 135
No entry.
Combiner
An indicator that specifies whether or not an object acts as a combiner of other objects.
Use:
Use a CombinerIndicator to specify that an object combines two or more objects.
For example, a Handling Unit combining two Handling Units each from different Deliveries can be indicated as a combiner
object.
CommunicationChannel
An indicator that specifies whether an item, such as e-mail, SMS or Collaboration Window, is a channel for communication
or not.
CompanyControl
A CompanyControlIndicator shows whether or not a person controls a company.

No entry.
Use:
The GDT CompanyControlIndicator can be used to show that a shareholder in a firm or a company can control the firm or
company because s/he has a majority holding or a controlling agreement. In this case the CompanyControlIndicator is an
attribute of the relationship shareholder and firm or company.
A controlling agreement is a type of company contract through which a stock company puts another company in control
(Gabler Economic Encyclopedia). Another possibility for putting a company under general control is by acquiring a majority
holding in another company. The acquiring company then becomes the holding (controlling) company.
Notes:
Data element: BU_COMPANY_CONTROL
Domain: BU_COMPANY_CONTROL
CompanyDirector
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
CompanyDirectorIndicator indicates whether an employee is a company director or not.Comment:A company director is a

member of a board, or similar body where the company is managed by a board or similar body, or a single person where
the company is managed by an individual.
Page 136
Comparable
A ComparableIndicator indicates whether something is comparable or not.

refers to the attributes of an object.
Use:
Comment: Something usually
A ComparableIndicator can be used, for example, to check, if some measuremts can be compared or not.
Competitor
A CompetitorIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory Competitor.
None.
Use:
Notes:
CompetitorProduct
A CompetitorProductIndicator specifies whether or not a product is a competitor product.Comment:A competitor product is

a product offered by a competitor.
None.
Use:
The CompetitorProductIndicator is used to indicate products that are in competition with one's own products.
This can be a question of the same products, or products with the same or similar characteristics.
Notes:
None.
Complete
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A CompleteIndicator specifies whether or not something is complete.Comment:The word "something" usually refers to
Not applicable.
Use:
Not applicable.
Notes:
Page 137
In contrast to a CompleteIndicator a CompletedIndicator specifies whether or not an object is completed from a business
point of view.
Completed
A CompletedIndicator is the information on whether an object is completed in a business sense or not.Comment:In

general, a CompletedIndicator relates to business transactions (for example, invoice creation, delivery, sourcing) or to
objects that have the character of a transaction (for example, product catalog transfer in multiple steps).
No entry.
Use:
The CompletedIndicator is used to show that the processing of an object has been completed in one context, even if
further processing steps are being run in a different context (for example, sourcing for a requirement may be completed but
procurement of the requirement calls for further process steps).
For some objects you can use either a CompletedIndicator or a CancelledIndicator depending on whether you wish to
emphasize that processing of the object has been completed as normal (CompletedIndicator) or that the object has been
cancelled in the sense of an exception situation (CancelledIndicator).
Notes:
In the context of an interface, it is necessary to describe which object the CompletedIndicator refers to, what immediate
business significance it has, and if a set CompletedIndicator can be undone in a follow-on message.
CompleteTransmission
The CompleteTransmissionIndicator (CTI) specifies whether an element transferred in a message or a transmitted list of
similar elements is transmitted in its entirety or not.
Comment:
Complete transmission means the complete transmission of all the child elements of an element that are relevant for the
message.
When an element is deleted, all the child elements are regarded as also deleted with the result that even with a complete
transmission in this case, only the identification of the object is transferred.
In combination with the ActionCode's strict or soft semantics there are four combinations to be distinguished:
1. CTI = "true" and ActionCode has soft semantics
Definition: Transmission with error correction
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 138
Comment: Logically deleted elements at the sender are not transferred. If this type of transmission is used, a consistent
state is automatically restored after an error (for example, after failure of a message transfer).
2. CTI = "true" and ActionCode has strict semantics

Definition: Completely mappable transmission
Comment: Logically deleted elements at the sender are transferred with an ActionCode "03" (Delete). If this type of
transmission is used, mapping is possible to practically all conceivable types of interface for creating, changing, and
deleting elements.
3. CTI = "false" and ActionCode has strict semantics

Definition: Transmission with reduced data volume and error recognition
Comment: Unchanged elements at the sender are not transferred. If this type of transmission is used, the data volume is
generally reduced since only new and changed elements, as well as elements to be deleted are transferred. By using strict
semantics for all ActionCodes, misunderstandings between the sender and receiver (for example, after a message
transmission failure) can be detected.
4. CTI = "false" and ActionCode has soft semantics

Definition: Transmission with reduced data volume
Comment: Unchanged elements at the sender are not transferred. If this type of transmission is used, the data volume is
generally reduced since only new and changed elements, as well as elements to be deleted are transferred. By using soft
semantics for all ActionCodes, misunderstandings between the sender and receiver (for example, after a message
transmission failure) cannot be detected.
A sending application
- Should not mix the different combinations in a message instance.
- Must support combination 1 to be able to restore a consistent state after an error.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 139
- Should support combination 2 if there are mapping requirements.

- Should support combination 3 if there are performance requirements.
- Should not support combination 4 because it does not offer any advantages over transmission type 3.
A receiving application
- Must support combination 1 so that it can communicate with every sender via at least one combination.
- Should support all other combinations and mixtures of combinations so that it can communicate with as many senders as
possible. In particular, the receiving application must anticipate mixed forms of the combinations when the message is
mapped from a foreign format or when the sender is using a compatible older version of the interface that does not yet
know some of the ActionCodes or CompleteTransmissionIndicators.
Additional ActionCodes and CompleteTransmissionIndicators should be integrated in an interface according to the
mapping (combination 2) and performance (combination 3) requirements.
Use:
The CompleteTransmissionIndicator can be used in the following two ways:
1. For an element, in order to indicate whether it has been transmitted completely.
The CompleteTransmissionIndicator is an attribute of the element.
If it is set to "true", all the child elements of this element are transferred. Child elements that are not transferred in the
message are implicitly regarded at the recipient as deleted.
If it is set to "false", child elements that are not transferred are regarded as unchanged. In this case, child elements can
be deleted only with an appropriate ActionCode. Deleting child elements by transferring empty tags <TagName/> or initial
values <TagName>0.0</TagName> is expressly not allowed. A sender should not send empty or initial tags and a receiver
must process empty or initial tags as if the tags had not been transferred.
2. For an element, in order to indicate whether a list of similar child elements has been transmitted completely.
The CompleteTransmissionIndicator is an attribute of the element that contains the list and has the name
"xListCompleteTransmissionIndicator", where "x" is the name of the child elements (see usage example).
If the CompleteTransmissionIndicator is set to "true", all the child elements in the list are transferred. Child elements that
are not transferred in the message are implicitly regarded at the recipient as deleted.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 140
If the CompleteTransmissionIndicator is set to "false", child elements in the list that are not transferred are regarded as
unchanged.
The CompleteTransmissionIndicator can be used if the child elements do not have an ActionCode. In this case, however,
child elements cannot be deleted if the transmission is incomplete (see usage 1).
In general, CompleteTransmissionIndicator and ActionCode should always be used in combination with one another with
a CompleteTransmissionIndicator for a parent element and ActionCodes for all the child elements.
CompleteTransmissionIndicators can be used under one another in a hierarchy of elements.
If an element has a CompleteTransmissionIndicator with reference to this element itself (usage 1) and also one (or more)
CompleteTransmissionIndicators with reference to a list of child elements contained in the element (usage 2), the current
value of the CompleteTransmissionIndicator from usage 1 applies as the default for the value of the
CompleteTransmissionIndicator from usage 2. This is necessary to be able to increase the cardinality of child elements in
an interface from (0..1) or (1..1) to (0..n) or (1..n).
Notes:
The documentation for an operation must describe which of the combinations listed in the "Integrity Conditions" section are
allowed.
Here are some examples of these combinations and their consequences.
A business transaction is created with combination 3. ActionCodes are used at business transaction level, item level, and
schedule line level; CompleteTransmissionIndicators are used according to usage 2 for the list of items and lists of
schedule lines:
Initial message:
BusinessTransactionDocumentRequest
BusinessTransactionDocument (actionCode = '01' itemListCompleteTransmissionIndicator = 'false')
ID = 4711
...
- Item (actionCode = '01' scheduleLineListCompleteTransmissionIndicator = 'false')
ID = 10
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 141
Description = "Description of item 10"

...
- ScheduleLine (actionCode = '01')
ID = 1
Quantity = 10.0 (unitCode = 'C62')
...
ID = 2
...
ID = 20
...
ID = 1
...
ID = 30
...
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 142
ID = 1
...
The following changes to the business transaction are to be transferred with a second message:
- The quantity in schedule line 2 of item 10 has been changed from 20 to 22 pieces
- A new schedule line (3) has been added to item 10
- Item 20 has been deleted
- The description of item 30 has been changed from "Description of item 30" to "Changed description of item 30"
Example for combination 1 (CTI = "false" and ActionCode has strict semantics):
All the data for the business transaction is transferred with the change. Since no assumptions are made about the
existence of elements at the recipient with the ActionCode from the sender, the status of the business transaction at the
recipient becomes valid even if the first message for creating the business transaction is lost.
Second message:
BusinessTransactionDocument (actionCode = '04' itemListCompleteTransmissionIndicator = 'true')
ID = 4711
...
- Item (actionCode = '04' scheduleLineListCompleteTransmissionIndicator = 'true')
ID = 10
...
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 143

ID = 1
Quantity = 10.0 (unitCode ='C62')
...
ID = 2
...
ID = 3
...
ID = 20
ID = 30
Description = "Changed description of item 30"
...
ID = 1
...
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 144
Example for combination 2 (CTI = "true" and ActionCode has strict semantics):
All data is transferred with precise information about which elements have to be created, changed, deleted, or not
processed. This information can be used to map to a message format that expects only changes and distinguishes
between creating and changing elements and to a format that expects all the data.
Second message:
BusinessTransactionDocument (actionCode = '02' itemListCompleteTransmissionIndicator = 'true')
ID = 4711
...
ID = 10
...
ID = 1
...
ID = 2
...
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 145
ID = 3
...
ID = 20
ID = 30
...
ID = 1
...
Example for combination 3 (CTI = "false" and ActionCode has strict semantics):
Changed data for the business transaction is transferred. The data volume of the message is reduced as a result. Since
precise information about creating, changing, and deleting elements is also transferred, an error can be recognized at the
recipient when the first message for creating the business transaction is lost. The corresponding message is structured as
follows:
Second message:
ID = 4711
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 146
...
ID = 10
...
ID = 2
...
ID = 3
...
ID = 20
ID = 30
...
Example for combination 4 (CTI = "false" and ActionCode has soft semantics):
Changed data for the business transaction is transferred. The data volume of the message is reduced as a result. Since no
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 147
precise information about creating, changing, and deleting elements is transferred, no error can be recognized at the
recipient when the first message for creating the business transaction is lost. In this case, an invalid business transaction
status would be created at the recipient. The corresponding message is structured as follows:
Second message:
ID = 4711
...
ID = 10
...
ID = 2
...
ID = 3
...
ID = 20
ID = 30
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 148

...
Complex
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is complex.

Complex means that something consists of many different and connected parts.
Comment:
It must be clear from the context what is complex.
Use:
The indicator specifies for example a type used in XBRL as complex or simple.
Confirm
A ConfirmIndicator specifies whether something confirms something else or not.

Use:
The ConfirmIndicator can be used to indicate that a payment advice confirms a payment.
It must not be used to indicate whether something should be confirmed or not. For this purpose a
ConfirmationRequiredIndicator should be used.
Confirmed
A ConfirmedIndicator indicates whether something has been confirmed or not, for example at a logistics confirmation.
Comment:
The word "something" usually stands for objects in certain business circumstances.
ConfirmedAsOrdered
An indicator that specifies whether or not a purchase order item is confirmed as ordered.
Consignment
The ConsignmentIndicator indicates whether the transaction form of the consignment is available or not.
No entry.
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
"Consignment" is a transaction form in which the vendor stores a material stock at the ordering party at the vendors
expense. The vendor is the owner of the materials until they are withdrawn from the consignment stores. The vendor is
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 149
notified of the withdrawals at regular time intervals and the withdrawals are then settled accordingly.
Consistent
A ConsistentIndicator specifies whether or not something is consistent.

Comment:
The word "something" usually refers to objects
ContactPerson
A ContactPersonIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory Contact
Person.
None.
Use:
Notes:
Continued
A ContinuedIndicator indicates whether something is continued or not.

If it is not clear by the context, what something refers to, a second level qualifier must be used to clarify the context.
(Possible 2 nd level qualifiers are for example: Salary).
Use:
None specified
Notes:
None specified
ContractBased
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is based on a contract.

Comment:
For example, the pricing and payment events used in the Commodity Pricing Engine (CPE) to trigger payment and pricing,
are based on a contract between customer and supplier. A contract can be for example a trading contract.
Convert
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A ConvertIndicator indicates whether something is to be converted or not.

Comment:
The word "something" usually stands for objects in certain busi-ness circumstances.
Page 150
No entry
Use:
The ConvertIndicator is used to indicate whether an object, for example a production planning order, is to be converted into
another object, for example a production order, or not.
Notes:
No entry
Copy
A CopyIndicator indicates whether something is a copy of an original or not.

No entry.
Use:
A CopyIndicator can be used, for example, to express whether an OutputRequest is a copy of the original or not.
Example: The original invoice must be printed or sent only once. In case a repeat output of the same invoice is necessary
the CopyIndicator is set and indicates that the repeated output of the invoice is a copy.
Notes:
No entry.
Corrected
An indicator that specifies whether or not something was corrected.
CorrectionInvoice
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is a correction invoice.

Use:
A CorrectionInvoiceIndicator is used for example to specify the type of invoice document in the creation process of a
customer invoice request.
CorrectionRun
A CorrectionRunIndicator specifies whether or not a run is a correction run.
CorrespondenceBrailleRequired
A CorrespondenceBrailleRequiredIndicator indicates whether or not correspondence should be written in Braille.

None specified.
Use:
The indicator can be used to show that correspondence with a business partner should take place through an external
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 151
provider who creates the documents in Braille.

Notes:
None specified.
CorrespondenceUpperCaseRequired
A CorrespondenceUpperCaseRequiredIndicator indicates whether or not correspondence should be written in uppercase.

No entry
Use:
The indicator can be used to indicate that only uppercase may be used when bank statements are printed.
Notes:
No entry
CostObject
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is considered a cost object.

Comment:
In cost accounting, cost objects are units of output that result from a value-added process. This process is used
to identify costs according to how they are incurred.
Examples of cost objects may include services, products, projects, or processes.
Use:
None specified.
Covered
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is covered.

Comment:
Something could be covered for example by a warranty or contract.
Create
A CreateIndicator specifies whether something is to be created or not.
Created
A CreatedIndicator specifies whether something was created or not.
CreatedFromBusinessPartner
A CreatedFromBusinessPartnerIndicator indicates whether an OrganisationalCentre was created from the

BusinessPartner or not.
CreatedFromOrganisationalCentre
A CreatedFromOrganisationalCentreIndicator indicates whether a BusinessPartner was created from the

OrganisationalCentre or not.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 152
CreateNewVersion
A CreateNewVersionIndicator specifies whether a new version is to be created for something.

If the CreateNewVersionIndicator is not set, a version of the object to which the indicator refers must already exist.
Use:
The CreateNewVersionIndicator is used as a control parameter when creating objects.
Notes:
The value of the CreateNewVersionIndicators does not have to be persisted as the indicator is only relevant when creating
versions.
CreditAgencyReportRetrievalPermission A CreditAgencyReportRetrievalPermissionIndicator indicates whether a party has consented to have credit information
about it obtained.
No entry.
Use:
Obtaining credit information from a credit agency such as Dun & Bradstreet or Schufa is standard practice, particularly for
new business partners or for transactions with larger volumes. To comply with the legal requirements of the country
concerned, explicit consent by the business partner may be required; the existence of the
CreditAgencyReportRetrievalPermissionIndicator indicates whether this consent has been provided.
Notes:
No entry.
CreditWorthiness
A CreditWorthinessIndicator indicates whether a party is creditworthy or not.

No entry.
Use:
Prior to the sale, rental, or lease of a product, it is standard procedure to check a business partners creditworthiness, i.e.,
the ability to pay the receivables arising from the business transaction. The CreditWorthinessIndicator indicates whether or
not the business partner is creditworthy.
Notes:
No entry.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 153
Critical
A critical indicator indicates whether or not something is critical.

Comment:
'Critical' signifies that something is crucial or important
Use:
It is wanted to mark a material or something else to be critical in the sense of having a special treatment for the material
in case the stock decreases for example.
CrossDocumentLogisticalConsolidation An indicator that specifies whether something is formed by cross-document logistical consolidation.
Comment:
The word "something" usually stands for a transportation unit, for example, a pallet or a container. Logistical consolidation
means that several individual items (for example, packages) are aggregated into one object or resource, for example, a
transportation unit.
Cross-document logistical consolidation means that these items are in fact related to two or more individual house bill
documents.
CrossRate
Indicates if a foreign exchange rate is a cross rate or not. A cross rate is an exchange rate between two currencies
derived from a third one, as no direct exchange rate is defined.
Current
Indicates whether something is current or not.

Use:
A PayrollProcess instance is marked as current to indicate that it is the current period for which payroll has to be triggered.
Customer
A CustomerIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory Customer.
None.
Use:
Notes:
CustomerServiceSupportTeam
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A CustomerServiceSupportTeamIndicator specifies whether something is a customer service & support team for the
processing of service requirements and customer complaints.
Page 154
CustomsOffice
An indicator that specifies whether or not a business partner is a customs office.

Notes:
DangerousGoods
A DangerousGoodsIndicator indicates whether goods are dangerous or not.

Comment:
DangerousGoods are substances or objects that, due to their properties, present a danger to public safety, to the life and
health of people and animals, or to the safety of things with respect to transport.
Use:
A DangerousGoodsIndicator points out that legal regulations for the transport of dangerous goods exist.
Notes:
For dangerous goods special regulations for transport exist.
DataProvider
A DataProviderIndicator indicates whether or not something provides data. Comment: The word something usually refers
to an object.
No entry.
Use:
The DataProviderIndicator can, for example, be used to indicate whether or not data was transferred from a
BusinessTransactionDocumentReference to the BusinessTransactionDocument containing this
BusinessTransactionDocumentReference.
Notes:
No entry.
DaylightSavingTime
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A DaylightSavingTimeIndicator indicates whether a given local timepoint is in daylight saving time or not.
No entry.
Use:
The indicator is needed to distinguish the first and second pass through the duplicate hour at the end of daylight saving
time.
Notes:
Page 155
Except for the double hour, the indicator can be derived from the time-point and the time-zone.
DayOff
The DayOffIndicator indicates whether a day is a day off or not.

No entry.
Use:
The DayOffIndicator is used to indicate the day on which an employee is not scheduled to work.
Example:
If the weekly work schedule of an employee is defined as follows:
- Work from Monday to Friday
- Not scheduled to work on Saturday and Sunday
In this example, the DayOffIndicator is set to true for Saturday and Sunday since Saturday and Sunday are days off for the
employee. The DayOffIndicator is set to false from Monday to Friday since the employee is scheduled to work from
Monday to Friday.
In the above example, for a particular week, if Thursday is a public holiday and the employee is not scheduled to work on
public holidays, the DayOffIndicator is set to true on Thursday also for that week.
Notes:
No entry.
DeadlinePassed
A DeadlinePassedIndicator indicates whether a deadline has passed or not.
Deallocate
A DeallocateIndicator indicates whether or not something shall be deallocated.

Use:
The DeallocateIndicator can be used, for example, to indicate whether a work capacity shall be deallocated from a
production order operation.
Deceased
A DeceasedIndicator indicates whether a living entity is deceased or not.

Use:
None specified.
Decided
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is or has been decided.
Page 156
Comment:
The word "something" usually refers to processes or objects.
Deduction
A DeductionIndicator specifies whether something is a deduction or not.
Default
A DefaultIndicator shows whether or not something has been designated as a default.Comment:The word "something"
usually stands for a function that has to be carried out or an object/element that has to be selected.
Use:
A default means that when nothing else is specified, the pre-assigned default should be carried out or selected.
Examples:
One of the possible delivery addresses for a business partner can be designated as the default address. When a delivery
order is created, this address is then automatically proposed.
One of the communication methods between business partners can be designated as a default. This default
communication method for example, fax, is then used for sending a message, provided the sender does not select another
communication method such as e-mail.
Notes:
The DefaultIndicator is only permitted as an element and not as an attribute of a GDT.
In the context of its use, a description must be given as to which function or object the DefaultIndicator refers.
Deferred
A DeferredIndicator indicates whether something should be deferred or not.

No entry.
Use:
A DeferredIndicator can be used, for example, to defer an output request.
Example: Output requests of facsimiles can be deferred to nighttime to reduce transmission costs.
Notes:
No entry.
Delete
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A DeleteIndicator indicates whether the object has to be deleted or not.

Page 157
None specified.
Use:
A DeleteIndicator is used to inform that an object is marked for deletion.
It is not to be used for messages! Here GDT ActionCode needs to be used.
Notes:
None specified.
Deleted
A DeletedIndicator indicates whether an object has been logically deleted or not.

No entry.
Use:
The DeletedIndicator is used to display whether an object has been logically deleted.
Notes:
In the context of an interface, there must be a description of which object the DeletedIndicator refers to, its business
meaning, and whether a set DeletedIndicator can be canceled in a subsequent message.
Delivered
An indicator that specifies whether or not something was delivered.
DeliveryBasedInvoiceVerification
An indicator that specifies that the verification of a supplier invoice has to be based on quantity and price data of goods
and service acknowledgements, or inbound deliveries that have been created based on the purchase order. If the indicator
is not set, supplier invoice verification is carried out on the basis of quantity and price data of the purchase order itself.
Denied
A DeniedIndicator specifies whether something is denied or not.

Comment: The word something usually stands for specific documents, processes or objects.
No entry.
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
No entry.
DepartmentMainDiagnosis
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An indicator that specifies whether or not a medical diagnosis is the main diagnosis of a department within a hospital.
Page 158
Dependency
A DependencyIndicator indicates whether something has a dependency, or not.Comment:The word "something" usually
stands for an object or an objects attribute.
DestructiveInspection
An indicator that specifies whether an inspection is destructive or not.

Comment:
It shows that the inspection sample is destroyed during the inspection.
Detailed
A DetailedIndicator specifies whether or not something is detailed.Comment:The word "something" usually refers to
Not applicable.
Use:
Not applicable.
Notes:
Exactly what is detailed or not is derived from the context.
Determined
A DeterminedIndicator indicates whether something has been determined or not.
DeviatingRule
A DeviatingRuleIndicator indicates whether or not a rule applies which deviates from standard rules.
Deviation
A DeviationIndicator specifies whether there is a deviation or not.

The context in which the DeviationIndicator is used must make it clear what deviates and what is deviated from.
Use:
No entry
Notes:
No entry
DifferentPayment
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
The DifferentPaymentIndicator indicates whether or not different payment, for example a different rate for overtime, is
specified.
No entry.
Page 159
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
No entry.
DirectDelivery
The DirectDeliveryIndicator indicates whether the products are delivered directly to the recipient or not.
None specified.
Use:
None specified.
DirectlyCollected
Indicates whether something shall be collected directly or not.

Use:
Can be used for example to indicate whether an insurance premium is collected directly by the insurance company or by
an insurance broker.
DirectMaterial
A DirectMaterialIndicator indicates whether a material is used as a direct material in the context of a process or not.
Comment:A direct material is a product of the type "material" that is used directly in the production of products and that
affects the value of the finished product in terms of manufacturing costs.
The DirectMaterialIndicator is to be used only for products of type "material".
Use:
The DirectMaterialIndicator is used to indicate whether, for example, a material or material type listed in a purchase order
item is used as a direct material in the context of a process. The DirectMaterialIndicator is not an attribute of a material. A
material can be treated as a direct material in some processes and not in others.
Notes:
The context to which the DirectMaterialIndicator refers must be clear from the usage of the GDT.
DirectPayer
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A DirectPayerIndicator specifies whether a person pays something him or herself. Note: Something here typically stands
for insurance payments or invoices.
No details.
Page 160
Use:
The DirectPayerIndicator can be used, for example, to indicate whether the employee him- or herself pays the
unemployment contribution.
Notes:
The context should specify which payment is referred to in the DirectPayerIndicator.
Disabled
An indicator that specifies whether or not something has been disabled.
Disburse
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is to be disbursed.

The word "something" could, for example, refer to earnings of a deposit account or (partial) amount of a loan and so on.
DischargeDiagnosis
An indicator that specifies whether or not a medical diagnosis is recorded at the time of discharge of the patient.
DiscountItem
An indicator that specifies whether or not the item in a document is a discount item.
Use:
The DiscountItemIndicator can be used in a document to indicate the line items containing the discount.
Discussed
A DiscussedIndicator indicates whether or not something was discussed.

None specified.
Use:
A DiscussedIndicator can be used to indicate that a process, an object, or a part of an object was discussed. It does not
specify the outcome of the discussion.
Dispatch
A DispatchIndicator indicates whether or not something shall be dispatched.

Use:
The DispatchIndicator can be used, for example, to indicate whether a work capacity shall be dispatched to a production
order operation.
Dispatched
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A DispatchedIndicator indicates whether something has been dispatched or not.

Comment:
The word something usually stands for objects in certain busi-ness circumstances.
Page 161
None specified.
Use:
The DispatchedIndicator can be used to indicate that, for example, capacities of a production planning order have been
dispatched.
Notes:
None specified.
DisplayItemAsHeaderWithoutSubtotal
An indicator that specifies whether or not an item is displayed as a header without a subtotal in a hierarchical list.
DisplayItemAsSubtotalBelowNode
An indicator that specifies whether or not an item is displayed as a subtotal below a node in a hierarchical list.
DisplayNegativeSign
An indicator that specifies whether or not a negative sign is displayed.

Comment:
An example is the display of negative signs for the amounts in a credit memo form.
Disputed
A DisputedIndicator indicates whether something is disputed or not.

Use:
For example items of an accounting document can be disputed if the customer claims that the amount is not justified. A
DisputedIndicator indicates whether the object is Disputed.
Distribution
An indicator that specifies whether something is distributed or not.
DocumentExists
A DocumentExistsIndicator specifies whether something exists as a document or not.Comment:The

DocumentExistsIndicator may not be used as an AttachementIndicator.
Doubtful
A DoubtfulIndicator indicates whether or not something is doubtful.
DownPaymentExists
An indicator that specifies whether or not a down payment exists for this object.
Use:
A DownPaymentExistsIndicator is used, for example, to indicate that for a customer invoice request a down payment
already exists.
Draft
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is a first or preliminary form.
DRGComorbidityAndComplicationDiagn An indicator that specifies whether or not a medical diagnosis is a comorbidity/complication relevant for a Diagnosis-related
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 162
osisIndicator
Group (DRG) calculation.

Comment:
Diagnosis-related group (DRG) is a system to classify hospital cases into one of approximately 500 groups, also referred to
as DRGs, expected to have similar hospital resource use.Comorbidity means existence of other diseases or medical
conditions in addition to the primary medical problem.
DueCleared
A DueClearedIndicator specifies whether an item due for payment (receivable or payable) was cleared with another item
due for payment or not.Comment:"Cleared" means that both items due for payment balance to zero taking granted
deductions and discounts into account.
No entry.
Use:
During the clearing of items due for payment, distinguishing between receivables and payables (see GDT
DueCategoryCode) plays a central role because the interpretation of the plus/minus sign of an amount due depends on
this. Clearings are only correct if the total of all amounts balances to zero.
Notes:
No entry.
DueClearing
A DueClearingIndicator indicates whether receivables and payables are cleared against each other or not.
No entry.
Use:
With the DueClearingIndicator, the tax office can be informed in a tax return whether an existing receivable to the tax office
is to be reimbursed by it or cleared against existing or future payables.
Notes:
No entry.
Duplicate
An indicator that specifies whether an object was identified as a duplicate or not.
Effective
An EffectiveIndicator specifies whether or not something is effective.

No details available.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 163
Use:
The EffectiveIndicator can be used to specify which object/entry in a list of objects/entries is effective.
For a handling unit, this indicator specifies which of the references to the handling unit content leads to the currently
effective document. The document contains information about the contents of the handling unit that is currently relevant for
the business process of the handling unit and could have effects on the business process.
Notes:
EmailSent
An indicator that specifies whether or not an email has been sent.
EmergencyAdmission
An indicator that specifies whether or not a patient was admitted due to an emergency.
Use:
None specified.
EmergencyRoomTreatment
An EmergencyRoomTreatmentIndicator indicates whether someone has been treated within an emergency room or not.
Employee
A EmployeeIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory Employee.
None.
Use:
Notes:
EmployeeFamilyMember
An indicator that specifies whether a business partner is an employee family member or not.
Notes:
The qualifier corresponds to a code from the value list of the GDT PartyBusinessCharacterCode.
EmployeeInjuryAtWork
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An EmployeeInjuryAtWorkIndicator indicates whether the em-ployee's injury occurred at work or not.

Not specified
Use:
Page 164
The EmployeeInjuryAtWorkIndicator can be used to indicate that the injury an employee experienced occurred at the
employers place of business or not. The definition of employers place of business" varies depending on the applicable
laws where the injury occurred and the terms of the insurance contract covering the employee injury.
Notes:
Not specified
EmployerPayment
An indicator that specifies whether or not a payment is made by an employer.
EmployerPaysPersonnelFileFee
An EmployerPaysPersonnelFileFeeIndicator specifies whether the employer pays the personnel file fee or not.
Empty
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is empty.
Enabled
An EnabledIndicator indicates whether or not something has been enabled.

Comment:
The word "something" usually stands for specific attributes or processes.
For every enabled indicator, it must be precisely specified what (which attribute or process) is enabled or not. This is
reflected in a corresponding name prefix.
Use:
The Enabled Indicator is required for indicators of attributes or processes as to whether or not they can be enabled. The
Exchange Infrastructure Enabled Indicator, for example, specifies whether the use of the Exchange Infrastructure to
exchange business documents is enabled for a business partner or not.
Notes:
In addition to the name prefix entry, the business meaning must also be specified for the EnabledIndicator (compare to
Integrity Conditions).
Error
An ErrorIndicator indicates whether or not an object has an error.
EuropeanCommunityVATTriangulation
A EuropeanCommunityVATTriangulationIndicator indicates whether a delivery is an intracommunity triangulation according

to the VAT law of a member state of the European Community.Comment:In Germany, intracommunity triangulations are
governed by paragraph 25 of the UStG (turnover tax law). The VAT laws of the other member states of the European
Community contain similar paragraphs.
EvaluatedReceiptSettlement
An EvaluatedReceiptSettlementIndicator indicates whether the evaluated receipt settlement (ERS) procedure is to be used
for settlement or not.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 165
No entry.
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
In the ERS procedure, payment is made directly on receipt of the goods, without the need for an invoice.
Exception
An ExceptionIndicator indicates whether an exception has occurred or not.
Excess
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is in excess of something else.
Exclude
An ExcludeIndicator indicates whether or not something should be excluded.

Use:
The ExcludeIndicator can be used to control whether some particular information or item should be excluded from a list, for
example.
Notes:
None specified.
Excluded
An ExcludedIndicator specifies whether or not something is excluded.

No information.
Use:
The ExcludedIndicator can be used to exclude a material from being transported using a certain means of transport, for
example.
Notes:
No information.
Exempted
An ExemptedIndicator indicates whether someone/something is exempted from something or not.
Exemption
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is or must be freed from a imposed obligation or liability.
Comment:
Something could be for example a tax.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 166
Expected
An ExpectedIndicator whether something is expected or not.

"something" usually refers to the object or attributes of an object.
Use:
Comment:The word
A ExpectedIndicator can be used, for example, to emphasize, whether an event is expected or not.
Expense
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is an expense.

Use:
For example, a service product can represent an expense and is then handled as such in business logic and query
behavior.
ExplicitlySpecified
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is explicitly specified.

Comment:
Something that is explicitly specified is specified deliberately and purposely overriding automatic defaulting.
Explode
An ExplodeIndicator indicates whether something is to be exploded or not

Comment:
The word "something" usually stands for master data objects.
Export
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is exported.

Use:
Set this indicator if data (for example, catalog data) should be exported.
ExternallyOwnedStock
An indicator that specifies whether or not stock is externally owned.

Use:
This indicator is used to indicate whether a quantity of a product that is held in company stock belongs to a customer or a
supplier.
ExternallyRecorded
An indicator that specifies whether or not data was recorded externally.

Use:
Employee time events can be recorded in an external time recording system.
Failed
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An indicator that specifies whether or not something has failed.

Comment:
Page 167
The word "something" usually stands for processes or objects.

Fallback
A FallbackIndicator indicates whether something is used as fallback or not.

None specified.
Use:
The FallbackIndicator is used in BO Responsibility to indicate whether the responsibility instance is additionally used as the
fallback for all other responsibility instances within the given category or not.
Notes:
None specified.
Fatality
A FatalityIndicator indicates whether an event caused the death of the person affected or not.
Favourite
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is a favorite out of a set.
FieldServiceTeam
The FieldServiceTeamIndicator specifies whether something is a field service team for the processing of onsite service
orders.
Final
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is final.

The word "final" means the end of a series or that something can no longer be changed.
Comment:
The word "something" usually refers to processes or objects.
Use:
The result of an supplier assessment can be final or preliminary. Final results cannot be changed or undone.
FinancialDerivative
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is a financial derivativet.

Comment:
A financial derivative is for example a future option or other financial product.
First
FirstIndicator indicates that something has the first position in a linearly ordered set that is ordered according to particular
factors.
Fix
An indicator that specifies whether or not a value or object has to be fixed.

Comment:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 168
'Fixed' means that the value or

object is limited in its use, for example, it cannot be changed.
The business meaning of the fixing must be specified in the context of the interface.
Fixed
Indicates whether a value or object is fixed or not.

Comment:
Fixed means that the value or object is limited in its use, for example, it cannot be changed.
The business meaning of the fixing must be specified in the context of the interface.
FlatRateReimbursement
A FlatRateReimbursementIndicator specifies whether there is a flat rate reimbursement or not.
ForeignNational
A ForeigNationalrIndicator indicates if a person is a foreign national or not.
Forwarded
An indicator that specifies whether or not something has been forwarded.
ForwardingAgent
A ForwardingAgentIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory
Forwarding Agent.
None.
Use:
Notes:
FreightForwarder
An indicator that specifies whether a business partner is a freight forwarder or not.

Notes:
FullDay
A FullDayIndicator is the specification whether a time period covers a full day or not.
FullWorkingDay
A FullWorkingDayIndicator indicates whether a duration corresponds to the number of hours of a full working day or not.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 169
None specified.
Use:
The FullWorkingDayIndicator can be used, for example, to indicate in a time recording system that the time used for an
object corresponds to the number of work hours planned for this day for the employee.
Notes:
None specified.
GrossAmount
An indicator that specifies whether the price and/or value of something are given in a gross amount (including taxes).
Grouped
A GroupedIndicator indicates wether something is grouped or not.

No entry.
Use:
In price determination several price components can be processed together. All price components of a business
transaction, where the GDT GroupedIndicater is set to true and the TypeCode has the same value, will get grouped.
Notes:
No entry.
Handover
An indicator that specifies whether or not something has to be handed over to the subsequent process step.
Comment:
The word "something" usually stands for an object.
HazardousSubstance
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A HazardousSubstanceIndicator indicates whether a substance is hazardous or not.

Comment:
A hazardous substance is a material that, due to their nature or their properties or their condition present a danger for
health and safety regarding storage and handling.
Use:
The information HazardousSubstance is a requirement for appropriate and environmentally-friendly handling and storage
of a product that is or contains a hazardous substance.
Page 170
Notes:
For these substances special regulations for handling and storage exist.
The HazardousSubstance data type deals in particular with the properties of a substance related to
international regulations for handling and storage, while the DangerousGoods data type refers to international
transport regulations.
HealthRisk
A HealthRiskIndicator indicates whether a person has a health risk or not.
HierarchyExists
An indicator that specifies whether a hierarchy exists for something or not.
HierarchyExplosion
A HierarchyExplosionIndicator indicates whether a hierarchy should be exploded or not.
HighestEducationOrTrainingDegree
An indicator that specifies whether or not the degree/certificate of education or training is the highest obtained.
HospitalMainDiagnosis
An indicator that specifies whether or not a medical diagnosis is the main diagnosis of a hospital.
HouseBank
A HouseBankIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory House Bank.
None.
Use:
Notes:
Inactive
An InactiveIndicator specifies whether or not something is inactive.
InAdvance
An InAdvanceIndicator indicates whether something takes place in advance of something other.
Inbound
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is inbound.
Include
An IncludeIndicator indicates whether or not something should be included.

None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 171
Use:
The IncludeIndicator can be used to control whether a log should include detailed messages, for example.
Notes:
None specified.
Included
An IncludedIndicator indicates whether or not something is included.

No entry.
Use:
The IncludedIndicator can be used to include subordinate objects in the activation or deletion of a parent object, for
example.
Notes:
If the exclusion of something is to be expressed, GDT ExcludedIndicator must be used.
Independent
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is free from the influence or control of others.
In a context it must be specified from which entities are independent from each other.
Individual
Indicates whether something is individual or not.

Use:
Something can be a bank contract financial condition. An individual financial condition for a bank contract is a condition
that applies only to that bank contract.
Individualize
An indicator that specifies whether or not something should be individualized.

None specified.
Use:
The IndividualizeIndicator can be used to control whether a mass creation of objects should create individual objects or
multiple copies of one object, for example.
Notes:
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 172
Individualized
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is individualized.

None specified
Use:
The IndividualizedIndicator can be used to indicate whether an object created by a mass creation is an individual object or
one of several copies of an object, for example.
Notes:
None specified.
Inherit
An InheritIndicator indicates whether an object has to inherit functions or attributes from another object or not.
Comment:
The InheritIndicator is only permitted as an element and not as an attribute of a GDT. In the context of use, a description
must be given as to which objects or functions the InheritIndicator refers.
Distinction from existing GDTs:
A DefaultIndicator specifies whether or not something has been designated as a default.
None specified.
Use:
The InheritIndicator is used to indicate whether an object will inherit functions or attributes from another object or not.
Example: In the business object Business Folder information is structured in a tree hierarchy, a child node in the tree might
inherit settings from its parent node or not.
Inherited
A InheritedIndicator specifies whether or not an object has been inherited from another object.Comment:By object, we
generally mean a business object (such as a product category).
None specified.
Use:
The InheritedIndicator is used to show whether or not an object inherits the characteristics or functions of another object.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 173
Example:
In SAP Product master, the product attribute groups are assigned to product categories, which in turn are arranged
hierarchically in a product category hierarchy.
Each product can be assigned in a product category hierarchy to a single product category whose attribute groups it
directly inherits. The parent product categories that are in the product category hierarchy tree and therefore their attribute
groups are thus assigned to the product through inheritance.
The InheritedIndicator shows whether product categories and their product attributes groups are inherited or not.
Notes:
The InheritedIndicator is only permitted as an element and not as an attribute of a GDT. In the context of use, a description
must be given as to which objects or functions the InheritedIndicator refers.
Distinction from existing GDTs:
A DefaultIndicator specifies whether or not something has been designated as a default.
InhouseRepairTeam
The InhouseRepairTeamIndicator specifies whether something is an inhouse repair team for the processing of inhouse
repair orders.
Initiator
An indicator that specifies whether or not a person or an organisation is the initiator of something.
InpatientTreatment
An InpatientTreatmentIndicator indicates whether someone was treated inpatient or not.
Installed
An InstalledIndicator specifies whether or not something is installed.

For each InstalledIndicator it must be indicated what and where something is installed (or not installed). This is reflected in
an appropriate qualifier (see use).
Use:
For example, a MaterialInstalledIndicator in BO Installation Point is the specification that a material is or is not installed on
the Installation Point.
Notes:
Not applicable.
Intercompany
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An indicator that specifies whether or not a business process is an intercompany process.
Page 174
Comment:
An intercompany business process is a business process that involves two or more associated companies filing a
consolidated financial statement or tax declaration.
IntercompanyClearing
An indicator that specifies whether or not a business process is an intercompany clearing.

Comment:
An intercompany clearing is a process that clears an advance performance of one of the companies in an intercompany
business transaction.
Internal
An InternalIndicator specifies whether or not something is internal.

None specified.
Use:
An InternalIndicator can be used, for example, to express whether a DocumentLink is an internal reference to another
document within the Document Management System.
Notes:
None specified.
InternalEmployee
An InternalEmployeeIndicator specifies whether or not an employee is an internal employee.Comment:An employee is an

internal employee if he or she is in a position of subordination to another's authority.
IntraCompanyDelivery
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is used in an intra company delivery process.
InventoryManaged
InventoryManagedIndicator indicates whether inventory is managed or not.Comment:Inventory can be managed in a

storage location (i.e. logistics area, resource).
InventoryManagedLocation
A InventoryManagedLocationIndicator specifies whether or not a location is used to manage stock. An inventory managed
location is a location in which materials are stored.
InventoryRelevance
The InventoryRelevanceIndicator indicates whether or not something is relevant for Inventory.

No entry.
Use:
No entry.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 175
Notes:
Invert
An InvertIndicator indicates whether or not something is to be inverted.

Comment:
A logical expression or an operand is to be inverted for example. Another example could be the inversion of a color palette.
InvoiceCancellationInvoice
An InvoiceCancellationInvoiceIndicator indicates whether an invoice is a cancellation invoice or not.

No entry.
Use:
A cancellation invoice is a newly created invoice that renders a previously generated invoice or parts of it invalid. This is
done by marking the new invoice with the InvoiceCancellationInvoiceIndicator (value true).
Marking an invoice using the InvoiceCancellationInvoiceIndicator is specific to invoices. If an invoice contains errors, is
incorrect, or has been created for services that have not been provided, it cannot be canceled itself. The correction must
be made via an additional, appropriately marked invoice.
A cancellation invoice should not be equated with a credit memo, even if from an accounting point of view the original
invoiced amount can be credited using the invoice marked as a cancellation invoice.
Notes:
The distinction is made in R/3 using the sales document type (data element VBTYP ). In particular, the distinction between
'cancellation invoice' and 'cancellation credit memo' needs to be observed here.
Invoiced
An InvoicedIndicator indicates whether something has already been invoiced or not. The word something usually stands
for an item.
None specified.
Use:
The InvoicedIndicator is used, for example, in the BO Loan Disbursement Request to specify that an item due for payment
for a loan contract was processed by the Invoicing Process.
Notes:
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 176
InvoiceIntraCorporate
An InvoiceIntraCorporateIndicator indicates whether or not an invoice is between independent companies in a corporate

group.
Nor entry.
Use:
The creation of invoices between companies in a corporate group is sometimes also referred to as "Intercompany Billing".
Example: A customer places an order with company C1, which also sends the invoice to the customer. Delivery of goods,
however, is performed by company C2 of the same group. C1 gathers all revenue, while C2 incurs the costs. This makes a
settlement between the two companies necessary, which requires an invoice in the case of legally independent
companies.
Therefore, two invoices are created for one business transaction (in the example of the customer order), whose differing
semantics are made explicit by the indicator. Distinction between the two is necessary, since, for example, different prices
are applied in invoicing and, for example, only the invoice to the customer affects the status of the order item.
If more than two companies in one corporate group are involved in a business transaction, further invoices can result - this
is known as Chain Invoicing. However, differentiation of invoices between these companies is no longer required in that
case.
Notes:
The distinction is made in R/3 using the sales document type (data element VBTYP ).
InvoiceReleaseDiscountDateShift
Determines that the cash discount date of the accounting document is shifted when invoices are released.
None specified.
Use:
If you set this indicator, the system determines the differences between the current date and the baseline date for
payment. If this difference is positive, that is, the baseline date for payment is in the past, the system adds this difference
to the cash discount days.
Example
Blocked invoice with baseline date for payment 08.13.:
Terms of payment:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 177
7 days 3%
14 days 2%
20 days net
Invoice released on 08.23.:
If the InvoiceReleaseDiscountDateShiftIndicator is set when the invoice is released, the system changes the terms of
payment to the following values:
17 days 3%
24 days 2%
30 days net
InvoiceVerification
An InvoiceVerificationIndicator is the declaration whether invoice verification occurs or not.

None specified.
Use:
The InvoiceVerificationIndicator can be used in a purchasing document (for example, a purchase order) to display whether
a invoice verification is to occur in the follow-on process.
Notes:
None specified.
InvoicingParty
A InvoicingPartyIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory Invoicing
Party.
None.
Use:
Notes:
LargeFileHandling
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Indicates whether large file handling is supported or not.
Page 178
Comment: In a document, if a large file needs to be uploaded, a different approach in handling is followed.
Last
LastIndicator indicates that something has the last position in a linearly ordered set that is ordered according to particular
factors.
Leaf
A LeafIndicator indicates whether or not a node is a leaf of a graph or tree.Comment:A leaf is the lowest node in a graph or
tree, i.e. it has no subordinate nodes.
LeanProcess
An indicator that specifies whether or not a process is lean.

Comment:
In the context the difference between a lean process and the standard process has to be defined.
LegalCompetence
A LegalCompetenceIndicator specifies whether or not a party is legally competent.

None specified.
Use:
The LegalCompetenceIndicator is used in Party and Business Partner.
Notes:
None.
LimitViolation
A LimitViolationIndicator specifies whether a limit was violated or not.
LinkToFolder
A LinkToFolderIndicator specifies whether a link refers to a folder or not.
Loaded
A LoadedIndicator indicates whether something has been loaded or not.
Local
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is local.

Comment:
Something is local if it belongs to the current context.
The current context has to be specified.
Locked
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A LockedIndicator indicates whether or not an object is locked.
Page 179
None specified.
Use:
If the object is locked, only the owner of the lock is allowed to change the object.
In combination with LockedIndicator

- GDT LockModeCode can be used to define whether a lock is shared or exclusive.
- GDT LockDepthCode can be used to specify which objects the lock applies to. It could be a shallow or a deep locking.
Notes:
None specified.
LogisticService
A LogisticServiceIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory Logistic
Service.
None.
Use:
Notes:
LongTermInspection
A LongTermInspectionIndicator indicates whether an inspection lasts long term.
LowerVarianceAmountUnlimited
Indicator that specifies whether or not an amount y must be well below the expected amount z.
LowValueAsset
A LowValueAssetIndicator specifies whether an asset is valuated as a lowvalue asset or not according to the valuation
method.
No details.
Use:
The LowValueAssetIndicator is used in the ValuationView node of the business object FixedAsset to define in an asset
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 180
valuation method whether the asset is valuated as a low-value asset or not.

Notes:
No details.
Main
MainIndicator indicates whether something within a specific context has an emphasized meaning (= main) or
not.Comment:The word "something" usually stands for an object or a transaction.
No entry.
Use:
Examples for the usage of the MainIndicator are:

ServiceReferenceObjectMainIndicator: The ServiceReferenceObjectMainIndicator indicates whether a service
reference object has an emphasized meaning or not.
For example, a service can be relevant for a certain photocopier and some of its components. The photocopier and its
components are service reference objects. The photocopier is identified as the main service reference object. In this case,
the identification controls functions that are relevant for processing such as, for example, finding a guarantee.
Notes:
For each MainIndicator it must be specified what can or cannot have an emphasized meaning.
Maintained
An indicator that specifies wether or not something is maintained.

Use:
MaintainedIndicator can be used if a material is created/changed in a computer aided design system.
ManagingPosition
A ManagingPositionIndicator indicates whether a position is a managing position or not.

No entry.
Use:
The ManagingPositionIndicator can be used, to indicate whether the employees assigned to a position, are managers of
the organizational center to which the position is assigned.
Notes:
No entry.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 181
ManuallyConfirmed
A ManuallyConfirmedIndicator specifies whether something was confirmed manually.
ManualStartRequired
An indicator that specifies whether or not something must be manually started.

Use:
For example, in SAP Travel OnDemand this indicator determines whether the approved expense reports will be transferred
to an ERP system automatically, or if someone has to start the transfer manually from the Postings work center.
Manufactured
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is manufactured.
Matriculated
A MatriculatedIndicator indicates whether someone is matriculated or not.
MinorityOwned
A MinorityOwnedIndicator specifies whether something is owned by a minority or not.

None exist
Use:
The Minority Owned Indicator is used, for example, if the requested business partner with this characteristic should be
chosen within a certain procurement process.
In almost all US states, there are special regulations for the advancement of companies owned by minorities. In some, they
must be given special consideration in an RFQ; in others, a specified set amount of requirements must be procured from
such a firm. These regulations refer to public facilities or government agencies, although private companies are also
obliged to comply with these requirements (Code of Business).
A company can receive minority status from the official agency, if at least 51% of the company is owned by people or a
group considered to be a minority (DOD Policy on Small Disadvantaged Business Utilization (FAR/DFARS Part 19)). They
are then added to the official register (directory of woman/minority owned business: http://www.sba8a.com/ ).
The above-mentioned regulations deal with the implementation of the following edicts and federal laws of the USA:
- The Small Business Administration 8(a) program
- Minority Business Enterprise Program, Executive Order 11458, 5 March 1969
- Support of Minority Business Enterprise, Executive Order 11625, 1971
- Full utilization of Small Disadvantaged Business (SDB), public law 95-507, 24 October 1978
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 182
Notes:
In the context of use, a description must be given as to which object the MinorityOwnedIndicator refers.
Example:
BusinessPartnerMinorityOwnedIndicator, CompanyMinorityOwnedIndicator, BankMinorityOwnedIndicator, and so on.
MobilePhoneNumber
A MobilePhoneNumberIndicator specifies whether a telephone number is a mobile number or not.
Modelled
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is modeled.
MonthlyAdjustment
A MonthlyAdjustmentIndicator indicates if something needs to be adjusted on a monthly basis or not.
MostRecent
A MostRecentIndicator indicates whether or not data are the last valid ones.
None specified.
Use:
The MostRecentIndicator can be used as part of GDTs as well as part of filter structures. If the MostRecentIndicator is
used as part of a filter structure it indicates that the last valid data are requested. The use makes only sense in the context
of time dependent data.
Notes:
None specified.
Multiple
A MultipleIndicator indicates whether something is available multiple times or not.
MultipleDay
An indicator that specifies whether or not an object is related to multiple days.
MultipleSystemsAttributes
An indicator that specifies whether or not an object in an application system contains attributes from different application
systems.Comment:An application system is a system where applications supporting business or technical tasks are
integrated, and run on a common data basis.
The indicator is set when the attributes of the object originate from at least two different application systems.
A 1:1 does not cause the MultiSystemsAttributesIndicator to be set.
Use:
An object in an application system can contain attributes, i.e. data, from different application systems if attributes were
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 183
exchanged between \\dwdf029\piccoaching\100_ESA_BusinessObjects\10_Work_Consolidated\GDT_ApplicationSystemID.doc , and more attributes are

added in the target system.
Example:
In the SAP product master, it is possible to define whether or not there are attribute groups in the product category
hierarchy that originate from different systems.
If attribute groups (at the level of product categories) originating from different application systems exist in a product
category hierarchy, the MultiSystemsAttributesIndicator is set for this product category hierarchy.
Notes:
In the SAP product master the MultSystemsAttributesIndicator is represented by the data element COMT_MULTI_SYS
MultipleValue
A MultipleValueIndicator indicates whether or not multiple values can be given to a property.

Use:
None specified.
NaturalPerson
A NaturalPersonIndicator specifies whether the party is a natural person or not.Comment:In a legal sense, all people are
natural persons.
No entry.
Use:
The GDT NaturalPersonIndicator is used to indicate that a party is a natural person or a legal person.
Notes:
Data element: BU_NATURAL_PERSON
Domain: BU_NATURAL_PERSON
NonClassifiedDiagnosis
An indicator that specifies whether or not a medical diagnosis can be classified into any other diagnosis class (Admission,
Discharge, Preoperative...).
Numbered
A NumberedIndicator specifies whether or not something is numbered.
ObjectExists
An ObjectExistsIndicator indicates whether an object exists or not.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 184
Use:
ObjectExistsIndicator can be used to indicate whether the comparison between two objects has detected differences when
both objects exist or when one of these objects does not exist.
Notes:
The word object stands for a business object, a master data object, a mass data run object, a dependent object or a
technical object.
Obsolete
An ObsoleteIndicator specifies whether or not something is obsolete. Comment:The word "something" usually refers to
Occupied
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is occupied.
Offered
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is offered.

Comment:
Offered means, for example, that a set of skills is offered for mentoring someone.
Offsetting
OffsettingIndicator specifies whether an amount, a quantity, or a number is offset or not.

Comment:
"Offset" means that an amount, quantity, or number is added to an amount, quantity or number with a reverse plus/minus
sign.
No entries.
Use:
OffsettingIndicator is used during the notification of a payment.
Notes:
The context must specify which amounts (or quantities or numbers) are to be offset, this means, which are the individual
amounts and what is the total amount. The OffsettingIndicator can be used at item level and the total amount is at header
level.
OpenGoodsReceipt
An indicator that specifies whether or not goods receipts are still open.
Use:
This indicator is used in purchase order to indicate that an item has still open goods receipts.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 185
OpeningBalance
An indicator that specifies whether or not a general ledger account balance is an opening balance.
Comment:
An opening balance is a balance of a general ledger account brought forward at the beginning of a new accounting period,
on the credit or the debit side of the general ledger account.
OpenQuantity
An indicator that specifies whether or not something has an open quantity.
Optimum
An OptimumIndicator indicates whether something is the optimum or not.

Use:
The OptimumIndicator can be used, for example, to indicate which item out of many items is the optimum.
OrganDonor
An OrganDonorIndicator indicates whether a person is an organ donor or not.

Use:
None specified.
OrganisationalCentreActsAsBusinessPa An OrganisationalCentreActsAsBusinessPartnerIndicator indicates whether an OrganisationalCentre may act as a

rtner
business partner or not.
None specified.
Use:
The OrganisationalCentreActsAsBusinessPartnerIndicator is used in master data to indicate that an OrganisationalCentre
may be used in processes that require a BusinessPartner. The Indicator is read from the party in order to have a hint to
read also information from the BusinessPartner.
Notes:
None specified.
Outdated
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is outdated.
OuterPackage
An indicator that specifies whether or not a package is the outer most layer.
OutgoingPayment
An indicator that specifies whether or not a payment is an outgoing payment.

Use:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 186
An outgoing payment can be used, for example, when a company makes a payment back to one of it's customers.
Perhaps a customer had paid/made a downpayment for an item but then decided not to go ahead with the purchase of that
item and therefore requested that the downpayment be returned.
Overdue
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is overdue.

Use:
For example, indicates whether or not the site logistics request is overdue.
Overridden
An indicator that specifies whether or not someting has been overridden.
Oversize
An indicator that specifies whether or not size or weight constraints are exceeded.
Use:
Used to specify whether or not a shipment exceeds size or weight constraints defined by a parcel carrier.
Overwrite
An indicator that specifies whether or not a value shall be overwritten with another value.
OwnAllotmentPortion
OwnAllotmentPortionIndicator indicates that something falls into the portion that is alloted to my side ('own allotment').
Use:
Standard cost of capital or standard risk cost, for example, are relevant for the portion provided by my own bank and are
not needed for other parties. Commission and fees, for example, are relevant for the portion provided by the other parties.
Owner
An indicator that specifies whether or not someone is the owner of something.
PackagingMaterialTied
PackagingMaterialTiedIndicator specifies whether or not a packaging material (load carrier, additional packaging material)
is tied to a packaging unit. Comment: A packaging unit is a HandlingUnit or a LogisticsUnit, for example.
None.
Use:
Expensive load carriers (such as pallets) and additional packaging material may be inventory-managed materials. Then the
PackagingMaterialTiedIndicator expresses whether or not a load carrier, for example, is a physical part of a packaging unit
("tied").
A packaging unit is a HandlingUnit or a LogisticsUnit, for example.
Notes:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 187
None.
Paid
A PaidIndicator indicates whether something was paid or not.

Use:
Not specified
Notes:
Not specified
PaidByCompany
A PaidByCompanyIndicator specifies whether something was paid by the company or not.
ParentCompany
An indicator that specifies whether or not a company is a parent company in a corparate group or not.
PartialDay
An indicator that specifies whether or not an object is only valid for part of a day
PartTime
A PartTimeIndicator indicates whether the something is parttime or not. Comment:Not part time means fulltime.
No entry.
Use:
Examples for the usage in different contexts (Leave and Work Agreement) are:
When an employee is taking leave, he/she can choose to take part-time leave or full time leave. This is indicated by the
PartTimeIndicator as follows:
- True - if the employee is taking Part-time leave
- False - if the employee is taking Full-time leave
When an employee chooses to work, he/she can choose to work part-time or full time. This is indicated by
PartTimeIndicator as follows:
- True - if the employee is working Part-time
- False - if the employee is working Full-time
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 188
Notes:
No entry.
PartyInitiatedAction
A PartyInitiatedActionIndicator specifies whether an action was triggered by a party or not.

The context in which the PartyInitiatedActionIndicator is used must indicate which party triggered the action (and in which
role). The action itself must also be described clearly in the context.
Use:
PartyInitiatedActionIndicator may only be used with a concrete partner role, and the element name party must be
replaced by the partner role.
In particular, PartyInitiatedActionIndicator can be used when a different party is to be named to the party which, by default,
triggers an action (transferred in a message).
Notes:
No entries.
Payee
A PayeeIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory Payee.
None.
Use:
Notes:
PaymentMediumExists
An indicator that specifies whether or not a payment medium exists.
PaymentOnAccount
A PaymentOnAccountIndicator indicates whether a payment is a payment on account or not.
PerPeriod
Indicates whether something is defined for a specific period, for example by month.
PersonDisability
An indicator that specifies whether or not a person is disabled.
PhantomAssembly
A PhantomAssemblyIndicator indicates whether an assembly is a phantom assembly or not.

Comment:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 189
Phantom assemblies are assemblies that have their own production bill of material, but whose assembly does not actually
physically exist.
None specified.
Use:
None specified.
Notes:
In mySAP systems, the following dictionary object is assigned to this GDT:
Data Element:
DUMPS
Pickup
The "PickupIndicator" indicates whether something is to be picked up or not.Comment:The word "something" usually refers
to materials.
Planned
A PlannedIndicator indicates whether or not something is or has been planned.
POBox
A POBoxIndicator specifies whether there is a PO Box address or not.Comment:This indicator is necessary if a PO Box
number is not specified within a PO Box address.
PortalProvider
A PortalProviderIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory Portal
Provider.
None.
Use:
Notes:
Posted
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is posted.
PotentialVendor
A PotentialVendorIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the PartyBusinessCharacter Potential
Vendor.
Use:
The indicator is used in the transformation node CurrentBusinessCharacters of the BusinessPartner_Templates.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 190
PreAuthorisation
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is a preauthorization.Comment:A preauthorization is a check using a
small amount (such as 1 euro) whether the credit card to be used is valid. A preauthorization does not replace an
authorization; instead it is a weaker form of authorization.
Use:
PreAuthorisationIndicator is used, for example, in authorization messages for credit cards.
Predefined
A PredefinedIndicator indicates whether something is predefined or not.

None.
Use:
Predefined indicator is used to indicate whether objects (such as properties and property data types) have been predefined
for customers (such as the PICTURE property) and therefore are available for all customers in all (business) objects (such
as catalog).
These objects can then only be changed in Business Configuration and have further special semantics that differentiate
them from non-predefined objects (in the example predefined properties are for example assigned to other property
definition classes).
Notes:
None.
PregnancyWithMultiples
A PregnancyWithMultiplesIndicator indicates whether a pregnancy is a pregnancy with multiples or not.
PreoperativeDiagnosis
An indicator that specifies whether or not a medical diagnosis is recorded right before the surgery.
Prepaid
An indicator that specifies whether something is paid in advance or not.
Prepared
PreparedIndicator indicates whether something is prepared or not.
Previous
A PreviousIndicator indicates whether something existed or occurred within a specific context in the past or at an earlier
point in time.
PriceSpecificationElementPropertyValua PriceSpecificationElementPropertyValuationIdentifyingIndicator indicates whether the property valuation is identifying for a

tionIdentifying
specification of a price, discount or surcharge, or not. Comment: A nonidentifying property valuation is known as
characterizing.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 191
No entry.
Use:
See GDT:PriceSpecificationElementPropertyValuation .
Notes:
No entry.
PriceSpecificationElementScaleExists
A PriceSpecificationElementScaleExistsIndicator indicates whether a scale exists for a PriceSpecificationElement.

None.
Use:
The PriceSpecificationElementScaleExistsIndicator is used to indicate that a scale exists in a PriceSpecificationElement.
See GDT: PriceSpecificationElement .
Notes:
Not available.
PrimaryQuantity
A PrimaryQuantityIndicator indicates whether a quantity is the primary quantity or not.
Printable
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is able to be printed.
Printed
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is printed.

Use:
Can be used for example to indicate if the product composition is printed on a packaging on not.
PrivateInsuranceProvider
A PrivateInsuranceProviderIndicator specifies whether or not a business partner is a provider of private insurance.

No entry.
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
PrivatePatient
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An indicator that specifies whether or not a patient either pays by him- or herself or uses a private insurance for a
Page 192
healthcare payment.
PrivateSocialMediaMessage
An indicator that specifies whether or not a message in social media channels (like Facebook or Twitter) is sent privately to
the recipient or not.
Processed
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is processed.

Comment:
Something could be for example a task.
Processor
An indicator that specifies whether or not someone is the processor of something.
ProductConfigurable
An indicator that specifies whether or not a product can be configured.

None specified.
Use:
A configurable product is used when a lot of variants can exist due to the diversity of combinations that are possible in the
product characteristics.
All the characteristics of a particular product are combined in a variant piece list.
Example:
Possible product characteristics for a particular vehicle type:
Engine capacity, gearbox type, color, upholstery, type of glass, sunroof, radio model, number of wing mirrors, ashtray(s).
Notes:
In SAP product master the ProductConfigurableIndicator is represented by the data element
COMT_PRODUCT_CONFIGURABLE.
ProductDiscontinuation
A ProductDiscontinuationIndicator indicates whether a product is to be discontinued, i.e., removed from the product line, or
not.
ProductionLoss
A ProductionLossIndicator indicates whether a loss of production occured or not.
ProjectSnapshotBaseline
A ProjectSnapshotBaselineIndicator indicates whether or not a ProjectSnapshot represents the baseline of a

project.Comment:The baseline of a project is the approved original plan for a project. As such, it serves as a basis for
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 193
comparison as the project progresses.

ProjectTaskChecklistItem
A ProjectTaskChecklistItemIndicator specifies whether or not a task in a project corresponds to a checklist

item.Comment:A checklist defines which items are to be executed or checked for a task in a project. The checklist items
themselves are also tasks.
ProjectTaskMilestone
A ProjectTaskMilestoneIndicator specifies whether or not a task in a project is a milestone.Comment:A milestone is an

important intermediate goal that is to be achieved during a project.
ProjectTaskPhase
A ProjectTaskPhaseIndicator specifies whether or not a task in a project is a phase.

Comment:
A phase is a section of a project that is executed in a defined period of time, and that is distinct from other sections in
terms of its content.
Use:
A task can be called a phase, for example, if it is completed with an approval process and the result of the process affects
the release of the next task.
ProjectTaskSummaryTask
A ProjectTaskSummaryTaskIndicator specifies whether or not a task in a project is a summary task.Comment:A summary

task is a task in a project that has one or more subordinate tasks.
No information.
Use:
Summary tasks are used to structure tasks hierarchically in a project, and thereby provide a clearer overview of the project.
A summary tasks aggregates the data of the subordinate tasks, for example, the planned and confirmed work.
Notes:
No information.
Propagated
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An indicator that specifies whether or not something has been propagated.

Comment:
Something usually stands for a process or a change to an object.
When using PropagatedIndicator, what is propagated must be specified with a prefix to PropagatedIndicator.
Use:
Page 194
PropagatedIndicator may be used for example to indicate whether a change to an object is made directly at the object itself
or effected via a change at a referenced object.
Propagation
Indicates whether or not something is or is to be propagated.

Comment:
Something usually stands for a process or a change to an object.

PropertyExists
An indicator that specifies whether or not a property exists.
PropertyMultipleValue
A PropertyMultipleValueIndicator indicates whether or not a property can incorporate a list of values.
PropertyParametricSearchable
A PropertyParametricSearchableIndicator indicates whether a property is suitable for a parametric search or

not.Comment:A parametric search (also called an attribute search) is a search for an object using explicit information
about which values a property in the object is to contain.
No entry.
Use:
PropertyParametricSearchableIndicator is used in the context of the property definition.
Notes:
No entry.
PropertyValuationExists
An indicator that specifies whether or not a property valuation exists.
PropertyValuationRequired
A PropertyValuationRequiredIndicator indicates whether or not a value has to be specified for a property.
Proposal
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is a proposal.
Prospect
A ProspectIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory Prospect.
None.
Use:
Notes:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 195
Protected
A ProtectedIndicator specifies whether something is protected or not.Comment:The word "something" usually means data.
What this something is and to what extent it is protected can be derived from the context.
None.
Use:
The personal data of the employee must be protected for legal reasons. This protected data is only visible in the Employee
business object. This means that apart from the employee, only people with special authorization can view this data. It is
only when the employee expressly gives consent that this data may be used in other processes (and therefore in other
business objects).
Notes:
None.
Provided
A ProvidedIndicator indicates whether something is provided or not.

Not specified.
Use:
(Possible 2 nd level qualifiers are for example: SafeGuard).
Notes:
Not specified.
ProvisionallyPosted
A ProvisionallyPostedIndicator indicates whether something is posted provisionally or not.

No Entry.
Use:
A ProvisionallyPostedIndicator can be used for example to mark a provisionally posted (german Vorlufig gebucht) Budget
Register Item - i.e. item based on Budget Document with BudgetDocumentLifecycleStatus "Preposted".
Proxy
An indicator that specifies whether or not someone or something is a representatitive for someone or something else.
PublicHoliday
The PublicHolidayIndicator indicates whether or not a particular day is a public holiday.

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 196
No entry.
Use:
The PublicHolidayIndicator is used to identify a day as a public holiday.
Notes:
A public holiday is a day on which work is suspended by law or custom for people or for a community as a whole.
PurchaseOrderExists
An indicator that specifies whether or not a purchase order exists.
PurchaseOrderOrdered
A PurchaseOrderOrderedIndicator indicates whether a purchase order has been sent to a vendor or not.
No entry.
Use:
The PurchaseOrderOrderedIndicator indicates whether or not a purchase order has been sent to a vendor. This makes it
possible to distinguish between purchase orders that have already been sent to a vendor and purchase orders that are still
being processed.
Notes:
No entry.
PurchasingGroup
The PurchasingGroupIndicator specifies whether something is a purchasing group.
PurchasingOrganisation
The PurchasingOrganisationIndicator specifies whether something is a purchasing organization.
QuickCampaign
An indicator that specifies whether or not the campaign is a quick campaign.

Comment:
A quick campaign is a campaign which is created, activated and directly executed within one step. It won't go through an
extended planning cycle before activating and executing the campaign.
Reactivated
An indicator that specifies whether or not an object has been reactivated after a cancellation / deactivation.
In the context of a usage, there must be a description to which object the ReactivatedIndicator refers and what it means in
terms of business.
Read
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A ReadIndicator indicates whether something was already read or not. Comment: The word something generally stands
for documents, processes or objects.
Page 197
No entry
Use:
The ReadIndicator is used to distinguish between unread and already read messages, eg messages in a mailbox.
Notes:
No entry.
ReadOnly
An indicator that specifies whether or not access is allowed only for reading the data.
Received
Indicates whether something has been received or not.
Recipient
An indicator that specifies whether or not something or someone is a recipient.

Use:
A RecipientIndicator is used to specify, for example, whether or not a bank account is recipient bank account.
Reconciliation
An indicator that specifies whether or not something relates to a reconciliation.

None specified.
Use:
A reconciliation is the process of comparing two objects and making adjustments to one or both of them so that no
differences remain.
The ReconciliationIndicator is used as part of the BusinessDocumentMessageHeader to display whether a message is a
reconciliation message or not.
A reconciliation message is a message that generates a shared point of synchronization between a sender and a receiver.
Moreover, a representation of the appropriate business object instance in the sender system is sent to the receiver. This
representation is based on the status that is current in the sender system at the time when the reconciliation message is
sent.
Notes:
The concept for reconciliation messages is described in the Sequencing Concept Paper
(https://ifp.wdf.sap.corp/sap/bc/bsp/sap/edms_files/edmsviewfilesession.htm?filename=dummy.pdf&refId=80EEA271431F
4441B0C7C25E3EC476A9&type=TTO&relId=L&objId=022A4AC7843D4B4B8B8922B170144751)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 198
ReconciliationAccount
An indicator that specifies whether or not an account is a reconciliation account.
Recorded
Indicates whether or not something got recorded.
Recovered
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is recovered back to its normal state.
Reduction
A ReductionIndicator indicates if something is subject to a reduction or not.
ReductionExists
An indicator that specifies whether or not a reduction exists.
Reference
A ReferenceIndicator specifies whether or not something is a reference to something else.

For each ReferenceIndicator, it is necessary to specify precisely what is referenced. This is reflected in an appropriate
name prefix.
For example, a TextReferenceIndicator indicates that a text is a reference to another text.
Use:
For example, a ReferenceIndicator can be used to indicate whether a text is a reference to another text.
Notes:
Not applicable.
Registered
An indicator that specifies whether something is registered or not.

Use:
The RegisteredIndicator is used to indicate whether an object is registered in an internal or external registry.
Regular
A RegularIndicator indicates whether something occurs on a regular basis or not.
Reinstatement
Indicates whether or not something has been restored to a previous state.

Use:
Used for an employee during Rehire to indicate that the employee's previous achieved benefits and service credits are
restored.
Rejected
An indicator that specifies whether or not an object is rejected.
Related
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is related to something else.

Use:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 199
In cases where a piece of information can be represented at multiple levels or there are multiple association options, the
RelatedIndicator may be used to clarify or restrict the scope of a relation between objects. For example: if you set the
PatientRelatedIndicator in a medical diagnosis object, it shows that this particular instance of the medical diagnosis should
be considered at the general patient level (perhaps because its a severe allergy), and not at the billing patient encounter
group level, that is, a medical diagnosis that would only be relevant for the current condition.
Release
An indicator that specifies whether or not something has to be released.

Comment:
The word "something" usually stands for an object.
Released
A ReleasedIndicator specifies whether something is released or not.Comment:The word "something" usually stands for an
object.
No entry.
Use:
The ReleasedIndicator is necessary for identifying objects that, for example, are explicitly released or not released through
a validation for processes.
Notes:
In the context of use, a description must be given as to which object the ReleasedIndicator refers.
ReleaseOnSaving
An indicator that specifies whether or not an object is released automatically when saving.
Relevance
The "RelevanceIndicator" indicates whether or not something is to be considered.Comment:In this document, "something"
refers to specific objects, procedures, actions or transactions.
No entry.
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 200
RelevanceConditionExists
An indicator that specifies whether a relevance condition exists for something or not.
Rented
A RentedIndicator specifies whether something is rented or not.
Repaid
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is repaid.
Repeate
A RepeateIndicator indicates whether or not something has to be repeated.
Repeated
A RepeatedIndicator indicates whether something is repeated or not.
Replace
An indicator that specifies whether or not something replaces something else.

Comment:
The word "something" usually stands for specific objects or parts of objects.
Use:
The ReplaceIndicator is used to indicate that a document item of an employee time or working time model represents a
replacement and replaces another simultaneous document item of an employee time in time evaluation.
Notes:
It has to be clear from the context what is to be replaced.
Replicate
An indicator that specifies whether or not an object should be replicated.
Replicated
An indicator that specifies whether or not an object has been replicated.
Reported
A ReportedIndicator indicates whether something was reported or not.

Use:
Not specified
Notes:
Not specified
Requested
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A RequestedIndicator indicates whether something has been re-quested or not.
Page 201
RequestForQuotePublic
Indicates whether or not a request for quote is public.

Comment:
In contrast to RFQs with a number of selected bidders, public RFQs are often used in goverment procurement, for
example, where RFQs are published for all potential bidders in a market.
Required
A RequiredIndicator indicates whether something is required or not. Comment: The word "something" generally stands for
specific procedures, operations or events.
None specified.
Use:
For example, the indicator can be used to show that correspondence with a business partner should take place through an
external provider who creates the documents in Braille.
Notes:
None specified.
RequiredBusinessTransactionDocument An indicator that specifies whether or not a required business transaction document reference is missing.
ReferenceMissing
Reset
A ResetIndicator indicates whether a reset is to be done or not.

Comment:
From the context or additional qualifiers it has to be known what is to be reset.
Resident
The ResidentIndicator indicates whether or not a person is a resident of a location.Comment:The location is derived from
the qualifier (for example New York, Yonkers).
Resold
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is resold.
Response
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is a response.

Comment:
Something can be, for example, an activity.
Responsible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An indicator that specifies whether or not a person or an organisation is responsible for something.
Page 202
Use:
ResponsibleIndicator can be used, for example, to indicate whether a person is responsible for the execution of a particular
activity that is required to complete a change.
Restrict
An indicator that specifies whether or not something has to be restricted.

For each RestrictIndicator, exactly what has to be restricted must be indicated. This is reflected in an appropriate name
prefix.
Use:
The RestrictIndicator can be used, for example, to indicate whether the result of a search has to be restricted to instances
that satisfy a certain condition.
Restricted
A RestrictedIndicator specifies whether or not something is restricted.

For each RestrictedIndicator, exactly what is restricted or not restricted must be indicated. This is reflected in an
appropriate name prefix.
For example, ValueDomainRestrictedIndicator indicates whether the property value domain is restricted or not.
Use:
The RestrictedIndicator can be used, for example, to indicate whether a property value domain is restricted.
RestrictedUse
A RestrictedUseIndicator indicates whether or not something is restricted for use.
Result
A ResultIndicator indicates whether or not something is a result.
Retroactive
A RetroactiveIndicator indicates whether something is done retroactively.
ReturnDeliveryItem
An indicator that specifies whether or not an item is a return delivery.
ReturnDeliveryItemExists
An indicator that specifies whether or not a return delivery item exists.

Comment:
This indicator specifies whether for an item of a goods movement a return delivery exists or not. The mentioned goods
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 203
movements are referenced from business object Analytical View Of Trading Order.
Returns
The ReturnsIndicator specifies whether or not something is returned.

No entry.
Use:
The ReturnsIndicator can be used in requirements planning to indicate whether or not the order item in question is a return.
Notes:
No entry.
Reuse
An indicator that specifies whether something can be reused or not.
Revaluation
The RevaluationIndicator indicates whether a value-based representation of a business transaction is a revaluation or not.
Use:
When a goods movement must be posted in Financial Accounting in a previous period, the value-based representation of
the business transaction Goods Movement may under some conditions result in revaluation of the material inventory in the
current period. This revaluation is displayed for example in the BO MaterialLedgerAccount / Node PeriodTotalItem by the
element InventoryRevaluationIndicator of the type RevaluationIndicator.
Revocation
RevocationIndicator indicates whether something is revoked or not. Comment:The word "something" generally stands for a
legally binding statement, agreement or authority.
No entry.
Use:
The RevocationIndicator can be used, for example, in a tax return or purchase order to display whether or not a collection
authorization is revoked.
Notes:
The context of an interface must contain a description of what is revoked with the RevocationIndicator. This is reflected in
an appropriate prefix such as "CollectionAuthorisation".
Role
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
The RoleIndicator indicates whether or not a person or party plays a specific role.
Comment:
The qualifiers for the role indicator are generally taken from the party roles. For example, EmployeeWorkStateTaxAuthority
Page 204
is a qualifier that indicates whether the tax authority plays the role of the employee's work state.
RoundTrip
A RoundTripIndicator indicates whether or not a trip is to a single destination and starts and ends at the same location.
RushOrder
RushOrderIndicator indicates whether the order is identified as rush order or not.
SalesAndServicePartner
A SalesAndServicePartnerIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory
Sales and Service Partner.
None.
Use:
Notes:
SalesGroup
The SalesGroupIndicator specifies whether something is a sales group.
SalesOffice
The SalesOfficeIndicator specifies whether something is a sales office.
SalesOrganisation
The SalesOrganisationIndicator specifies wether something is a sales organization or not.
SAPSystem
An indicator that specifies whether or not a system is an SAP system.

Comment:
A SAP System is a technical system that provides the platform for one or more business systems separated by different
clients.
Scheduled
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is scheduled.
ScoreExists
An indicator that specifies whether or not a score exists for an object.
Scrapped
A ScrappedIndicator indicates whether something has been scrapped or not.
SearchForGroups
An indicator that specifies whether groups should or should not be searched for.
SearchForOrganisations
An indicator that specifies whether organizations should or should not be searched for.
SearchForPersons
An indicator that specifies whether persons should or should not be searched for.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 205
SecondaryDiagnosis
An indicator that specifies whether or not a medical diagnosis has a low priority (from a medical point of view).
Comment:
If a medical diagnosis is marked as a medical secondary diagnosis, it may not appear in some evaluations and other
medical documentation.
Selected
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is selected.
SelfInsured
A SelfInsuredIndicator indicates whether someone is self-insured or not.

Comment:
Someone, most commonly refers to an InsuredParty
None specified.
Use:
The SelfInsuredIndicator is used to indicate whether an Insured Party provides insurance coverage for themselves or not.
Alternatively, insurance coverage would be provided by a third party.
Notes:
None specified.
ServiceAcknowledgementCancellationS A ServiceAcknowledgementCancellationServiceAcknowledgementIndicator indicates whether a service acknowledgement

erviceAcknowledgement
has been cancelled or not.
None specified.
Use:
A ServiceAcknowledgementCancellationServiceAcknowledgementIndicator is a newly created service acknowledgement,
which declares all or part of previously created service acknowledgements void.
This occurs by marking the new service acknowledgement with the
ServiceAcknowledgementCancellationServiceAcknowledgementIndicator (attribute set to true)
Marking a service acknowledgment through a ServiceAcknowledgementCancellationServiceAcknowledgementIndicator is
a special feature of the service acknowledgments. Even if the service acknowledgement is incorrect or created for a nonrendered service, it cannot be reversed. The correction must be made by an accordingly marked service
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 206
acknowledgement.
Notes:
None specified.
ServiceLineExists
An indicator that specifies whether or not a service line exists.
ServicePerformer
A ServicePerformerIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory Service
Performer.
None.
Use:
Notes:
ServicePoint
The ServicePointIndicator specifies wether something is a service point or not.
ServiceProductBasedValuation
A ServiceProductBasedValuationIndicator indicates whether a valuation is based on a service product or not.

None.
Use:
Accounting is informed about internal service provisions so that it can valuate and document them for the purposes of
proper bookkeeping. This valuation is normally based on the resource consumption, but it can also be based on the
service product provided.
The ServiceProductBasedValuationIndicator is used in the line items of the accounting record regarding business
transactions involving overhead costs (business object OverheadCostLedgerAccount). It is set during the creation of
accounting documents and has no control function, serving only to explain the valuation in the document.
Notes:
None.
Settled
A SettledIndicator indicates whether an object is settled or not.
SettlementDocument
A SettlementDocumentIndicator indicates whether a document is a settlement document or not.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 207
Use:
A SettlementDocumentIndicator is used to specify, for example, whether or not an accounting document is a settlement
document.
Shared
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is shared or not.
ShipFrom
Specifies whether or not you can fetch goods from something.Comment:"Something" usually stands for a Location.
ShipFromLocation
An indicator that specifies whether or not a location is a ship-from location.

Comment:
A ship-from location is a location from which goods are to be delivered.
ShipTo
Specifies whether or not you can deliver goods to something.Comment:"Something" usually stands for a Location.
ShipToLocation
An indicator that specifies whether or not a location is a ship-to location.

Comment:
A ship-to location is a location to which goods are to be delivered.

Shortfall
An indicator that specifies whether or not there is a deficit of something required or expected.
ShutDown
A ShutDownIndicator specifies whether an object is technically shut down or not.

None specified.
Use:
The ShutDownIndicator is required for marking objects that can be shut down, for example, production assets and
production locations.
Notes:
In the context of an interface, a description must be given as to which object the ShutDownIndicator refers.
Signed
A SignedIndicator indicates whether a document was signed or not.
SignReversed
An indicator that specifies whether or not a sign (plus/minus) is reversed.
Simulated
Indicates whether something is simulated or not. Comment:The word "something" usually stands for a business transaction
document or a part thereof.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 208
None specified.
Use:
The SimulatedIndicator is used for example to mark simulated supply planning requirements.
Notes:
None specified.
SingleDay
An indicator that specifies whether or not an object is related to a single day.
SinglePayment
A SinglePaymentIndicator specifies whether something must be paid individually or not.Comment:"Something" is usually a

business document that is based on a payment, for example, an invoice.
No entry.
Use:
The SinglePaymentIndicator can be used to display that an invoice must be paid alone and cannot be grouped together
with other invoices to a payment.
It can also be used to display that a payment cannot be grouped together with other payments.
Notes:
Provided that in a receivable or payable, the SinglePaymentIndicator has the value true, the SinglePaymentIndicator in
the payment that results from this must also have this value.
The SinglePaymentIndicator is not an instruction about the execution of a payment transaction externally (for example, to a
house bank, see the GDT PaymentInstruction), instead it is only used for internal processing.
SingleUse
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is to be used once.
Site
A SiteIndicator specifies whether or not something is a site.Comment:A Site is a Location at which parts of a company are
located.
Skip
A SkipIndicator indicates whether something should be skipped or not.

None
Use:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 209
The SkipIndicator can be used to display whether a material inspection is to be skipped.

Skipped
A SkippedIndicator indicates whether or not something has been skipped.

None
Use:
The SkippedIndicator can be used to show that a quality inspection has been skipped.
SocialInsuranceFundHeadOffice
A SocialInsuranceFundHeadOfficeIndicator specifies whether or not a business partner is the head office for a social
insurance fund company.
No entry.
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
SocialInsuranceFundLocalOffice
A SocialInsuranceFundLocalOfficeIndicator specifies whether or not a business partner is the local office for a social
insurance fund company.
No entry.
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
SocialMediaActivityInteractionContentH An indicator that specifies whether or not social media activity interaction content has profanity.
asProfanity
Comment:
SocialMediaActivity is an activity that records an interaction undertaken between an employee on behalf of the enterprise
and its customer, communicated via social media channels. Interaction Content of the social media activity contains the
message received from social media channels.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 210
SplitByDeliveryPriorityCode
An indicator that specifies whether or not an entity is split by the Delivery Priority Code.
SplitByOrder
An indicator that specifies whether or not an entity is split by the order number.
SplitByShippingOrPickupDateTime
An indicator that specifies whether or not an entity is split by the shipping or pickup date time.
Sporadic
A SporadicIndicator specifies whether or not something is sporadic within a specific context.Comment:The word
"something" usually stands for processes or objects.
No details.
Use:
No details.
Notes:
No details.
Stable
StableIndicator indicates whether something is stable over time or not.

None specified.
Use:
For example, a StableIndicator can be used in the BO Responsibility to indicate whether some object being identified by its
ID is stable over time or not. If the identifier can change it is a decision having business impact if this ID or the
corresponding NodeID as a stable identifier is being used. (The object is being saved in a Responsibility
ParameterValueRange.)
Notes:
None specified.
Started
A StartedIndicator indicates whether something is already started or not.
Statistical
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is statistical.

Comment:
Something usually refers to value, business object or business process.
Stored
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A StoredIndicator indicates whether something is stored or not.
Page 211
Student
A StudentIndicator indicates whether a person is a student or not.
SubContracting
A SubContractingIndicator indicates whether the transaction form is subcontracting or not.

No entry.
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
"Subcontracting" is a transaction form in which the vendor receives an order to produce the final product from the delivered
materials (components).
SubHierarchyDefinition
A SubHierarchyDefinitionIndicator indicates whether something is used to establish a subhierarchy or not.Comment:The

word "something" generally stands for specific properties or facts.
For each SubHierarchyDefinitionIndicator, it is necessary to specify precisely what is used or not used to define a
subhierarchy. This is reflected in an appropriate name prefix.
For example, a PropertySubHierarchyDefinitionIndicator indicates whether a property is used to define a subhierarchy.
Use:
The SubHierarchyDefinitionIndicator can be used, for example, with a training catalog to indicate which of the properties
"Training Contents", "Training Location", "Training Language", and so on, are used to define a subhierarchy of the training
offering.
Notes:
No entry.
Submitted
Specification as to whether something has been submitted or not.Comment:The word "something" usually stands for
documents, requests, or explanations that are submitted or have been submitted for checking or approval.
Substitute
Indicates whether somebody or something is a substitute.

Use:
The SubstituteIndicator is used for example to mark a project participant as a substitute for the responsible employee for
the project or a delivered material as a substitute for a requested material.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 212
SubstitutionAllowed
A SubstitutionAllowedIndicator indicates whether it is allowed to substitute something or not.

None specified.
Use:
The SubstitutionAllowedIndicator is used for instance in logistics to determine whether certain elements of a sales order
item may be substituted within the logistic processing of the order. Such a substitution may be desired for instance in order
to achieve an earlier delivery date. As an example, the MaterialSubstitutionAllowedIndicator indicates if the requested
material may be substituted by an appropriate substitute material.
Notes:
An additional qualifier determines the entity which may be substituted or not. The qualifier describes the business
semantics of the original as well as the substitute (Example: A ShipFromSubstitutionAllowedIndicator determines whether
a ship-from location may be substituted by another one or not).
Summary
A SummaryIndicator specifies whether or not something is summarized.

None
Use:
For a quality inspection, the SummaryIndicator specifies whether or not a defect is subject to summary recording. This
recording type is used for inspection charts.
Notes:
None.
Superior
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is superior.
Supplementary
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is completing or enhancing something else.
Comment:
Something could be, for example, an item, product, element or task.
SurgeryDiagnosis
An indicator that specifies whether or not a medical diagnosis is recorded at the time of surgery of a patient.
Suspended
A SuspendedIndicator indicates that something has been suspended or not.Comment:The word "something" usually
stands for a process, process step, or function.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 213
Systematic
A SystematicIndicator specifies whether or not something occurs systematically.

None
Use:
If an error is systematic, it is flagged as an error caused by the system.
Notes:
None
TaskBased
An indicator that specifies whether or not a process is task based.

Comment:
For example, a site logistics process uses tasks.
TaskExists
An indicator that specifies whether or not a task exists.
TaskSent
An indicator that specifies whether or not a task has been sent.
Taxable
A TaxableIndicator specifies whether something is subject of tax or not.
TaxationBasedOnResidence
A TaxationBasedOnResidenceIndicator indicates whether a taxation is based on residence or not.
TaxAuthority
A TaxAuthorityIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory Tax Authority.
None.
Use:
Notes:
TaxDeferred
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
TaxDeferredIndicator specifies whether a tax payment has been deferred.

Not applicable.
Use:
Page 214
TaxDeferredIndicator can be used to indicate deferral of a tax payment to a tax authority.

Notes:
Not applicable.
TaxDirectPostingIndicator
An indicator that specifies whether or not a tax posting is a direct posting of a tax.
Comment:
Direct tax posting is a posting of a tax that is not derived from a tax base of a document (for example sales or purchase
document). For example this applies to import sales/purchase tax, invoices that concern only subsequent tax receivables
or transfer between different tax codes.
Use:
Notes:
This indicator corresponds to data element BAPI_FLG_DIR in mySAP ERP.
TaxReportingByEmployee
An indicator that specifies whether or not the employee reports his/her tax declaration himself.
TechnicalUser
A TechnicalUserIndicator defines whether or not a user is a technical user.
Template
A TemplateIndicator indicates whether something (for example, a business object) is a template or not.
For each TemplateIndicator, it is necessary to specify precisely what a template is . This is reflected in an appropriate
name prefix.
For example, a FormTemplateIndicator indicates whether a form is a template or not.
Use:
None specified.
Notes:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 215
In the context of an interface, the business significance of "what is a template" must be described in greater detail for the
TemplateIndicator in addition to its name prefix (see Integrity Conditions).
Temporary
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is temporary.
TestData
A TestDataIndicator indicates whether the specified data is test data or not.

No entry.
Use:
The TestDataIndicator is currently only used as part of the BusinessDocumentMessageHeader to display whether the data
contained in the message is test data or not (see GDT BusinessDocumentMessageHeader).
Notes:
The context of an interface must describe the business meaning of the true and false values of the TestDataIndicator.
TestRun
A TestRunIndicator specifies whether something is a test run or not.

Not specified.
Use:
TestRunIndicator is used to indicate whether an action such as calling a service operation should be (or was) executed as
a test run. Whether the data is test data is indicated by GDT TestDataIndicator.
Notes:
In the usage context, it is necessary to describe the business meaning of the values True and False of the
TestRunIndicator.
TextExists
A TextExistsIndicator specifies whether a text exists or not

It must be clear from the context which text the indicator refers to.
Use:
Individual texts are managed within the dependent object "Text Collection". A TextExistsIndicator can be used, for
example, to indicate whether a text exists for a particular business object within the related dependent object "Text
Collection".
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 216
TextSearchable
A TextSearchableIndicator indicates whether or not an object is available for text search.Comment:A search is performed
for a text that is contained either entirely or in part in objects indicated by the indicator.
No entry.
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
Both parametric searches and text searches can be possible for an object; one does not preclude the other.
TheftRisk
A TheftRiskIndicator indicates that something is at risk of theft.
ThirdPartyDeal
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is used in the context of a third party deal.
ThresholdExists
An indicator that specifies whether a threshold exists or not.

Notes:
It must be clear in the context which threshold the indicator refers to.
TiedEmptiesStock
A TiedEmptiesStockIndicator is an indicator which specifies whether stock of an empties article is assigned to a full
product.
Top-Level
An indicator that specifies whether or not an entity is the top-level entity within a set of entities related to each other, for
example within a hierarchy. In technical contexts, root is equivalent to "top-level".
TotalAmortizement
A TotalAmortizementIndicator is an indicator as to whether the loan is to be repaid in one amount at the end of its term.
No entry.
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
The TotalAmortizementIndicator is used to indicate that the loan is repaid in one amount at the end of the term in the loan
conditions.
TransitTrade
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An indicator that specifies whether or not a business transaction is a transit trade.
Page 217
Traveling
A TravelingIndicator indicates whether a person is traveling or not.
Undesirable
UndesirableIndicator indicates whether something is undesirable.
Unknown
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is unknown.
Unloaded
An UnloadedIndicator indicates whether something has been unloaded or not.
Unpacked
An indicator that specifies whether or not a product has no packaging layer.
Unspecified
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is unspecified.

Use:
For example, in an employment, the country-specific data could be unspecified.
Uploaded
An indicator that specifies whether something has been uploaded or not.

Comment:
For example, a file or a performance feedback sent to the sytem using Email or an Outlook Add-In could be indicated as
uploaded.
UpperVarianceAmountUnlimited
Indicator that specifies whether or not an amount y must be well above the expected amount z.
UpperVariancePercentUnlimited
Indicator that specifies whether or not an amount y as a percentage must be well above the expected amount z.
Use
A UseIndicator indicates whether something should be used or not.Comment:The word "something" usually refers to an
object or a transaction.
None.
Use:
UseIndicator can be used to show whether a useful default quantity should be used or not, for example, if the input help is
used when searching for the contact person of a party. The assigned contact persons from the party master data can be
determined as a useful default quantity for the search. The total possible search quantity would be all contact persons that
exist in the system. UseIndicator specifies that the default quantity determined as useful automatically is used for the
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 218
further search.
Notes:
None.
Used
A UsedIndicator indicates whether something is used or not.

Comment:
The word something usually stands for specific business proc-esses/procedures, operations or statuses.
None specified.
Use:
UsedIndicator can be used to indicate that an object (e.g. ProductionPlanningOrder) is used in a specific context (e.g. in
AssemblyOrderProcessing or in RepetitiveManufacturing) or not.
Notes:
None specified.
UsedVehicle
An indicator that specifies whether or not a vehicle is a used vehicle.
UtilitiesAdvancedMeteringInfrastructure An indicator that specifies whether or not something belongs to a utilities advanced metering infrastructure.
Valid
A ValidIndicator indicates whether or not something is valid.

No entry.
Use:
No entry.
Notes:
In the context of use the exact meaning of valid must be clear.
Valuation
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is relevant for the determination of value.
Comment:
Something could be for example a given quantity type, specifying the type of quantity that is relevent for a value
determination.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 219
ValueDifference
A ValueDifferenceIndicator indicates whether or not a valuerelated difference exists.

Each ValueDifferenceIndicator must refer to a business object or to a list of similar business objects. This relationship is
reflected in a corresponding refinement of the "value" name prefix. This name prefix is omitted when actually used in tag
names.
For example, an AmountDifferenceIndicator is the specification of whether there is a value-related difference for a money
amount. Other possible forms are QuantityDifferenceIndicator, MeasureDifferenceIndicator, and PriceDifferenceIndicator.
Use:
The ValueDifferenceIndicator can be used to display whether the current value is specified for a business variable or only
the difference to an earlier value. Another possible use is the specification of whether it is an actual or a target value or the
difference between the two.
Notes:
In the context of an interface, the business meaning of the values for the ValueDifferenceIndicator must be described in
addition to the name prefix (see Integrity Conditions) being specified.
ValueUnlimited
A ValueUnlimitedIndicator indicates whether a value is unlimited or not.

If a ValueUnlimitedIndicator has the value true, then the corresponding numerical element must be nonexistent, empty or
initial.
Use:
A ValueUnlimitedIndicator is used with reference to a numerical element if this element can have values that are unlimited
in size. The reference to a particular element must be apparent when using ValueUnlimitedIndicator.
The relationship to a numerical element is reflected in a corresponding refinement of the "value" name prefix. This name
prefix is omitted when actually used in tag names.
Notes:
A good example of the use of the ValueUnlimitedIndicator is the QuantityTolerance GDT. The ValueUnlimitedIndicator is
used in this GDT to display any size tolerance.
Vendor
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A VendorIndicator specifies whether or not the business partner has the BusinessPartnerRoleCategory Vendor.
None.
Page 220
Use:
Notes:
Verified
A VerifiedIndicator indicates whether something is checked for a positive result.

Use:
The VerifiedIndicator can be used, for example, to indicate whether the employment status of all subcontractors (suppliers)
has been checked successfully.
VIP
VIPIndicator indicates whether a party is claimed to be very important or not.
Visible
A VisibleIndicator indicates whether something is visible or not.Comment:The word "something" generally stands for
specific characters, documents, properties, or facts.
For each VisibleIndicator, it is necessary to specify precisely what is visible or not visible. This is reflected in an appropriate
name prefix.
For example, a PropertyVisibleIndicator indicates whether a property is visible or not.
Use:
The VisibleIndicator can be used, for example, to indicate whether certain properties of a product are to be visible to a
customer.
Notes:
In the context of an interface, the business significance of "what is visible" must be described in greater detail for the
VisibleIndicator in addition to its name prefix (see Integrity Conditions).
Void
An indicator that specifies whether or not something is void.

Comment:
If something is void no activities are done to neutralize the effect of it.
WarehouseProvider
An indicator that specifies whether a business partner is a warehouse provider or not.

Notes:
The qualifier corresponds to a code from the value list of the GDT PartyBusinessCharacterCode.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 221
WithinOpeningPeriod
WithinOpeningPeriodIndicator indicates whether planning order start dates are in the opening period. Comment:Opening
Period is the time period during which a planning order should be converted into a production order or a purchase order.
No information.
Use:
The WithinOpeningPeriodIndicator can be used to exclude planning orders to be processed, if planning orders start date is
outside of the opening period.
Notes:
No information.
WithoutNotice
A WithoutNoticeIndicator specifies whether or not something occurs with notice.Comment:"Something" here typically
stands for a process or operation.
No entry
Use:
Examples for the usage of the WithoutNoticeIndicator are:
- LeavingWithoutNoticeIndicator: The LeavingWithoutNoticeIndicator specifies whether notice of a work agreement was
given instantly or not.
Notes:
No entry
WomanOwned
The WomanOwnedIndicator indicates whether something is owned by a woman or a group of women.
WorkAgreementCompetitionClause
A WorkAgreementCompetitionClauseIndicator indicates whether or not a competition clause exists for the work agreement
of an employee.
WorkingDay
WorkingDayIndicator indicates whether a particular day is a working day or not.
WorkingDiagnosis
An indicator that specifies whether or not a diagnosis is based on early confirmatory evidence.
Comment:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 222
Working diagnosis allow early disease management, while awaiting special or more definitive studies-example: results
from a reference lab.
Link: http://medical-dictionary.thefreedictionary.com/working+diagnosis
WorkingFromHome
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
An indicator that specifies whether or not a person is working from home.
Page 223
1.24 InvoiceLegallyRequiredID
Definition
A legally required identifier for a supplier invoice or a customer invoice.
Comment
The purpose of the InvoiceLegallyRequiredID is to prove the consistency of customer/supplier invoicing, tax reporting and financial
accounting to an auditor.
Invoice. Legally Required_ Identification. Identifier
Example
< InvoiceLegallyRequiredID > 1000001 </ InvoiceLegallyRequiredID >
Structure
GDT
Cat.
InvoiceLegallyRequiredID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Invoice
Legally Required_
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..35
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification Scheme
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeVersionID
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Leading zeros are not significant for IDs consisting of digits only.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 224
The values of the attributes of InvoiceLegallyRequiredID are assigned as follows:

Attribute / Element
schemeID
SchemeID is the ID of the ID scheme. It is released and maintained by the organization responsible for the ID scheme. The GDT
owner must retrieve the correct ID from this organization. If there is no unique ID available, the name of the identifier or identifier
type used in the corresponding standard, specification, or scheme of the responsible organization must be entered.
schemeVersionID
SchemeVersionID is the Version of the ID scheme. Released and maintained by the organization, which is named in
schemeAgencyID. The owner must retrieve the relevant version ID from the responsible organization. If there is no version for the
ID scheme, the version of the standard, the specification, or the scheme is used.
schemeAgencyID
Identifies the agency that manages the ID scheme. The agencies from UN/EDIFACT data element 3055 (DE 3055) are used as the
its web URI.
A number range is assigned to a document type, which is defined according to country-specific criteria and to which a certain number
range is assigned in business configuration . The creation of the InvoiceLegallyRequiredID has to be sequential gapless and
chronological within one document type.
Italy (IT)
- schemeAgencyID: "IT"
It is a legal requirement in Italy , that this number shall be reset with a new calendar year. Therefore, in the case of Italy, the
InvoiceLegallyRequiredID is only unique within a given calendar year.
There are no further integrity checks on the number.
France (FR)
- schemeAgencyID: "FR"
China (CN)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 225
- schemeAgencyID: "CN"
Use
The InvoiceLegallyRequiredID is created when a customer invoice is sent or when a supplier invoice is received.
Examples:
In Italy and France, t he criteria, which define a document type , are:
SupplierInvoice, CustomerInvoice (BusinessTransactionDocumentTypeCode)
InvoiceItem, CreditMemoItem (BusinessTransactionDocumentItemTypeCode)
domestic, EU, non-EU
In China, the criteria, which define a document type, are:
SupplierInvoice, CustomerInvoice (BusinessTransactionDocumentTypeCode)
InvoiceItem, CreditMemoItem (BusinessTransactionDocumentItemTypeCode)
GoldenTax relevant yes/no
Notes
Some corresponding R/3 data types are:
XBLNR_ALT - alternative reference number
Qualifier
GoldenTax
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Definition
Legally required identifier assigned to a customer invoice by the Golden Tax System.
Page 226
1.25 MeasureUnitCode
Definition
A coded representation of a non-monetary unit of measurement.
Comment
A unit of measurement is a quantity that is either defined by a standard or established by conventions as a particular type of unit. This
unit quantity is the standard of comparison for determining and specifying other quantities of the same type.
Measure Unit. Code
Example
<MeasureUnitCode>BX</MeasureUnitCode>
(BX=box)
Structure
GDT
MeasureUnitCode
Cat.
Object Class
Measure Unit
Property
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted

The permitted values for MeasureUnitCode are the "Common Codes" specified in UN/CEFACT Recommendation #20. The Common
Code is a sequence of a maximum of three alphanumerical characters.
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 227
Use
None specified.
Notes
UN/CEFACT Recommendation #20 unifies various different ISO standards, older UN/ECE Recommendations #20 (from 1985) and #21,
as well as ANSI ASC X12 Data Element Number 355.
The recommendation is divided into three levels. Each unit belongs to exactly one level:
Levels 1 and 2 contain physical units: level 1 contains SI units and level 2 contains SI-equivalent units.
Level 3 contains other "informative" units of measurement that cannot be assigned to level 1 or 2.
In particular, UN/CEFACT Recommendation #20 contains codes for physical units (Physical Measure Units) such as meters, kilograms,
or seconds and units that derive from them such as cubic meters, hours, and Newtons, as well as country-specific and industry-specific
physical units.
A distinction must be made between Common Code and the representation symbol of a unit. A standardized representation symbol is not
always available.
Examples:
Common Code
MTR
KGM
SEC
MON
NEW
GLI
GLL
4L
DZN
C62
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
MeasureUnit Name
Meter
Kilogram
Second
Month
Newton
Gallon (UK)
Gallon (US)
Megabyte
Dozen
Piece
Representation Symbol
m
kg
s
-N
gal (UK)
Gal (US)
-DOZ
-Page 228
BX
Box
--

MeasureUnitCode
listID = 20
listAgencyID = 6
The permitted values for MeasureUnitCode are the "Common Codes" specified in UN/CEFACT Recommendation #20.
Appendix - Context
Definition
The MeasureUnitCodeContextElements defines a dependency or an environment in which the MeasureUnitCode appears. The
environment is described by context categories.
Comment
With the context categories in MeasureUnitCodeContextElements the valid portion of code values of MeasureUnitCode is restricted
according to an environment during use.
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Measure Unit Code

Context Elements
MeasureUnitCodeContextEle
ments
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Card.
QuantityGroupCode
Measure Unit Code

Context Elements
Quantity Group
Code
GDT
QuantityGroupCode
0..1
QuantityTypeCode
Measure Unit Code

Context Elements
Quantity Type
Code
GDT
QuantityTypeCode
0..1
ProductID
Measure Unit Code

Context Elements
Product Identification
Identifier
GDT
ProductID
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
Details
Page 229
ProductUUID
Measure Unit Code

Context Elements
Product Universally
Unique Identification
Identifier
GDT
UUID
0..1
ProductTypeCode
Measure Unit Code

Context Elements
Product Type
Code
GDT
ProductTypeCode
0..1

Attribute / Element
QuantityGroupCode
This context category defines the context QuantityGroup. It determines the valid code values for a specific QuantityGroup.
QuantityTypeCode
This context category defines the context QuantityType. It determines the valid code values for a specific QuantityType.
ProductID
For a product, a number of process-relevant Quantity Types such as Base Quantity Type, Process Quantity Types and Alternate
Quantity Types can be defined. Each Quantity Type can be associated with a number of valid units of measurement. The context
ProductID helps to filter the value help for measure unit codes such that the value help contains only those values that are
compatible with the Quantity Types associated with a particular product.
Only the product internal identifiers can be used here.
Product ID and product UUID must identify the same product.
ProductUUID
For a product, a number of process-relevant Quantity Types such as Base Quantity Type, Process Quantity Types and Alternate
Quantity Types can be defined. Each Quantity Type can be associated with a number of valid units of measurement. The context
ProductUUID helps to filter the value help for measure unit codes such that the value help contains only those values that are
compatible with the Quantity Types associated with a particular product.
ProductTypeCode
ProductTypeCode represents the type of a product (material product, service product, or individual product). It can be used in the
context of a product instance or with reference to a product instance.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 230
Restricted Data Type DAY_MeasureUnitCode

Example
<MeasureUnitCode>DAY</MeasureUnitCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
DAY_MeasureUnitCode
Object Class
DAY_ Measure Unit
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
MeasureUnitCode
Length
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Value range of permitted measure units is restricted to "Day".
Notes
DAY_MeasureUnitCode is a restriction of the GDT MeasureUnitCode in order to provide a restricted code list. The only value permitted
for
DAY_MeasureUnitCode is day (DAY). DAY_MeasureUnitCode therefore contains a variable DAY_ that should be
replaced by one (or more) qualifiers.
DAY_MeasureUnitCode
listID = 20
listAgencyID = 6
Code
DAY
Name
Day
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Description
Day
Page 231
Restricted Data Type DAYWEEKMONTH_MeasureUnitCode

Example
<MeasureUnitCode>MON</MeasureUnitCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
DAYWEEKMONTH_MeasureUnitCode
Object Class
DAYWEEKMONTH_
Measure Unit
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
MeasureUnitCode
Length
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Value range of permitted measure units is restricted to "Day", "Week", and "Month".
Notes
DAYWEEKMONTH_MeasureUnitCode is a restriction of the GDT MeasureUnitCode in order to provide a restricted code list. Permitted
values for DAYWEEKMONTH_MeasureUnitCode are: Day (DAY), Week (WEE) and Month (MON).
DAYWEEKMONTH_MeasureUnitCode therefore contains a variable DAYWEEKMONTH_ that should be replaced by one (or more)
qualifiers.
DAYWEEKMONTH_MeasureUnitCode
listID = 20
listAgencyID = 6
Code
Name
Description
DAY
Day
Day
MON
Month
Month
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 232
WEE
Week
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Week
Page 233
Restricted Data Type DAYWEEKMONTHYEAR_MeasureUnitCode

Example
Structure
GDT
Cat.
DAYWEEKMONTHYEAR_MeasureUnitCode
Object Class
DAYWEEKMONTHYE
AR_ Measure Unit
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
MeasureUnitCode
Length
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Value range of permitted measure units is restricted to "Day", "Week", "Month" and "Year".
Notes
DAYWEEKMONTHYEAR_MeasureUnitCode is a restriction of the GDT MeasureUnitCode in order to provide a restricted code list.
Permitted values for DAYWEEKMONTHYEAR_MeasureUnitCode are: day (DAY), week (WK), month (MON) and year(A).
DAYWEEKMONTHYEAR_MeasureUnitCode therefore contains a variable "DAYWEEKMONTHYEAR_" that should be replaced by one
(or more) qualifiers. The qualifiers are listed in section 1.1.1.
DAYWEEKMONTHYEAR_MeasureUnitCode
listID = 20
listAgencyID = 6
Code
Name
Description
ANN
Year
Year
DAY
Day
Day
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 234
MON
Month
Month
WEE
Week
Week
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 235
Restricted Data Type HOUR_MeasureUnitCode

Example
<MeasureUnitCode>HUR</MeasureUnitCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
HOUR_MeasureUnitCode
Object Class
HOUR_ Measure Unit
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
MeasureUnitCode
Length
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Value range of permitted measure units is restricted to "Hour".
Notes
HOUR_MeasureUnitCode is a restriction of the GDT MeasureUnitCode in order to provide a restricted code list. Values permitted for
HOUR_MeasureUnitCode are: hour (HUR). HOUR_MeasureUnitCode therefore contains a variable HOUR_ that should be
HOUR_MeasureUnitCode
listID = 20
listAgencyID = 6
Code
HUR
Name
Hour
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Description
Hour
Page 236
Restricted Data Type HOURDAY_MeasureUnitCode

Example
<MeasureUnitCode>DAY</MeasureUnitCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
HOURDAY_MeasureUnitCode
Object Class
Property
HOURDAY_ Measure
Unit
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
MeasureUnitCode
Length
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Value range of permitted measure units is restricted to "Hour" and "Day".
Notes
HOURDAY_MeasureUnitCode is a restriction of the GDT MeasureUnitCode in order to provide a restricted code list. Values permitted for
HOURDAY_MeasureUnitCode are: hour (HUR) and day (DAY). HOURDAY_MeasureUnitCode therefore contains a variable
HOURDAY_ that should be
HOURDAY_MeasureUnitCode
listID = 20
listAgencyID = 6
Code
Name
Description
DAY
Day
Day
HUR
Hour
Hour
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 237
Restricted Data Type MONTHYEAR_MeasureUnitCode

Example
Structure
GDT
Cat.
MONTHYEAR_MeasureUnitCode
Object Class
Property
MONTHYEAR_
Measure Unit
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
MeasureUnitCode
Length
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Value range of permitted measure units is restricted to "Month" and "Year".
Notes
MONTHYEAR_MeasureUnitCode is a restriction of the GDT MeasureUnitCode in order to provide a restricted code list. Permitted values
for MONTHYEAR_MeasureUnitCode are month (MON) and year(ANN). MONTHYEAR_MeasureUnitCode therefore contains a variable
"DAYWEEKMONTHYEAR_" that should be replaced by one (or more) qualifiers. The qualifiers are listed in section 1.1.1.
MONTHYEAR_MeasureUnitCode
Code
Name
Description
ANN
Year
Year
MON
Month
Month
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 238
Restricted Data Type WEEKMONTH_MeasureUnitCode

Definition
A coded representation of a non-monetary unit of measurement restricted to specific units of time.
Example
Structure
GDT
WEEKMONTH_MeasureUnitCode
Cat.
Object Class
Property
WEEKMONTH_
Measure Unit
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
MeasureUnitCode
Length
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Value range of permitted measure units is restricted to "Week", and "Month".
None specified.
Use
None specified.
Notes
WEEKMONTH_MeasureUnitCode is a restriction of the GDT MeasureUnitCode in order to provide a restricted code list. Permitted
values for WEEKMONTH_MeasureUnitCode are Week (WEE) and Month (MON).WEEKMONTH_MeasureUnitCode therefore contains a
variable WEEKMONTH_ that should be replaced by one (or more) qualifiers.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 239

WEEKMONTH_MeasureUnitCode
listID = 20
listAgencyID = 6
Code
Name
Description
MON
Month
Month
WEE
Week
Week
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 240
Restricted Data Type YEAR_MeasureUnitCode

Example
<MeasureUnitCode>ANN</MeasureUnitCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
YEAR_MeasureUnitCode
Object Class
YEAR_ Measure Unit
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
MeasureUnitCode
Length
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Value range of permitted measure units is restricted to "Year".
Notes
YEAR_MeasureUnitCode is a restriction of the GDT MeasureUnitCode in order to provide a restricted code list. The permitted value for
YEAR_MeasureUnitCode is: year(ANN). YEAR_MeasureUnitCode therefore contains a variable "YEAR_" that should be replaced by one
(or more) qualifiers. The qualifiers are listed in section 1.1.1.
YEAR_MeasureUnitCode
listID = 20
listAgencyID = 6
Code
ANN
Name
Year
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Description
Year
Page 241

Qualifier
Base
Definition
The base unit in which something is measured.
Comment:
A base unit of measure is the primary unit in which something is measured and upon which other units of
measure are based.
Capacity
A unit of measure in which a capacity is given.
Delivery
Measure unit that is used for delivery processes.
Dimensions
Unit of measure for specifying measurements (height, length, and width)
LowerBoundary
Lower boundary of an interval of measure unit codes.
Order
A unit of measure specified for ordering a product.
Period
A unit of measure for specifying a period.

Use:
For example, the reference period in which overtime of an employee is calculated can be a week or a month.
Planning
Measure unit that is used for planning.
Procurement
A unit of measure that is permitted within procurement processes.
Quantity
A unit of measure for a quantity.
Sales
Measure unit that is permitted within sales processes.
Threshold
A unit of measure for specifying a threshold.

Use:
For example, the threshold for overtime calculation of an employee can be measured in hours.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 242
Time
Measure unit that is used for time data.
UpperBoundary
Upper boundary of an interval of measure unit codes.
Volume
Unit of measure for specifying volumes
Weight
Unit of measure for specifying weights
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 243
1.26 MeterReaderNoteCode
Definition
A coded representation of a note provided by a meter reader.
Comment
The note provides additional information and controls follow-up actions during validation of meter reading results.
Meter Reader. Note. Code
Example
<MeterReaderNoteCode>1</MeterReaderNoteCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
MeterReaderNoteCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Meter Reader
Note
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 244

Attribute / Element
listID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the note provided by a meter reader.
Card Stored - Card stored for meter reading by customer
Notes
The MeterReaderNoteCode is represented by ABLHINW in SAP Business Suite.
MeterReaderNoteCode
listID = 70277
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 245
Restricted Data Type NOSC_MeterReaderNoteCode

Definition
A coded representation of a note provided by a meter reader.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_MeterReaderNoteCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Meter Reader
Property
Note
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
MeterReaderNoteCo 1..4
de
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 246
1.27 MeterReadingCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of a meter reading category.
Comment
The meter reading category classifies the way in which a meter reading is taken and serves as a basis for validations.
Meter Reading. Category. Code
Example
<MeterReadingCategoryCode>1</MeterReadingCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
MeterReadingCategoryCode
Cat.
Object Class
Meter Reading
Property
Category
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

Exactly one static SAP code list is assigned to the code.
The code list and its values are provided in Appendix Code List.
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 247
Use
None specified.
Notes
The code is represented by ABLESTYP (CHAR2) in SAP Business Suite. Leading zeros are not significant.
MeterReadingCategoryCode
listID = 70300
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
By Utility
Meter reading result was read by utility.
By Customer
Meter reading result was provided by customer.
Estimated By System
Meter reading result was automatically estimated by system.
Interpolated By System
Meter reading result was automatically interpolated by system.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 248
1.28 MeterReadingDocumentID
Definition
A MeterReadingDocumentD is a unique identifier for a Meter Reading Document.
Comment
A MeterReadingDocument is a document that stores the Information which is related to a meter reading result.
MeterReadingDocument. Identification. Identifier
Example
<MeterReadingDocumentID schemeAgencyID="AIR_300">123456789</MeterReadingDocumentID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
MeterReadingDocumentID
schemeAgencyID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
MeterReadingDocumen Identification
t
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..20
Agency
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
Identification
Card.
Remarks
restricted
0..1

The values of the attributes of MeterReadingDocumentID attributes are assigned as follows:
schemeID = "MeterReadingDocumentID" (implicit)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 249

Attribute / Element
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The MeterReadingDocumentID is used in the Utilities industry to identify a meter reading document.
Notes
In the mySAP Business Suite the MeterReadingDocumentID is represented by the data type ABLBELNR.
Restricted Data Type NOSC_MeterReadingDocumentID

Definition
A MeterReadingDocumentD is a unique identifier for a Meter Reading Document.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_MeterReadingDocumentID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Cat.
Object Class
Property
NOSC_ Meter Reading Identification

Document
Representation
Identifier
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
MeterReadingDocum 1..20
entID
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Page 250
Qualifier
Previous
Definition
An identifier for a previous Meter Reading Document.
Comment:
A previous Meter Reading Document is a document that clarifies the history of Meter Reading Documents.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 251
1.29 MeterReadingDocumentResultStatusCode
Definition
A coded representation of a status of a result for a Meter Reading Document.
Comment
A Meter Reading Document contains data with regard to planned and performed meter reading for one measurement task.
Meter Reading Document Result. Status. Code
Example
<MeterReadingDocumentResultStatusCode>1</MeterReadingDocumentResultStatusCode>
Structure
GDT
MeterReadingDocumentResultStatusCode
Cat.
Object Class
Meter Reading
Document Result
Property
Status
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1
Card.
Remarks
restricted

The code list and its values are provided in the "Appendix - Code List".
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 252
Use
You can use this global data type to Used to displays the processing status of a meter reading for order creation and meter reading entry.
Notes
None specified.
MeterReadingDocumentResultStatusCode
listID = 70281
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Billable
The meter reading is available for billing, that means for the creation of a Utilities invoice request.
Locked By System
The meter reading is locked automatically for billing by the system. That means it may not be used for the
creation of a Utilities invoice request.
Locked By Agent
The meter reading is locked manually for billing by an agent. That means it may not be used for the
creation of a Utilities invoice request.
Released By Agent
The meter reading is released for billing by an agent. That means it may be used for the creation of a
Utilities invoice request.
Checked Independently
The meter reading is valid independently, however, it may not be used for billing, because dependent
validations are not yet possible. That means it may not be used for the creation of a Utilities invoice
request.
Processed
The meter reading is used in billing that means a Utilities invoice request was created.
Partly Processed
The meter reading is used in billing, however, not all Utilities invoice requests were created.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 253
1.30 MeterReadingDocumentStatusCode
Definition
A coded representation of the status of a Meter Reading Document.
Comment
A Meter Reading Document contains data with regard to planned and performed meter reading for one measurement task.
Meter Reading Document. Status. Code
Example
<MeterReadingDocumentStatusCode>1</MeterReadingDocumentStatusCode>
Structure
GDT
MeterReadingDocumentStatusCode
Cat.
Object Class
Meter Reading
Document
Property
Status
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1
Card.
Remarks
restricted

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 254
None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the status of a meter reading document.
Notes
None specified.
MeterReadingDocumentStatusCode
listID = 70282
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Result Requested
A result was requested for meter reading document.
Result Received
A result was received for the meter reading document.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 255
1.31 MeterReadingReasonCode
Definition
A coded representation of the reason for a meter reading.
Meter Reading. Reason. Code
Example
<MeterReadingReasonCode>1</MeterReadingReasonCode>
Structure
GDT
MeterReadingReasonCode
Cat.
Object Class
Meter Reading
Property
Reason
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

Exactly one static SAP code list is assigned to the code. The values of the code list are provided in Appendix Code Lists.
Leading zeros are not significant.
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 256
Use
This data type can be used to specify the reason for a meter reading, such as a periodic meter reading, a final meter reading at moveout, and so on.
Notes
The MeterReadingReasonCode is represented by ABLESGR (CHAR2) in SAP Business Suite.
MeterReadingReasonCode
listID = 70297
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Periodic
Periodic meter reading
Interim With Billing
Interim meter reading with billing
Move-Out
Final meter reading at move-out
Certification
Certification meter reading
Service Territory Transfer With Service territory transfer with billing

Billing
Move-In
Meter reading at move-in
Installation Of Device
Meter reading at installation of device.
Interim Without Billing
Interim meter reading without billing
10
Control
Control meter reading
11
After Device Change
Meter reading after device (or register) is changed.
12
Technical Removal
Meter reading at technical removal
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 257
13
Disconnection
Meter reading on disconnection
16
Before Device Change
Meter reading before device (or register) is changed.
17
Change Of Installation Structure Meter reading at change of installation structure.
18
Reconnection
Reconnection meter reading
19
Delivery
Delivery meter reading
21
Billing-Related Installation Of
Device
Meter reading at billing-related installation of device
22
Billing-Related Removal Of
Device
Meter reading at billing-related removal of device
24
Replacement Installation
Meter reading at installation of device replacement.
25
Replacement Removal
Meter reading at removal of device replacement.
26
Contract Change
Contract change
27
Customer Change
Customer change
28
End Of New Measurement Task Meter reading at end of new measurement task. A Utilities measurement task is a task to provide
measurements in Utilities sector for example consumption, energy, volume, power with time-dependant
specifications.
29
Begin Of Measurement Task
Meter reading at begin of measurement task. A Utilities measurement task is a task to provide
measurements in Utilities sector for example consumption, energy, volume, power with time-dependant
specifications.

Qualifier
Definition
LowerBoundary
Lower boundary of an interval of meter reading reasons.
UpperBoundary
Upper boundary of an interval of meter reading reasons.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 258
1.32 MeterReadingResultAdjustmentFactorValue
Definition
A value containing the factor to adjust a meter reading result value.
Meter Reading Result. Adjustment Factor. Value
Example
<MeterReadingResultAdjustmentFactorValue>1000.00</MeterReadingResultAdjustmentFactorValue>
Structure
GDT
MeterReadingResultAdjustmentFactorValue
Cat.
Object Class
Meter Reading Result
Property
Adjustment Factor
Representation
Value
Type
CDT
Type Name
Value
Length
7.5
Card.
Remarks
restricted

The value is a positive decimal value (7 pre decimal digits; 5 decimal digits).
The value depends on the category of the Utilities measurement task.
Use
You can use this value to calculate the consumption by multiplying it with the meter reading result, if for example only a fraction of the
actual consumption is measured by a meter.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 259
Notes
The value is represented by E_ZWFAKT (register factor, DEC 12 - 5) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 260
1.33 MeterReadingResultValue
Definition
A MeterReadingResultValue is a value that is provided by a measuring equipment.
Comment:
A MeterReadingResultValue can be a quantity, a counter or a basic value for further conversions.
A MeterReading is the act of measuring with a meter or similar equipment.
Meter Reading .Result .Value
Example
<MeterReadingResultValue>1200.5</MeterReadingResultValue>
Structure
GDT
MeterReadingResultValue
Cat.
Object Class
Meter Reading
Property
Result
Representation
Value
Type
CDT
Type Name
Value
Length
15.10
Card.
Remarks
restricted

No entry.
No entry.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 261
Use
The MeterReadingResultValue is used in the Utilities industry to transfer the raw data from the measurement system.
Notes
No entry.
Qualifier
PreviousMeterReadingResultValue
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Definition
A meter reading result value which is the predecessor of a current meder reading result value.
Page 262
1.34 MeterReadingTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of a meter reading type.
Comment
The meter reading type classifies how the meter reading was performed.
Meter Reading. Type. Code
Example
<MeterReadingTypeCode>1</MeterReadingTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
MeterReadingTypeCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Meter Reading
Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

An extensible SAP code list is assigned to the code. A user of this code can replace this SAP code list with another one.
The SAP code list with its values can be found in the "Appendix - Code List" below.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 263

Upload - Meter Reading Result Upload Bill Receipt
Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the type of meter reading.
Notes
The MeterReadingTypeCode is represented by ISTABLART (CHAR2) in SAP Business Suite.
MeterReadingTypeCode
listID = 70358
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 264
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
By Utility
Meter reading result was read by utility.
By Customer
Meter reading result was provided by customer.
Estimated By System
Meter reading result was automatically estimated by system.
Interpolated By System
Meter reading result was automatically interpolated by system.
Reestimated By System
Overestimated meter reading result was automatically reestimated by system.
Via Internet
Meter reading result was provided by customer via Internet.
Estimated By User
Meter reading result was estimated by user.
By User
Meter reading result was read by user.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 265
1.35 NumberValue
Definition
NumberValue is a number.
Number_ Value. Type
Example
<NumberValue>42</NumberValue>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
NumberValue
Property
Representation
Number_ Value
Type
CDT
Type Name
Value
Length
9
Card.
Remarks
restricted

Only values between 0 and 999999999 are allowed.
None specified.
Use
NumberValue can be used, for example, to specify the number of objects contained in a list.
NumberValue always appears in a specific business role. In the element name, these roles are given as qualifiers that are written as
prefixes to the name "NumberValue".
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 266
Notes
The GDT NumberValue is used only for cardinal numbers. For ordinal numbers, the GDT OrdinalNumberValue must be used.
Restricted Data Type POSITIVE_NumberValue

Example
<PositiveNumberValue>1</PositiveNumberValue>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
POSITIVE_NumberValue
Property
Representation
Value
Type
GDT
Type Name
NumberValue
Length
Card.
Remarks
restricted
None specified.
Notes
POSITIVE_NumberValue is a restriction of the GDT NumberValue for positive values. POSITIVE_NumberValue contains the variable
"POSITIVE_", which is replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 267
Restricted Data Type SMALL_NumberValue

Example
<Period NumberValue>42</Period NumberValue>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
Property
SMALL_NumberValue
Representation
Value
Type
GDT
Type Name
NumberValue
Length
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Notes
SMALL_NumberValue is a restriction of the GDT NumberValue to specify a uniform length for small values. SMALL_NumberValue
contains the variable SMALL_", which is replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
Qualifier
Definition
Assignment
Number of assignments.
Attachment
A number of attachments.
Award
An AwardNumbervalue contains the number of awards. - In the context of Compensation Management, awards are
commonly known as components of Long Term Incentive (LTI) plans.
Base
Number of something that provides a basis for something.
Beneficiary
BeneficiaryNumberValue contains the number of beneficiaries.
BusinessTransactionDocument
Number of Business Transaction Documents.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 268
BusinessTransactionDocumentReferenc Number of references to business transaction documents.

e
Character
Number of characters.
Comment:
CharacterNumberValue is the length of a text, for example the number of characters including empty spaces.
Children
Number of children.
Confirmation
Number of confirmations.
Created
A number of created objects.
Day
Number of days.
DaysBeforeEndOfMonth
DaysBeforeEndOfMonth is the number of full days until the end of the month.
Default
A number value that is a default for another number value.

Comment:
By name and context it has to be clear to which entity the default number value refers.
Defect
Number of defects.
Dependent
Number of dependents.
Digit
Number of digits in the representation of a real number or a whole number, for example, the total number of digits or the
number of fraction digits for decimal numbers, or the length of the mantissa for numbers with floating points.
EducationOrTrainingClass
Number of education or training classes.
Element
The number of elements.
Employee
Number of employees.
Equipment
Number of equipment.
Exception
Number of exceptions.
Use:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 269
ExceptionNumberValue is used to know the number of exceptions occurred.

Failed
The number of objects for which an action or process has failed.
Finding
Number of occurrence of a finding.
FlatRate
A number of flat rates.

Use:
A flat rate number value may, for example, be used to specify the number of flat rates for meal per diems in an expense
report.
FractionalDigit
Number of fractional digits in the representation of a real number.
HouseholdMembers
Number of household member
Inconsistent
The number of inconsistent objects.

Comment:
The object type which the number of inconsistent objects refers to must be specified by a second level qualifier in the
element name.
Use:
The InconsistentNumberValue may, for example, indicate the number of accounting notifications that are inconsistent
when an error occurs during Accounting processing.
InProcess
The number of objects in process.

Use:
The InProcessNumberValue may for example indicate the number of Accounting Notifications which are in the processing
status "In Process".
Inspected
Number of inspected samples.
InventoryItem
Number of inventory items.
Investment
An InvestmentNumberValue contains the number of investments. - In the context of Benefits Administration, the
InvestmentNumberValue is used to describe the number of investments a participant has assigned to a benefit plan.
Item
The number of items of an object.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 270
Comment:
An object could be, for example, a business transaction document.
Label
Number of labels.
Level
Number of Levels.
Line
The number of lines.
LogisticPackage
Number of logistic packages.
LogisticsArea
Number of LogisticsAreas.
LogisticsTask
Number of logistics tasks.
MarketingActivity
A number of marketing activities.

Comment:
Example: The number of outbound marketing activities communicated by a campaign.
Maximum
Maximum number of something.
MaximumTotalDigit
Number of maximum total digits in the representation of a real number or a whole number, for example, the total number of
digits or the number of fraction digits for decimal numbers, or the length of the mantissa for numbers with floating points.
Meal
Number of meals.
Member
The number of members.
Message
Number of messages.
Minimum
Minimum number of something.
NonconformingUnits
Number of nonconforming units.
Obsolete
Number of obsolete elements.
Offset
A number value indicating an offset.
Original
Number of originals.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 271
Comment:
For example, the number of original documents.
OutputCopy
Number of copies of an output.
Overnight
Number of overnight stays.
Package
The number of packages.
Page
Number of page.
Participant
Number of participants.
Party
A number of parties.
Passenger
Number of passengers.
PenaltyYears
The number of years that are a penalty for something.

Comment:
For example the number of years paying health insurance contributions of the dependent as punishment due the lack of
payment of the health insurance of the dependent in the past.
Period
Number of periods.
Piece
The number of pieces of something.
Planned
Number of planned elements.
Posted
Number of posted elements.
PrintOut
Number of printouts.
ProcessingCycles
Number of cycles something got processed.
QueryHitsMaximum
Qualifies the MaximumNumberValue to be the maximum number value of hits a query operation.
Use:
It is used as input parameter of query services.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 272
Receipt
Number of receipts.
Recurrence
Number of times something is recurred.

Comment:
In the usage of RecurrenceNumberValue, the recurring entity is defined according to business usage.
Registration
Number of registrations.
Requirement
A number of requirements.
Resource
Number of resources.
Result
A number that is a result.
RetriesLeft
A number of times left to retry something.

Use:
For example: an automatic task is a type of a task that is meant to be executed by the system directly, instead of an
execution by an user. The execution of such a task could fail, for instance, due to an temporary error in the reference
business object. In such a case, the execution of the task can be retried by the system, usually limited by a pre-defined
maximum value. The RetiresLeftNumberValue then describes how many attempts the system can potentially make for reexecuting the task before this upper limit is reached. Once the upper limit is reached, without a successful execution of the
task, the system will set the status of the task to 'Error'.
ReturnedQueryHitsMaximum
Qualifies the NumberValue to be the number value of hits a query returned by a query operation.
Use:
It is used as output parameter of query services and is less than or equal to the QueryHitsMaximumNumberValue within
the same service call.
SampleSize
Describes how many units are to be taken from a total quantity of discrete units for a sampling inspection.
Semester
Number of semesters.
Shift
Number of shifts.
Skip
SkipNumberValue is the number of skips.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 273
Stacking
Denotes how many pieces of an object (for example a material) can be placed on top of each other.
StockShare
Number of shares of stock of a company.
SupplierInvoice
A number of supplier invoices.
SupplierQuote
A number of supplier quotes.
Surgery
Number of surgeries.
Comment:
Specifies number of - for example - planned or postponed surgeries. Context is given by further qualifiers.
TaxExemption
Number of tax exemptions.
TaxItem
Number of tax items.

Comment:
A tax item is an item of a business transaction document, for example an Invoice, which contains taxes.
Text
A number of texts.
It must be clear from the context which texts the number refers to.
Use:
Individual texts are managed within the dependent object "Text Collection". A TextNumberValue can be used, for example,
to specify how many texts are contained within the related dependent object "Text Collection".
TimeTicket
Number of Time Tickets.

Comment:
TimeTickets contain information about work quantities, yield and scrap quantities as well as start and end times and are
used in manufacturing.
Use:
TimeTicketNumberValue is used for example to define how many time tickets are assigned to a specific resource or work
centre.
Total
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Total number of elements.
Page 274
TotalDigits
Number value of total digits (of a numeric value).
Unit
A UnitNumberValue contains the number of units. Example: In the context of Benefits, coverage units and contribution
units are known.
Updated
The number of updated objects.
User
The number of users.
Vehicle
Number of vehicles.
Volume
Number of volume.
Comment:
Volume refers to media such as books.
Notes:
In Collateral Management system, volume number reflects the number of land register in which a real estate is registered.
WeeklyWorkingDays_DEPRECATED
Number of days an employee typically works in a week.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 275
1.36 OutgoingPaymentProcedureCode
Definition
A coded representation of an outgoing payment procedure.
Comment
A payment procedure is a technically oriented characteristic of a payment transaction (which is in turn a specialization of the payment
form, see PaymentFormCode).
Outgoing_ Payment Procedure. Code
Example
<OutgoingPaymentProcedureCode>1</OutgoingPaymentProcedureCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
OutgoingPaymentProcedureC
ode
Object Class
Property
Outgoing_ Payment
Procedure
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

A customer-specific code list is assigned to the code OutgoingPaymentProcedureCode.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 276

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
Each OutgoingPaymentProcedureCode is uniquely assigned to one PaymentFormCode.
Use
An OutgoingPaymentProcedureCode is used to determine the payment procedure for outgoing payments.
Example of possible codes:
Bank Transfer - All outgoing payments are transferred to the bank account of the business partner.
Notes
The OutgoingPaymentProcedureCode is represented by CRMT_BUAG_PAYMETH and AZAWE_KK in SAP Business Suite.
OutgoingPaymentProcedureCode
listID = 70350
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 277
Restricted Data Type NOSC_OutgoingPaymentProcedureCode

Definition
A coded representation of an outgoing payment procedure.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_OutgoingPaymentProcedureCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_
Outgoing_Payment
Procedure
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
OutgoingPaymentPro 1
cedureCode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 278
1.37 PartyRoleCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of a party role category.
Comment
A party role category is a grouping of party roles according to process-controlling critieria. A party role with the same name exists for
each party role category.
Party. Role Category. Code
Example
<PartyRoleCategoryCode>12</PartyRoleCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
PartyRoleCategoryCode
Cat.
Object Class
Party
Property
Role Category
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 279
None specified.
Use
The category "Other Party" is used for further party roles set up during a configuration that do not fit to one of the defined party role
categories.
Notes
None specified.
PartyRoleCategoryCode
listID = 10014
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Alternative Business
Term
Description
Buyer Party
Buyer
A BuyerParty is a contracting party that buys goods or services.
Seller Party
Seller
A SellerParty is a contracting party that sells goods or services.
Creditor Party
Creditor
A CreditorParty is a party that is authorized to require a service as a result of an obligation.
Debtor Party
Debtor
A DebtorParty is a party that is required to provide a service as a result of an obligation.
Product Recipient Party Ship-to
A ProductRecipientParty is a party to which goods are delivered or for whom services are
provided.
Vendor Party
A VendorParty is a party that delivers goods or provides services, or is responsible for delivering
goods or providing services.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Supplier
Page 280
Manufacturer Party
Manufacturer
A ManufacturerParty is a party that manufactures goods.
Payer Party
Payer
A PayerParty is a party that pays for goods or services.
Payee Party
Payee
A PayeeParty is a party that receives payment for goods or services provided.
10
Bill to Party
Bill-to
A BillToParty is a party to which the invoice for goods or services is sent.
11
Bill From Party
Invoicing Party
A BillFromParty is a party that issues an invoice for goods or services provided.
12
Carrier Party
Carrier
A CarrierParty is a party that provides the transportation of goods.
13
Requestor Party
Requestor
A RequestorParty is a party that requests the procurement of goods or services.
14
Portal Provider Party
Portal Provider
A PortalProviderParty is a party that runs a portal that brings business partners together for a
business transaction.
15
Catalogue Provider
Party
Catalog Provider
A CatalogueProviderParty is a party that compiles a catalog.
16
Bidder Party
Bidder
A BidderParty is a party that bids for goods or services.
17
Owner Party
Owner
An OwnerParty is a party that owns tangible or intangible goods.
18
Tax Payer Party
Tax Payer
A TaxPayerParty is a party that is subject to taxation.
19
Tax Operator Party
Tax Operator
A TaxOperatorParty is a party that takes care of tax issues for a TaxPayerParty.
20
Contract Release
Authorised Party
Authorised Party
A ContractReleaseAuthorisedParty is a part that is authorized to release goods or services from a

contract.
21
Borrower Party
Borrower
A BorrowerParty is a party that takes out a loan.
22
Lender Party
Lender
A LenderParty is a party that grants a loan.
23
Broker Party
Broker
A BrokerParty is a party that is a facilitator in a business transaction.
24
Bailsman Party
Bailsman
A BailsmanParty is a party that provides a debt guarantee for a loan.
25
Copy Message to Party Recipient (CC)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A CopyMessageToParty is a party that receives a copy of a message.
Page 281
26
Blind Copy Message to Recipient (BCC)

Party
A BlindCopyMessageToParty is a party that receives a copy of a message, without other

recipients being informed of this.
27
Quality Inspection
Processor Party
A QualityInspectionProcessorParty is a party that carries out a quality check.
28
Service Support Team Service and Support

Party
Team
A ServiceSupportTeamParty is a party that is responsible for the processing of service requests

and customer complaints as well as the planning and preparation of service orders.
29
Sales Partner Party
Sales Partner
A SalesPartnerParty is a party that initiates and implements business transactions for another
company.
30
Competitor Party
Competitor
A CompetitorParty is a party that is a competitor in terms of business.
31
Prospect Party
Account
A ProspectParty is a party that has a business interest or that is suspected of having a business
interest.
32
Message to Party
Recipient
Eine MessageToParty is a party that should get a message
33
Message From Party
Sender
A MessageFromParty is a party that sends a message
34
Activity Party
Account
An ActivityParty is a party to which an activity is assigned
35
Organizer Party
Organizer
An OrganizerParty is a party that is responsible for the organization of an appointment
36
Attendee Party
Attendee
An AttendeeParty is a party that is required as an attendee of an appointment
39
Employee Responsible Employee Responsible The EmployeeResponsibleParty is a party that is responsible for something. The party can be an
Party
internal or external employee
40
Processor Party
41
Activity Reference Party Activity Contact
An ActivityReferenceParty is a party that has a reference to the current activity
42
Service Execution
Team Party
A ServiceExecutionTeamParty is a party that is responsible for executing service orders
43
Service Performer Party Service Performer
A ServicePerformerParty is a party that performs services
44
Sales Unit Party
A SalesUnitParty is an organizational unit that is responsible for the sales and distribution of
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Quality Inspection
Processor
Processor
Service Execution
Team
Sales Unit
A ProcessorParty is a party, which works on something.
Page 282
products in business processes

45
Communication Party
Call Participant
A CommunicationParty is a party that participates in real-time communication, (for example,

phone call, internet chat)
46
Sales Employee Party
Sales Employee
A SalesEmployeeParty is a party that is included in the sales department of an enterprise, or that

carries out sales tasks
47
Freight Forwarder Party
A party that supplements their own service by subcontracting transportation and other associated
services, and offers the combined services to customers in a single package.
48
Responsible
Distribution Centre
A party that is responsible for the execution of goods issue processes or goods receipt processes
49
Responsible Planner
Party
A ResponsiblePlannerParty is a party that is responsible for the planning of a process.
50
Activity Unit Party
An ActivityUnitParty is an organizational unit that is assigned to the activity
51
Pick up Party
A party thatpicks up goods or materials at a designated location
54
Clearing House Party
A ClearingHouseParty is a party that carries out the settlements of card payments
55
House Bank Party
A house bank is a party that represents a bank and that is used to process the financial
transactions
56
Dispatcher Party
A DispatcherParty is the party that allocates, distributes and transfers the activity
57
Responsible Purchaser
Party
A ResponsiblePurchaserParty is the person responsible for the purchasing process
58
Proposed Seller Party
A ProposedSellerParty is the party suggested to provide the good or service
59
Contact Party
Contact
A ContactParty is a natural person or an organizational unit, which can be contacted on behalf of

another Party.
60
Custodian Party
Custodian
A Custodian is a party that is actually in possession of a thing or that keeps custody of securities
and other assets.
61
(reserved)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Additional code for use in SAP Business Suite only refer to related section in SAP Business
Page 283
Suite Additional Definitions

62
(reserved)
63
(reserved)
64
(reserved)
65
(reserved)
66
Beneficiary Party
A party who receives a benefit as a result of a process. (for example, a party avails benefits by
realizing a voucher at a point of sale).
67
Account Holder Party
An AccountHolderParty is a party which legally holds a Bank Account.
68
Authorized Drawer
Party
An AuthorizedDrawerParty is a party which has authorization to withdraw money for the Bank
Account.
69
Responsible Supplier
Invoicing Clerk Party
70
Policy Holder Party
A PolicyHolderParty is a party which legally holds the insurance policy.
71
Approver Party
An ApproverParty is the party who approves something
72
Investment Recipient
Party
An InvestmentRecipientParty is an organizational unit that receives an investment
73
Marketing Unit Party
74
Material Requirement
Planner Party
A MaterialRequirementPlannerParty is a party that is responsible for planning the requirements of

materials
75
Responsible
A ResponsiblePurchasingUnitParty is a party is responsible for operational or strategic
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Billing Clerk
Responsible
Marketing Unit
A ResponsibleInvoicerParty is the party in charge of checking and processing of an invoice
A MarketingUnitParty is an organizational unit that is responsible for the marketing of products in

business processes
Page 284
Purchasing Unit Party
purchasing.
76
Responsible Supplier
Invoicing Unit Party
A ResponsibleSupplierInvoicingUnitParty is the party responsible for the processing of supplier

invoices.
77
Logistics Request
Responsible Party
An LogisticsRequestResponsibleParty is a party that is responsible for the logistics request of an

item
78
Insured Party
An InsuredParty is a party covered by an insurance policy and holds the insurance policy
79
Insurance Claim
Adjuster Party
An InsuranceClaimAdjusterParty is a party which adjusts or handles the claim
80
Insurance Loss
Reporter Party
An InsuranceLossReporterParty is a party that reports the "first notice of loss" or "first report of
injury"
81
Insurance Claimant
Party
An InsuranceClaimantParty is the party that submits an insurance claim. This party requests an
indemnification by an insurance company for a occured loss which the insured had an insured
peril
82
Hospital Party
A HospitalParty is a party (medical institution) where sick and/or injured persons (patients) receive
treatment
83
Entitled to Dispose
Party
An EntitledToDisposeParty is a party or organization that is entitled to dispose of stock
84
Production Scheduler
Party
A ProductionSchedulerParty is a party that is responsible for scheduling and monitoring the

sequence of manufacturing steps within production
85
Drawer Party
A DrawerParty is a party that draws a bill of exchange.
86
Expense Bearer Party
88
Resource Capacity
Planner Party
A ResourceCapacityPlannerParty is a party responsible for resource capacity planning.
89
Shipping Point Party
A ShippingPointParty is a party which organizes the shipping of deliveries.
90
Provided Reply to Party
A ProvidedReplyToParty is a party that is provided for the reply of messages
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Expense Bearer
An expense bearer party is a party to whom expenses are assigned
Page 285
91
Message Sender Party
A MessageSenderParty is a party that sends a message (sender and creator of a message can
be different parties).
92
Receiving Point Party
A ReceivingPointParty is a party which organizes the receipt of deliveries.
93
Task Assigned To Party
A TaskAssignedToParty is a party to which or to whom a task is assigned.

Comment:
The task is assigned to the TaskAssignedToParty for further processing. This party must accept
the assignment to become the processor of the task
94
Project Time
Confirmation
Authorised Party
A party that is authorized to confirm time spent working on a project.
95
Collateral Provider
Party
A CollateralProviderParty is a party who transfers possession of a collateral or agrees to a lien on

a collateral in favour of a CollateralReceiverParty.
96
Advertiser Party
An AdvertiserParty is a party that places an advertisement with the intention to attract audience
97
Collections Department
Party
A CollectionsDepartmentParty is the functional unit which owns the collections work list. That
means that all collections work list items of a collections work list will be processed by collections
specialists which belong to the specified collections department.
98
Commission Recipient
Party
A CommissionRecipientParty is a party that receives a commission for arranging a subscription
99
Commission Service
Company Party
A CommissionServiceCompanyParty is a party that employs agents

(CommissionRecipientParties) and receives the commissions for arranging subscriptions
100
Other Party
A party role category for party roles, which may occur in business processes, but are not covered
by one of the existing role categories.
101
Inbound Logistics Unit

Party
An InboundLogisticsUnitParty is an organizational unit party that is responsible for managing the

inbound logistics process.
102
Instructor Party
An InstructorParty is a natural person teaching a LearningActivity
103
Internal Logistics Unit
An InternalLogisticsUnitParty is an organizational unit that is responsible for managing the internal
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 286
Party
logistics process.
104
Learner Party
A LearnerParty is a natural person registered for a learning product and learning activities
105
Outbound Logistics Unit

Party
An OutboundLogisticsUnitParty is an organizational unit that is responsible for managing the

outbound logistics process.
106
Payment Transaction
Destinated Party
A PaymentTransactionDestinatedParty is a party to which the payment is directed (for example,

the recipient of a debit memo, a bank transfer, a bill of exchange, or a check). The role can be
used with the prefix "Final". This indicates that this is the last participant in a chain.
107
Payment Transaction
Initiator Party
A PaymentTransactionInitiatorParty is a party that triggers a payment transaction. The role can be

used with the prefix "Original". This indicates that this is the first participant in a chain. Within the
scope of the bankable payment, a payment transaction is either realized as a bank transfer or as
a debit memo. Therefore the payment transaction initiator can be either the beneficiary or also the
drawee. Other examples of payment transactions are check payment or cash payment (nonbankable payments).
108
Sub Contracting Party
A SubContractingParty is a party that is contracted by another party to perform a part of or all of

its obligations.
109
Reimbursee Party
Reimbursee
A reimbursee party is a party that receives a reimbursement for expenses.
110
Appointee Party
Appointee
An AppointeeParty is a party that is appointed to perform actions on behalf of the appointer party.
For example, in insurance an appointee may sell insurance contracts on behalf of the appointer
party (which is an insurance company).
111
Appointer Party
Appointer
An AppointerParty is a party that has the power to enforce rules. This power can be assigned to
an appointee party.
112
Insurer Party
Insurer
InsurerParty is a party that provides insurance coverage for the insurance contract.
113
Grantor Party
Grantor
A GrantorParty is a party that grants money to the grantee.
114
Responsible Cost
Management Unit Party
115
Employer Party
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A ResponsibleCostManagementUnitParty is a party that is responsible for cost management.

Employer
A EmployerParty is a party which engaged in a business and employs one or more employees
Page 287
116
Injured Party
Injured
A InjuredParty is a party which was injured or killed by an incident.
117
Completer Party
Completer
An Completer Party is a party which finishes a task or activity.
118
Manager Party
Manager
A Manager Party is a person directing and controlling a group of one or more people or entities for
the purpose of coordinating and harmonizing them towards accomplishing a goal.
119
Limited Authority
Recruiter Party
A Limited Authority Recruiter Party is a Recruiter Party with limited authority.
120
Consultant Party
A consultant party is a party which provides advice in a particular area of expertise.
121
Recruiter Party
A Recruiter Party is a party engaging in recruitment, which is the solicitation of individuals to fill
jobs or positions within any group.
122
Administrator Party
An Administrator Party is a party which governs business processes or operations within a

company.
123
Assistent Party
124
Witness Party
125
Attorney Party
Lawyer
An Attorney Party is a party that represents or advises a party or organization in a legal matter.
126
Admitting Unit Party
Admitting Unit
An Admitting Unit Party is an organizational unit that a patient is or was admitted to
127
Nursing Unit Party
Nursing Unit
A Nursing Unit Party is an organizational unit that has the nursing responsibility for the patient.
128
Departmental Unit Party Departmental Unit
A Departmental Unit Party is an organizational unit that has the departmental responsibility for the
patient.
129
Physician Party
A Physician Party is a party that is qualified to practice medicine. It provides medical treatment to
the patient(s) who are ill or hurt.
130
End Buyer Party
A party that buys goods from a reseller or a third party seller.
131
External Procurement
Seller Party
A party that sells goods to a reseller or directly to an end buyer.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Assistant
An Assistant Party is a Party that helps another party with its work.
A Witness Party is a party that has witnessed an event.
Physician
Page 288
132
Driver Party
A DriverParty is a party who drives a conveyance or animal.
133
Passenger Party
A PassengerParty is a party who travels in a conveyance but has no direct influence on the
operation of that conveyance.
134
Registrant Party
A RegistrantParty is a party that registers an object or a party in a central registry.
135
Publisher Party
A Publisher Party is a party that publishes a work (which may affect the rights to certain
intellectual property).
136
Utilities Market
Participant Party
A Utilities Market Participant Party is a party in the utilities sector which offers services at utilities
point of delivery.
137
Plaintiff Party
A PlaintiffParty is a party that raises a complaint against a defendant party in a legal dispute.
138
Defendant Party
A DefendantParty is a party that has had a complaint brought against them by a plaintiff party in a
legal dispute.
139
Author Party
A Party that writes or provides texts or textual units, which belong to an object like a document, a
case, a record folder, a template or similar objects, which can contain texts. The AuthorParty can
be a natural or a juristic person.
140
Codefendant Party
A CodefendantParty is one of two or more parties that have had a complaint brought against them
by a plaintiff party in a legal dispute. The same complaint had also been brought against a
defendant party. The defendant party may have no obligation to defend the codefendant party
from the same complaint. In a business transaction document, the defendant party is the policy
holder party while the codefendant is not the policy holder party.
141
Independent Adjuster
Party
142
SalesEmployeeRespon Employee Responsible An SalesEmployeeResponsibleParty is an employee responsible for a sales document.

sibleParty
(Sales)
Specialization of EmployeeResponsibleParty
143
MarketingEmployeeRes Employee Responsible An MarketingEmployeeResponsibleParty is an employee responsible for a marketing document.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Adjuster
A IndependentAdjusterParty is a party which reviews and makes adjustments to documents or

business transactions that are the responsibility of another party. The independence of the
adjuster party from the responsible party is done to promote impartiality or to fill temporary staffing
requirements.
Page 289
ponsibleParty
(Marketing)
Specialization of EmployeeResponsibleParty
144
SalesOrderServicePerf Service Peformer

ormerParty
(Sales Orders)
A SalesOrderServicePerformerParty performs services for a sales order. Specialization of

ServicePerformerParty
145
Service Order Service

Performer Party
Service Peformer
(Service Orders)
A ServiceOrderServicePerformerParty performs services for a service order. Specialization of

ServicePerformerParty
146
Service Request
Processor Party
Processor (Service
Requests)
A ServiceRequestProcessorParty processes a service request. Specialization of ProcessorParty
147
Service Order
Processor Party
Processor (Service
Orders)
A ServiceOrderProcessorParty processes a service order. Specialization of ProcessorParty
148
KeyAccountManagerPa Key Account Manager

rty
A party that manages the company's relationship with a key customer, and looks after this
customer's specifc requirements and interests. This includes initiating the account, setting
objectives, planning strategy, and ensuring that a team of professionals works effectively to serve
this customer's needs.
149
Cost Centre Manager

Party
A party that acts as the cost centre manager in a business process.

Specialization of the Manager Party
150
Project Manager Party
A party that acts as the project manager in a business process.

151
Personnel Manager
Party
A party that acts as the personnel manager in a business process.

152
Departmental
Requestor Party
Departmental
Requestor
A party that requests the procurement of goods or services for a department. Specialisation of
RequestorParty.
153
Nursing Requestor
Party
Nursing Requestor
A party that requests the procurement of goods or services necessary for nursing. Specialisation
of RequestorParty.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 290
154
Family Physician Party Family Physician
A physician party that provides continuing and comprehensive medical treatment for an individual
or a family. Specialisation of PhysicianParty.
155
Admitting Physician
Party
Admitting Physician
A physician party that admits a person into a hospital for medical treatment. Specialisation of
PhysicianParty.
156
Referring Physician
Party
Referring Physician
A physician party that refers a person to a medical institution for medical treatment. Specialisation
of PhysicianParty.
157
Attending Physician
Party
Attending Physician
A physician party that attends the medical treatment of a person as the primary responsible
physician. Specialisation of PhysicianParty.
158
Discharging Physician
Party
A physician party that discharges a person from hospital after medical treatment. Specialisation of
PhysicianParty.
159
Referred From Hospital Referred From Hospital A hospital party that a patient was referred from. Specialisation of HospitalParty.
Party
160
Referred To Hospital
Party
161
Post Discharge Hospital Discharged To Hospital A hospital party that a patient was discharged to for further treatment. Specialisation of
HospitalParty.
Party
165
Activity Interaction
Party
Contact
A hospital party that a patient was referred to. Specialisation of HospitalParty.
The interaction party for an activity. The ActivityInteractionParty is the party who is contacted in
the activity, or the party who initiates the activity.
Comment:
- For inbound activities, possible parties are the MessageFromParty, the OrganizerParty, or the
external CallParticipantParties.
- For outbound activities, possible parties are the external MessageToParties, the external
CopyMessageToParties, the external BlindCopyMessageToParties, the external AttendeeParties,
or the external CallParticipantParties.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 291
166
Decision Maker Party
A party that makes the decision.
167
Sample Taking Party
A party that takes a sample from a unit to be inspected.
168
Appraiser Party
The Appraiser Party is a party that assesses an appraisee party.
169
Appraisee Party
The Appraisee Party is a party that is assessed by an appraiser party.
170
(reserved)
171
(reserved)
172
(reserved)
173
(reserved)
174
Clearing Contract
Account Holder Party
A party that is the holder of a contract account that is to be used for clearing receivables and
payables.
175
Correspondence
Recipient Party
A party that receives correspondence such as letters or e-mails.
176
Collective Invoice Party
A party that receives collective invoices for other parties.
177
Collections
Representative Party
A party that collects debts on behalf of another party.
178
Dunning Recipient
Party
A party that receives dunning notices.
179
Licensee Party
The party to whom the rights to an intellectual property are licensed.
180
Licensor Party
The party from whom the rights to an intellectual property are licensed.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 292
181
Export Customs Office Customs Office of

Party
Export
An ExportCustomsOfficeParty is a party that monitors and approves exports.
182
Exit Customs Office

Party
Customs Office of Exit
An ExitCustomsOfficeParty is a party that surveys the exit of export goods at the border of a
customs territory.
183
Supplementary Export
Customs Office Party
Customs Office of
Export for
Supplementary Export
Declaration
A SupplementaryExportCustomsOfficeParty is a party that receives a supplementary export

declaration.
184
Exporter Party
Exporter
An ExporterParty is a party that exports goods.
185
Declarant Party
Declarant
A DeclarantParty is a party that declares an import or export of goods.
186
Representative
Declarant Party
Representative
Declarant
A RepresentativeDeclarantParty is a party that represents a declarant.
187
Message Exchange
Communications
Service Provider Party Service Provider
A CommunicationsServiceProviderParty is a party that provides a communications service.
188
Planned Exit Customs

Office Party
An PlannedExitCustomsOfficeParty is a party that is planned to monitor the exit of export goods at

the border of a customs territory.
189
Loyalty Programme
Partner Party
A person, group or organization who partners in a loyalty program running by a host for promoting
the program.
190
Member Party
A person, group or organization that is part of a society, party, community, taxon or other body.
Comment: A member can be associated to a loyalty program through a valid membership which
makes a reference for all the member's activities in the loyalty program.
191
Presenting Party
A party who presents something (for example, a party who presents a voucher at a point of sale).
192
Cost Centre
Determining Party
The party that is responsible for determining a cost centre.
193
Anesthetist Party
A party who is trained to administer anesthesia (for example a drug) and manage the medical
care of patients before, during, and after surgery.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Intended Customs
Office of Exit
Page 293
194
Archiving Party
A party that specifies a document archive in which documents are stored.
195
Diagnosing Party
A party that determines the nature and circumstances of a medical condition or disease.
196
Documenting Party
A party that is responsible for the creation and maintenance of a document.
197
Operating Physician
Party
A physican party who specializes in surgery/operation and performs surgery/operation on a

patient.
198
Referring Practice Party
The practice from which the referring physician referred the patient.
199
Post Discharge
Physician Party
A physician party who is responsible for treatment of the patient after discharge.
200
Goods Buyer Party
Goods Buyer
A GoodsBuyerParty is a contracting party that buys goods.

Specialization of the Buyer Party
201
Goods Seller Party
Goods Seller
A GoodsSellerParty is a contracting party that sells goods.

Specialization of the Seller Party
202
Tax Reporting Unit

Party
203
Notify Party
204
Contracting Unit Party
205
Communication
Arrangement Partner
Party
A partner with whom a communication arrangement exists.
206
Internal Charge To
Party
A party that a buyer charges internally within a corporate group for goods and services without a
purchasing process between the buyer and the party.
207
Expense Reporter Party
A party that reports an expense.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Tax Reporting Unit
Tax Reporting Unit is a permanent establishment of the buying/selling company, which is

responsible for tax reporting to the respective tax authority.
A party that should be notified about an event when it occurs.
Contracting Unit
A party that handles contract processing.
Page 294
208
Incident Involved Party
A party that is involved in the incident.
209
Warehouse Provider
Party
210
End Product Recipient End Product Recipient A party that is the final recipient of the goods or services.
Party
Warehouse Provider
A party that provides warehousing services.

Qualifier
Approver
Definition
The role category of an approver party.
Comment:
An approver party role category is for example a cost center manager, project manager, or personnel manager.
BillOfExchangePayableDrawing
Role category of a party that draws a bill of exchange payable.

Comment:
A bill of exchange payable can be drawn by the payer party or the payee party.
BillOfExchangeReceivableDrawing
Role category of a party that draws a bill of exchange receivable.

Comment:
A bill of exchange receivable can be drawn by the payer party or the payee party.
BusinessTransactionDocument
The role category of a party contained in a business transaction document.
FreightLoading
Role category of the party that is responsible for loading the freight list goods.
IdentifiedBy
Role category of the party that identifies the party.
LowerBoundary
Lower boundary of an interval of codes of party role categories.
UpperBoundary
Upper boundary of an interval of codes of party role categories.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 295
1.38 PartyRoleCode
Definition
A coded representation of a party role.
Comment
A PartyRole specifies which rights and obligations the Party has regarding the business object and corresponding processes. A
PartyRole is assigned to exactly one PartyRoleCategory and refines its semantics.

Party. Role. Code
Example
<PartyRoleCode>14</PartyRoleCode>
Structure
GDT
PartyRoleCode
Cat.
Object Class
Party
Property
Role
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted

An extendable SAP code list is assigned to the PartyRoleCode. SAP customers can change this code list.
If an SAP customer makes changes to the SAP code list, the values assigned to the attributes change.
The SAP code list and its values are provided in "Appendix - Code List".
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 296
Each party role has to be assigned to exact one party role category.
Use
Use is primarily the differentiation of a PartyRoleCategory in various processes. For example, the PartyRole "ServiceRecipient" can be
used for the PartyRoleCategory "ProductRecipient" in a service process, and "GoodsRecipient" in a sales process.
Notes
None specified.
PartyRoleCode
listID = 10034
listAgencyID = 310
A corresponding party role with the same code value, name, and description exists for each party role category. Please refer for these
party roles to the code list of GDT PartyRoleCategoryCode. Additional party roles are given in the following:
Code
Name
Alternative Business
Term
Description
1001
Account Party
Account
Synonym for Buyer
1002
Sales Representative
Party
Sales Representative
A sales representative is a party that carries out sales activities on behalf of a company
1003
Voucher Copy
Recipient Party
Voucher Copy
Recipient
A VoucherCopyRecipientParty is a party that receives a voucher copy for the advertisement
1004
Box Number Recipient Box Number Recipient A BoxNumberRecipientParty is a party that receives the replies to a box number advertisement
Party
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 297
1005
Departmental
Requestor Party
Departmental
Requestor
The departmental requestor is a departemental party that requests the procurement of goods or
services.
1006
Nursing Requestor
Party
Nursing Requestor
The nursing requestor is a nursing party that requests the procurement of goods or services.
1007
Family Physician Party Family Physician
The family physician is a physician party that provides continuing and comprehensive medical
treatment for the individual and family.
1008
Admitting Physician
Party
Admitting Physician
The admitting physician is a physician party that admits a person into a hospital for medical
treatment.
1009
Referring Physician
Party
Referring Physician
The referring physician is a physician party that refers a person to a medical institution for medical
treatment.
1010
Attending Physician
Party
Attending Physician
The attending physician is a physician party that attends the medical treatment of a person as the
primary responsible physician.
1011
Party
The discharging physician is a physician party that discharges a person from hospital after
medical treatment.
1012
Referred From Hospital Referred From Hospital The referred from hospital party is a hospital party that a patient was referred from.
Party
1013
Party
1014
Discharged To Hospital Discharged To Hospital The discharged to hospital party is a hospital party that a patient was discharged to for further
Party
treatment.
1015
Balance Responsible
Party
A Balance Responsible is a Utilities Market Participant Party (a wholesale company) in the utilities
industry responsible (providing financial security) for the balance between the consumed and
provided energy within a balance area.
1016
Grid And Distribution

Service Provider Party
A Grid And Distribution Service Provider is a Utilities Market Participant Party that can provide grid
access and distribution related services usually provided by distribution companies.
1017
Balance Supplier Party
A Balance Supplier is a Utilities Market Participant Party that supplies balance (variable) power or
gas to the energy consumer, having a supply contract with the energy consumer.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
The referred to hospital party is a hospital party that a patient was referred to.
Page 298
1018
Meter Reader Party
1020
Contract Releaser Party Contract Releaser
A party who is authorized to release contracts (a synonym for "Contract Release Authorised
Party").
1021
Cleanup Company
Party
Specifies the organization responsible for the cleanup of a material that was released during an
incident.
1022
Contact Person Party
Specifies the person who can be contacted.
1023
Corporate Manager
Party
Specifies the person who is the corporate manager.
1024
Disposal Company
Party
Specifies the organization responsible for the disposal of a material that was recovered, for
example, after a release.
1025
Emergency Responder
Party
Specifies the emergency services provider, for example, the police or an ambulance.
1026
Environmental
Compliance Manager
Party
Specifies the person responsible for managing an organizations environmental compliance

responsibilities.
1027
Equipment Operator
Party
Specifies the person who operates a piece of equipment.
1028
Financial Transaction
Remittee / Payer Party
Specifies the person who pays for a financial transaction.
1029
First Physician Party
Specifies the initial physician to attend to an injured person following an incident.
1030
Further Treatment
Provider Party
Specifies the person or organization that provided further medical treatment to the injured person
after immediate medical attention or first aid has been provided.
1031
Incident Witness Party Wittness
Specifies the person who witnessed the incident.
1032
Nearly Injured Person

Party
Specifies the person who could have sustained an injury had the circumstances been different.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Meter Reader
A party who reads and records meter readings from meters (such as electricians, mechanics,
technicians).
Page 299
1033
NOV Issuer Party
Specifies the organization that issued the notice of violation (NOV).
1034
Observed Person Party
Specifies the person who was observed as part of a safety observation.
1035
Plant Manager Party
Specifies the manager of a plant.
1036
Property Insurer Party
Specifies the person or organization that insures a piece of property.
1037
Property Owner Party
Specifies the person or organization that owns a piece of property.
1038
Property Tenant Party
Specifies the person or organization that is a tenant of a piece of property.
1039
Reporting Person Party
Specifies the person who initially reported the incident.
1040
Supervisor Party
Specifies the person who is responsible for supervising employees.
1041
Vehicle Driver Party
Specifies the person who was driving the vehicle at the time of the incident.
1042
Vehicle Insurer Party
Specifies the person or organization that insures a vehicle.
1043
Vehicle Owner Party
Specifies the person or organization that owns a vehicle.
1044
Vehicle Passenger
Party
Specifies the person who was riding in the vehicle at the time of the incident.
1101
Invoicing Unit Party
1122
Contract Administrator
Invoicing Unit
Synonym for Bill From Party

A party that handles contract processing.

Qualifier
Definition
Allowed qualifiers of PartyRoleCode are

the qualifiers defined at
PartyRoleCategoryCode.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 300
1.39 Percent
Definition
A Percent is a number that relates to the comparison figure 100.
Percent. Type
Example
<ProductTaxPercent>16</ProductTaxPercent>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
Percent
Property
Percent
Representation
Type
Type
XSD
Type Name
decimal
Length
Card.
Remarks
10.6

Percent is given as a percent value.
Positive and negative values can be used by using the built-in data type "xsd:decimal". Negative values must be prefixed with a negative
sign ("-"). However, positive values do not require a positive sign "+" prefix.
No measurements or currencies are specified in Percent.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 301
Use
Percent can be used to represent a percentage that indicates how many hundredths of a basic value are to be calculated. The result of
the calculation is the proportion in percent of, for example, amounts, values, rates, discounts, and taxes.
Further examples for the application of Percent are proportion and comparison information, such as dividends and earnings, or a
percentage comparison of target and actual business results, or trade or amount margins.
Notes
Why "Percent" instead of "Percentage"? - The term "Percentage" is normally the correct term for expressing the required semantic.
Because, Percentage is the result that obtained by multiplying a number by a percent. And percent is the sign of each of hundred. The
reason is, that in UN/CEFACT CCTS V2.01 the secondary representation term "Percent" is already defined and we should align to this
UN/CEFACT CCTS V2.01.
Any information on measurements or currencies must be expressed in the basic value.
Example:
< Total >
< Amount currencyCode =" EUR "> 777.95 </ Amount >
< ProductTaxPercent > 16 </ ProductTaxPercent >
</ Total >
Here the value added tax rate of 16 percent is specified for the basic value of 777.95 EUR.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 302
Restricted Data Type MEDIUM_Percent

Example
<Percent>1234.12</Percent>
Structure
GDT
MEDIUM_Percent
Cat.
Object Class
Property
MEDIUM__ Percent
Representation
Percent
Type
CDT
Type Name
Percent
Length
4.2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Notes
The MEDIUM_Percent is a restriction of GDT Percent to specify a uniform length for medium percent values . MEDIUM_Percent contains
the variable "MEDIUM_", which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier. The qualifiers are contained in the list in section "List of
Qualifiers".
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 303
Restricted Data Type MEDIUMNONNEGATIVE_Percent

Structure
GDT
MEDIUMNONNEGATIVE_Percent
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
MEDIUMNONNEGATI Percent
VE_ Percent
Type
CDT
Type Name
Percent
Length
4.2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Notes
The MEDIUMNONNEGATIVE_Percent is a restriction of GDT Percent to specify a uniform length for medium percent values .
MEDIUMNONNEGATIVE_Percent contains the variable "MEDIUMNONNEGATIVE_", which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
The qualifiers are contained in the list in section "List of Qualifiers".
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 304
Restricted Data Type SMALL_Percent

Example
<Percent>-33</Percent>
Structure
GDT
SMALL_Percent
Cat.
Object Class
Property
SMALL__ Percent
Representation
Percent
Type
CDT
Type Name
Percent
Length
3.2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Notes
The SMALL_Percent is a restriction on Core Data Type Percent to specify a uniform length for small non negative percent values.
SMALL_Percent contains the variable "SMALL_", which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier. The qualifiers are contained in the list in
section "List of Qualifiers".
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 305
Restricted Data Type SMALLNONNEGATIVE_Percent

Example
Structure
GDT
SMALLNONNEGATIVE_Percent
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
SMALLNONNEGATIVE Percent
__ Percent
Type
CDT
Type Name
Percent
Length
3.2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Only values between 0 (inclusive) and 100 (inclusive) are allowed.
Notes
The SMALLNONNEGATIVE_Percent is a restriction on Core Data Type Percent to specify a uniform length for small non negative
percenties. SMALLNONNEGATIVE_Percent contains the variable "SMALLNONNEGATIVE_", which gets replaced by one (or more)
qualifier. The qualifiers are contained in the list in section "List of Qualifiers".
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 306
Restricted Data Type SMALLNONNEGATIVEINTEGER_Percent

Example
<Percent>50</Percent>
Structure
GDT
SMALLNONNEGATIVEINTEGER_Percent
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
SMALLNONNEGATIVE Percent
INTEGER__ Percent
Type
CDT
Type Name
Percent
Length
3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Only values between 0 (inclusive) and 100 (inclusive) are allowed.
Notes
The SMALLNONNEGATIVEINTEGER_Percent is a restriction on Core Data Type Percent to specify a uniform length for small non
negative integer percenties. SMALLNONNEGATIVEINTEGER_Percent contains the variable "SMALLNONNEGATIVEINTEGER_", which
gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier. The qualifiers are contained in the list in section "List of Qualifiers".
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 307
Restricted Data Type VERYSMALLNONNEGATIVE_Percent

Example
Structure
GDT
VERYSMALLNONNEGATIVE_Percent
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
VERYSMALLNONNEG Percent
ATIVE__ Percent
Type
CDT
Type Name
Percent
Length
Card.
2.6
Remarks
restricted
Only values between 0 (inclusive) and 100 (exclusive) are allowed.
Notes
The VERYSMALLNONNEGATIVE_Percent is a restriction on Core Data Type Percent to specify a uniform length for small non negative
percenties. VERYSMALLNONNEGATIVE_Percent contains the variable "VERYSMALLNONNEGATIVE_", which gets replaced by one
(or more) qualifier. The qualifiers are contained in the list in section "List of Qualifiers".
Qualifier
Definition
AcceptablePriceDifference
The maximum percentage increase or decrease resulting from price recalculation which will not result in price
renegotiation.
AcceptableQualityLevel
The acceptable quality level is the maximum percentage of nonconforming units or defects found during an inspection that
still allows an acceptance of the total inspection quantity. The acceptable quality level is set in the sampling schema and is
an agreement between supplier and customer.
AccountsPayableToSales
Ratio of accounts payable to sales expressed in percent.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 308
AccountsReceivableTurnover
Net annual sales divided by accounts receivable.
ActualWorkCompleted
Percent of actual work completed.
AdditionalContribution
Contribution to a scheme in addition to the normal contribution, expressed in percent (in superannuation usually expressed
in percent of salary).
Adjustment
Adjustment expressed in percent.
Allowance
Allowance expressed in percent.
Amount
A percentage of an amount.
AmountAdjustment
Specification of any additional charges, dues or deductions, in percent.
AmountTolerance
Tolerance of amount in percentage.
AnnuityRate
Annuity repayment as a percentage.
AssetOwnership
Percent owned of an asset.
AssetsToSales
Ratio of assets to sales expressed in percent.
AssetTurnover
Net annual sales divided by total assets.
Assignment
Percent of the assignment of one thing to another
AttributeClassification
Percent of a specified attribute classification (e.g. percentage contributed before a defined year for superannuation
purposes).
AttributeFactor
To indicate a mathematical factor, expressed in percent , used to multiply a specified attribute item.
BenefitsAllocation
Percent of total benefits allocated to a person.
BottomSedimentAndWater
Bottom sediment and water expressed in percent as described in the pipenet convention for electronic data interchange
version 003 - release 020 - 861 Receiving advice/acceptance certificate.
BufferStockRequirement
Anticipated additional consumption to safeguard against unforeseen shortages or demands.
BureauShare
London insurance market bureau (bureau share in reinsurance treaty).
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 309
Calculated
The calculated value given in percent.
Cap
Represents the upper level of interest rate that is permitted.
CapacityUtilisation
Capacity utilization specified as a percentage value
CapitalPerEmployee
Ratio of capital per employee expressed in percent.
CashDiscount
Representation of a cash discount amount in percent
Change
Change expressed in percent.
ChangeInOrdinaryIncome
Change in ordinary income from one period to another.
ChangeInProfit
Percentage change in profit.
ChangeInSales
Percentage change in sales.
ChangeInTaxableIncome
Change in the taxable income from one period to another.
Charge
Charge expressed in percent.
Chargeback
Percentage amount charged back.
CommonStockReported
Percent of common stock reported.
CompensationComponent
CompensationComponentPercent indicates what portion a Compensation Component represents of one or more

Compensation Components, expressed in percent.
Completion
Degree of completion in percent.
Concentration
Concentration expressed in percent value.
ContractorAboveCostShare
Percent of the cost over-run incurred by the contractor.
ContractorBelowCostShare
Percent of the cost under-run allocated to the contractor.
ContractorCostShare
The cost share borne by the contractor.
ContractsObtainedByBid
Percent of contracts obtained by bid.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 310
ContractsObtainedByNegotiation
Percent of contracts obtained by negotiation.
Contribution
A ContributionPercent defines a percentage of a contribution.
ContributionDeviation
The percent that the employee will contribute for some purposes deviating on the
EmployeeSocialInsuranceContributionCalculationMethodCode. (???)
Comment:
A contribution for some purpose given in percent that deviates from another given contribution in percent.
CostDistribution
CostDistributionPercent is the percentage of a cost distribution given for something by someone.
CostEscalation
Percent of cost escalation.
CostOfLivingAdjustmentRate
To specify a cost of living adjustment rate.
CostPlusBasis
Percent of business conducted on a cost plus basis.
CostsPerEmployee
Ratio of costs per employee expressed in percent.
Coverage
A percentage of a coverage.
CreditNote
Percent of a credit note.
CreditorsToSalesCosts
The ratio of creditors to sales costs expressed in percent.
CurrentAssetsToTotalLiabilities
Ratio calculated by dividing current assets by total liabilities expressed in percent.
CurrentLiabilitiesToInventory
Ratio of current liabilities to inventory value expressed in percent.
CurrentLiabilitiesToNetWorth
Ratio of current liabilities to net worth expressed in percent.
CurrentLiabilitiesToTotalLiabilities
Ratio calculated by dividing current liabilities by total liabilities expressed in percent.
CurrentRatio
Ratio of current assets to current liabilities expressed in percent.
DailyWorkingCapitalNeed
The value of working capital divided by net sales multiplied by 360.
Damage
Damage expressed in percent.
DataReliability
To identify the degree of the reliability of the data.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 311
DebitCreditNote
Percent of debit or credit note.
DebitNote
Percent of a debit note
DebtEquityRatio
Percent of the debt-equity ratio of the company
Deduction
A DeductionPercent is the percentage of a deduction.
Default
Percentage that is used as a default.

Comment:
In a given context it is to be defined to which entity the default percent refers to.
Demand
Percent of a demand.
Deviation
Percent of the deviation of something.
Difference
Difference between two values in percent.
Discount
Discount expressed in percent.
DiscountRate
Rate in percent at which something is discounted.
DistributionRatio
Percent of the distribution ratio of something.
DocumentaryCreditAmount
Part of documentary credit amount in percentage subject to sight payment, deferred payment or acceptance when the
documentary credit is available by mixed payment.
DueAmount
Percent of an amount due.
EarnedValue
Percentage representing earned value.
EffectiveYield
The usage context defines what the DefaultPercent specifically refers to.
EmergencyOrderSafetyStock
Percent of the safety stock that must be reserved for emergency orders.
EmployeeCostsToValueAddedRatio
Ratio of employee costs to total income minus raw materials and sales costs expressed in percent.
Entry
The specified entry in percent (for example commission percent, deposits percent ...).
EquityRatio
Percent of the equity ratio of the company
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 312
EquityToDepositRatio
Ratio of equity to deposits expressed in percent.
EquityToLoanRatio
Ratio of equity to outstanding loans expressed in percent.
Expense
Expenses expressed in percent.
Fee
The percentage applied to determine the fee.
FinancialDistressProbability
The probability of financial distress expressed in percent.
FinancialExpensesToNetSalesRatio
The ratio of financial expenses to net sales expressed in percent.
FinancingCoefficient
Financing coefficient of the company in percent
FixedAssetAcquisitionCost
The acquisition costs of a fixed asset given in percent.
FixedAssetsToNetWorth
Ratio of fixed assets to net worth expressed in percent.
FixedFee
Fixed fee expressed in percent.
FixedInterestRate
Defines a fixed interest rate
Floor
Represents the lower level of interest rate that is permitted
Fulfilment
Degree of fulfillment in percent.
Gearing
Ratio of the total short and long term loans divided by shareholder equity expressed in percent.
GovernmentCostShare
The cost share borne by the Government.
GrossProfitMargin
Percentage calculated by dividing gross profit by net sales.
GrossTurnoverCommission
Percent of gross turnover used to calculate commission.
Humidity
The amount of moisture in the air.
Indebtedness
Indebtedness expressed in percent.
IndustryAveragePercentile
Relative ranking for a corresponding class to the industry average.
InflationProbability
Percentage representing a general increase in prices and fall in the purchasing value of money.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 313
InitialRate
Describes the initial interest rate
InstalmentRate
Instalment repayment as a percentage
Insurance
Percent of insurance.
Interest
Interest in percent.
InterestCover
Paid finance cost divided by total income.
InterestOnLiabilities
Paid finance cost divided by total liabilities.
InterestPayableToNetSalesRatio
Ratio of interest payable divided by net sales expressed in percent.
InventoryToCostOfGoodsSoldRatio
Ratio of inventory divided by cost of goods sold expressed in percent.
InventoryTurnover
Net annual sales divided by inventory.
InvestedCapitalRatio
Ratio of invested capital to total capital.
Invoice
Percent of invoice.
Liability
The percent of liability assigned to a liable party.
LiabilityRatio
Ratio of liability to net worth expressed in percent.
Limit
Percentage Limit
LiquidAssetsToSalesRatio
Ratio of liquid assets divided by net sales expressed in percent.
LiquidRatio
Ratio of liquid assets to current liabilities.
LoadingLengthCapacityUsage
Percent of the loading length capacity used.
LoanToDepositRatio
Ratio of outstanding loans to deposits expressed as a percentage.
Loss
To identify the percentage of the loss.
LowerBoundary
Lower boundary of an interval of percentages.
LowerVariance
A value expressed in percent that specifies by how many percent a value may be lower than a given value.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 314
Example: In a purchase order, an item worth 50 is ordered, in which the LowerVariancePercent is set at 10, and the
currency is set to Euro. A purchase order confirmation will only be accepted if the entered value is at least 45 (in relation
to the LowerVariancePercent).
LumpSumPayments
Percent of lump sum payments to total payments.
Margin
Describes the reduction or increase compared to the market interest rate as a percentage.
MarketShare
Share of the market business held by an entity.
MaterialReductionFactor
The percentage reduction in constituent material which occurs in the production process.
Maximum
Maximum percentage
MaximumCostOfLivingAdjustmentRate
Maximum rate of the cost of living adjustment.
Minimum
Minimum percentage
MinimumCostOfLivingAdjustmentRate
Minimum rate of a cost of living adjustment.
MinorityInterestReturnOnEquity
The return on equity achieved by a minority interest in an entity.
MortgageInterestRate
Rate of interest used in amortization of a mortgage.
NationalAveragePercentile
Relative ranking for a corresponding class to the national average.
Nestable
Extent expressed in percent to which an item can be nested within an identical item.
NetSalesToFixedAssets
The ratio of net sales to fixed assets expressed in percent.
NetWorthToTotalAssets
Ratio of net worth to total assets expressed in percent.
NonCurrentAssetsToNetWorth
The ratio of non-current assets to net worth expressed in percent.
NonCurrentAssetsToTotalAssets
The ratio of non-current assets to total assets expressed in percent.
NonDeductible
Percentage that is not deductible.
Offset
Indicates the figure agreed between parties to calculate an offset.
OpenTargetAmount
Open target amount in percent.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 315
OpenTargetQuantity
Open target quantity in percent.
OrdinaryProfitToSales
The ratio of ordinary profit to sales expressed in percent.
Over
The percentage by which a value has exceeded.
Overall
The overall value given in percent.
Overdue
Percentage that is overdue.
OverheadCostRate
Overhead cost rate in percent
OwnedBySmallShareholders
Percent of an entity that is owned by small shareholders.
OwnRisk
Percent of total amount which is not covered by credit cover.
PaidInCapital
Percent of capital paid in by shareholders.
Participation
Participation expressed in percent.
PartTimeEmployment
The time a person is employed expressed in percent of the equivalent full time employment.
Payment
The payment given in percent.

Comment:
In a given context it is to be defined to which payment amount a payment specified in percent refers to.
PayOut
A PayOutPercent defines a percentage of something to be paid out (for example a pay out amount).
Penalty
Penalty in percent.
PercentOfMonthsBeforeAnInstalment
The number of months before an instalment is made expressed in percent.
PercentSpecificationLower
A percent that specifies the lower percent in a percent specification.

Use:
In a generic property definition the lower percent specification is used to determine the value range of a
percent.
PercentSpecificationUpper
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A percent that specifies the upper percent in a percent specification.
Page 316
Use:
In a generic property definition the upper percent specification is used to determine the value range of a
percent.
PersonDisability
Degree of a person's disability expressed in percent value
Portion
A portion that specifies a part or a share of something represented in percent.
PreferredStockReported
Percent of preferred stock reported.
PrepaidPayment
Percent of the prepayment.
PreviousParticipation
Previous participation expressed in percent.
PreviousPeriodPercentOfTotal
The percent of the total from a preceding period.
PriceIncrease
The percentage increase in price of the referenced item since the last notification.
Pricing
Percent relevant for price calculation.
Probability
Percentage specifying the probability of an event
ProductLocalContent
Percent of a products local (i.e. domestic) content.
Profit
The percentage applied to determine the profit.
ProgressPayment
Indicates the rate applying for a progress payment.
ProgressPaymentLiquidation
The percentage applied to the liquidation of progress payments.
PurchasesOnFloorPlan
Percent of purchases on floor plan basis to total purchases.
PurchasesOnLetterOfCredit
Percent of purchases on letter of credit to total purchases.
PurchasingContractRelease
The percentage of products that have been released against the target amount or quantity of products specified in a
purchasing contract.
QuickRatio
Ratio of cash and accounts receivable to current liabilities.
Quota
A share of something someone is entitled to do something with expressed in percent.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 317
Comment:
Usually a quota entitles someone to consume for example a material to a certain share.
RangePenetration
RangePenetrationPercent is a percentage value that indicates the employee?s relative position within the salary range.
RangeSpread
Percentage specifying the bandwidth of a range.
Readiness
Readiness expressed in percent.
ReceiverBaseValue
Value of a receiver reference base in percent
Reduction
Reduction from an amount/price expressed in a percentage.
ReductionSurcharge
Percentage to calculate a reduction/surcharge.
ReinsurerShare
The share in percent of the reinsurer in a treaty.
RemainingVolume
Specifies the remaining percentage of the volume. Comment: RemainingVolumePercent can be, for example, the volume
of a product remaining after nesting, as a percentage of the volume of this product without nesting
RemainingWork
Percent of remaining work.
RenegotiationTriggerLowerLimit
The percentage fall in a currency rate of exchange which would result in renegotiation of prices.
RenegotiationTriggerUpperLimit
The percentage rise in a currency rate of exchange which would result in renegotiation of prices.
ResourceAvailability
Percent of resource availability.
ResourceEfficiency
Percent of resource efficiency.
ResourcesRetainedForProject
Percent of resources that must be retained for a project.
ResponseRate
Response Rate expressed in percent.

Comment: An example for a reponse rate is the number of reponses received on the basis of a marketing campaign in
relation to the number of prospective customers that were contacted by the campaign.
ReturnedMaterials
Specifies in percent how much materials are returned.

Comment:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 318
Customer returnes delivered materials back to the supplier in case of minor quality or other reasons.
ReturnOnAssets
Net profit after taxes divided by total assets.
ReturnOnCapitalRatio
Net profit after taxes divided by capital.
ReturnOnSalesRatio
Net profit after taxes divided by net annual sales.
ReturnOnTotalCapitalEmployed
Return on total capital employed of the company in percent
ReturnOnValueAddedRatio
Ratio of total income minus raw materials and services to net sales expressed in percent.
ReworkYield
Percentage yield from rework effort.
RiskMargin
Total assets divided by interest on liabilities.
Salary
A SalaryPercent defines a percentage of the salary.
SalesByTypeOfCustomer
Percent of sales by type of customer.
SalesPerEmployee
Ratio of sales per employee expressed in percent.
SalesToCurrentAssets
The ratio of sales to current assets expressed in percent.
SalesToNetWorkingCapital
Ratio of sales to net working capital expressed in percent.
SampleDrawing
Percent of the samples to be drawn.
SampleSize
The sample size as a percentage of the total quantity of discrete units of the material to be inspected.
Score
A score expressed in percent.
Scrap
Specification of scrap in percent.
ScrapValue
Percent of an asset's value that is not depreciated.
ShareholdersReturnRatio
Net profit after taxes divided by net worth.
ShareOfBuyerTotalRequirement
Percent of the buyer's total acquisition requirement for the referenced or similar item which will be ordered from the named
supplier.
ShareOfPackagingCostPaidByVendor
Percent of the cost of packaging which will be paid by the vendor.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 319
ShareOfToolCostPaidByBuyer
Percent of the cost of tooling which will be paid by the buyer.
Similarity
The percentage of the similarity.
Subcontracted
Percent of work that is subcontracted.
Surcharge
Additional amount expressed in a percentage.
TakeRate
Rate in percent at which something is taken.

Comment:
This expresses the expected portion of the shipped volume actually being sold by the retailer to the consumer. This ratio
(take rate) is leveraged to determine what percentage of the shipment can be used for accruals.The take rate enables
manufacturers to accrue their trade spend based on the expected volume versus the shipped volume.
Tax
Specification of a tax in percent
TaxRate
A tax rate given in percent.
TerritorialTrade
Territorial trade expressed in percent.
Threshold
ThresholdPercent is a specified percentage of a maximum level which, if passed over (exceeded or fallen below), will
trigger a certain behavior in the system.
Time
A percentage of time.
TimeAllocation
Percent of time allocated in a location
TotalLiabilitiesToTotalAssets
The ratio of total liabilities to total assets expressed in percent.
TotalLiabilityToNetWorth
Ratio of total liability to net worth expressed in percent.
TotalPayment
A percentage based on a total payment.
TotalValue
Percent of the total value.
Transferred
Percentage specifying how much of something was transferred
TransferredVAT
VAT percentage rate for which accountability is being transferred from one party to another. VAT means: Value added tax.
Under
The percentage by which a value has fallen short.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 320
UnderwritingRating
Table used for mortality or morbidity rating.
UpperBoundary
Upper boundary of an interval of percentages.
UpperVariance
A value expressed in percent that specifies by how many percent a value may be higher than a given value.
Example: In a purchase order, an item worth 50 is ordered, in which the UpperVariancePercent is set at 10, and the
currency is set to Euro. A purchase order confirmation will only be accepted if the entered value is no more than 55 (in
relation to the UpperVariancePercent).
Utilisation
UtilizationPercent is the degree of utilization in percent.

UtilizationPercent is used to define the degree of utilization, for example of a machine.
VariableAmount
Variable amount in percent
VesselDischargeRatio
The total calculated volume by vessel measurement on arrival, less remaining on board, divided by the total calculated
volume by shore measurement discharge expressed in percent.
VesselExperienceFactor
The compilation of the total calculated volume vessel measurements, adjusted for on-board quantity or remaining on-board
quantity, compared with the total calculated volume shore measurements expressed in percent.
VesselLoadRatio
The total calculated volume by vessel measurement upon sailing, less on-board quantity, divided by the total calculated
volume by shore measurement at loading expressed in percent.
VolumeCapacityUsage
Percent of the volume capacity used.
VoluntaryContribution
Contribution to a superannuation scheme which is not compulsory, expressed in percent of salary.
Waiver
A waiver expressed in percent.
WeightCapacityUsage
Percent of the weight capacity used.
Weighting
The weighting percent of an object relative to another one.

Use:
For example: a compensation component can consist of several base components that are cummulated according to
different weighting percentages.
WorkCompleted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Percent of work completed.
Page 321
WorkingCapitalToSales
The ratio of working capital to sales expressed in percent.
Yield
Percent of specified material in the total product.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 322
1.40 PeriodQuantitySpecification
Definition
PeriodQuantitySpecification contains the specification of a quantity valid in a certain period.
Period Quantity Specification. Details
Example
<PeriodQuantitySpecification>
<Quantity>5000</Quantity>
<DatePeriod>
<StartDate>2008-04-30</StartDate>
<Duration>365D</Duration>
</DatePeriod>
</PeriodQuantitySpecification>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
PeriodQuantitySpecification
Object Class
Property
Period Quantity
Specification
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Card.
Quantity
Period Quantity
Specification
Quantity
Quantity
CDT
Quantity
DatePeriod
Period Quantity
Specification
DatePeriod
Details
GDT
DatePeriod
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
Details
Page 323

Attribute / Element
Quantity
An individual quantity in a unit of measurement.
DatePeriod
Date interval with duration that specifies the period in which the quantity is valid.
None specified.
Use
PeriodQuantitySpecification is used to specify a quantity valid for a certain period.
Notes
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 324
1.41 PoliticalRegionalStructureElementCode
Definition
A coded representation of an element of the political regional structure.
Comment
The political regional structure is a hierarchically-structured division of a region according to political or administrative criteria.
Political_Regional Structure Element. Code
Example
<PoliticalRegionalStructureElementCode>10</PoliticalRegionalStructureElementCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Political_ Regional
Structure Element
PoliticalRegionalStructureEle
mentCode
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..8
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

A user-specific code list is assigned to the PoliticalRegionalStructureElementCode. A user defines the codes in the code list.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 325

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None Specified.
Use
The PoliticalRegionalStructureElementCode data type is used in addresses, for example, of the technical objects within the utilities
industry.
Example of possible codes:
Baden Wurttemberg - Region Baden Wurttemberg
Rhein-Neckar-Kreis - County Rhein-Neckar-Kreis
Mannheim - City Mannheim
Seckenheim - City District Seckenheim
Notes
The PoliticalRegionalStructureElementCode is represented by REGPOLIT in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 326

PoliticalRegionalStructureElementCode
listID = 70359
Restricted Data Type NOSC_PoliticalRegionalStructureElementCode

Definition
A coded representation of an element of the regional structure.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_PoliticalRegionalStructureElementCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Political
Regional Structure
Element
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
PoliticalRegionalStru 1..8
ctureElementCode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 327
1.42 ProcessComponentCode
Definition
A coded representation of a process component.
Comment
A process component is a software package that realizes a business process and exposes its functionality as services. The functionality
contains business transactions.
Process Component. Code
Example
<ProcessComponentCode>1</ProcessComponentCode>
Structure
GDT
ProcessComponentCode
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Process Component
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted

Exactly one static SAP code list is assigned to the ProcessComponentCode.
The code list and its values are provided in "Appendix - Code List".
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 328
A business object belongs to exactly one process component. A process component can contain one or more process variants.
Use
None specified.
Notes
None specified.
ProcessComponentCode
listID = 10555
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Customer Invoice Processing
The invoicing of customers for the delivery of goods or the provision of services.
Customer Quote Processing
The processing of quotes to customers offering the delivery of goods according to specific terms.
Customer Return Processing
The processing of requests made by customers to the seller to take back goods that were delivered, and
to reverse the sale.
Campaign Management
The processing of customer segmentation, multi-channel marketing campaign development and execution
including response handling and result tracking.
Lead Processing
The handling of the potential interest of a business partner and the interactions with him or her over a
certain timeframe.
Opportunity Processing
The development, processing and monitoring of opportunities with the aim to initiate sales and service
deals.
Sales Order Processing
The processing of customers requests to seller for the delivery of goods, on a specific date, for a specific
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 329
quantity, and for a specific price.

8
Service Confirmation
Processing
The reporting back of actual times and quantities for services provided, and spare parts consumed related
to the execution of a service order.
Service Contract Processing
Service Contract Processing handles the maintenance of contractual agreements that are concluded
between service providers and customers for specific time periods. They serve as a basis for processing
service requests and service orders in a customer service and support environment. In service contracts it
is possible to specify the type and scope of services that are provided to the customer, as well as
particular service levels. The agreements that have been made in the service contract can be invoiced to
the customer. Revenues from the contract and costs incurred from services delivered with reference to the
contract can be collected in financial accounting.
10
Service Order Processing
The creation, planning, and fulfillment of service orders, to be executed by a service engineer at customer
site for an agreed price.
11
Service Request Processing
The logging and resolving of service requests concerning issues that customers have, usually with regard
to products.
12
Activity Management
The recording of all activities, that is, business activities and tasks, undertaken on behalf of the company.
13
Due Item Processing
The collection, management, and monitoring of trade receivables or payables and corresponding sales tax
or withholding tax.
14
Expense and Reimbursement

Management
The management and monitoring of expenses incurred by employees, and the reimbursement of such
expenses to employees. It comprises the entire process of:
Verifying the validity of expenses submitted by internal or external employees
Settling the expenses in conformance with legal requirements and company policy
Reimbursing the expenses to the employees
Transferring the expenses to financial accounting
Transferring taxable amounts to payroll for internal employees
15
Costing
The estimation of costs for objects such as materials, projects, service products, sales order items, or
production lots.
16
Accounting
The representation of all relevant business transactions for valuation and profitability analysis.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 330
17
Cash Management
The analysis and management of current and future liquidity.
18
Payment Processing
The processing and management of all payments. Payment Processing is also responsible for the
associated communication with financial institutions such as banks, and provides the primary input for
liquidity management.
19
CN Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The combination of all reporting and other administrative activities that employers in China, with respect to
employees, are legally obligated to perform.
20
Compensation Management
The planning and specification of compensation data for employees using appropriate reward strategies
that are based on predefined compensation structures and components.
21
DE Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The administration of employee data and reporting to authorities that employers in Germany are legally
obligated to perform.
22
Employee Payroll
Administration
The administration of the employee-specific payroll agreement and the overview of completed and
planned payroll processes.
23
FR Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The administration of employee data and reporting to authorities that employers in France are legally
24
GB Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The administration of employee data and reporting to authorities that employers in the United Kingdom are
legally obligated to perform.
25
Human Capital Master Data

Management
The management of work agreements, employments, and human capital master data that is used in
different HCM areas.
26
IT Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The administration of employee data and reporting to authorities that employers in Italy are legally
27
Payroll Processing
The execution and monitoring of regular as well as off-cycle payroll processes. This includes
completeness checks of payroll relevant employee data, the payroll run itself, verification of the results and
the transfer to financial accounting.
28
Personnel Administration
The administration of personnel changes concerning employee master data and work agreements.
29
Time and Labour Management The management of employees' planned working times, and the recording and valuation of work
performed and absence times.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 331
The recording of employee time events at time recording terminals is not included.
30
US Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The administration of employee data and reporting to authorities that employers in the United States of
America are legally obligated to perform.
31
Inbound Delivery Processing
The management and processing of the inbound delivery requirements for received goods from a vendor.
It combines all document-based tasks for the inbound delivery process, and enables communication with
the originating document (fulfillment), the vendor and invoicing.
32
Inventory Processing
The management of inventory and recording of inventory changes. It provides services to maintain current
stock, content and structure of logistic units and allocations.
33
Outbound Delivery Processing
The management and processing of the outbound delivery requirements for shipping goods to a product
recipient. It combines all document-based tasks for the outbound delivery process, and enables
communication with the originating document (fulfillment), the product recipient, and invoicing.
34
Physical Inventory Processing
The management of the process for preparing and executing a physical inventory count, from the
preparation, through the actual counting and gathering of count results, to the approval of those results.
35
Production
The execution of production on the shop floor. It comprises the preparation, execution, confirmation, and
completion as well as the more general functions such as scheduling, and monitoring.
36
Site Logistics Processing
The preparation, physical execution, and confirmation of logistics processes within a site. Logistics
processes, which are based on site logistics process models, include picking, shipping, and receiving.
37
Production Trigger and

Response
The interface between planning and production. It handles production requisitions, receives information
about the production progress, and updates the planning data accordingly.
38
Customer Requirement
Processing
The controlling of customer requirements in the supply chain. This involves checking material availability,
receiving, preparing, and passing customer requirements on to supply planning and logistics, and
providing feedback on fulfillment.
39
Demand Forecast Processing
The receiving and processing of demand forecasts and the subsequent release of them to planned
independent requirements.
40
Logistics Execution Control
The creation, controlling, and monitoring of the supply chain execution activities that are necessary for the
fulfillment of an order on a macro-logistics level. It triggers the necessary logistics activities and receives
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 332
information about the supply chain execution progress.

41
Goods and Service

Acknowledgement
The confirmation by an employee of goods received or services rendered.
42
Purchase Order Processing
The creation and maintenance of purchase orders and purchase order confirmations.
43
Purchase Request Processing
The creation, changing, and processing of purchase requests to locate appropriate external sources of
supply.
44
Purchasing Contract Processing The creation and maintenance of purchasing contracts.
45
Internal Request Processing
The management and processing of internal requests from employees.
46
RFQ Processing
The processing of requests for quotes and supplier quotes for strategic as well as operational negotiation
purposes.
47
Supplier Invoice Processing
The management and volume processing of supplier invoices, including exception handling and approval.
48
Material Inspection Processing The processing of quality inspection steps that have to be performed to check whether a material fulfills its
specified requirements. The process steps involved are:
- The creation of the inspection
- The documentation of the inspection results
- The making of the inspection decision
49
Project Processing
The structuring, planning, and execution of simple, short-term measures and complex projects.
50
External Procurement Trigger

and Response
The management of all the tasks necessary for processing procurement planning and procurement
release orders, and the interface to purchasing, accounting, supplier invoicing, outbound delivery, and the
supplier from a supply planning and control perspective.
51
Supply and Demand Matching
The managing of all the tasks necessary to ensure that sufficient material receipt elements exist to cover
material demand while taking available capacity into account.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 333
52
Financial Market Data

Management
The management of financial market data. This data can be obtained from generally accepted external
providers.
53
Business Document Flow

Processing
The collecting of the entire sequence of documents related to a business transaction.
54
IT Change Management
IT Change management covers the process of controlling changes to the IT infrastructure in a controlled
manner, enabling approved changes with minimum disruption like downtime or manual follow-up activities.
55
SAP Support Request

Processing
The processing of SAP support requests created by users of an SAP system at customer site to report
incidents, or by the SAP system itself on the basis of health checks.
56
Software Problem Reporting
A feature that allows the context information associated with an incident to be collected and forwarded to a
local or external service desk. The context data is represented as a software problem report, and this
report is forwarded to the appropriate service desk.
The term, incident, is a term defined by ITIL (IT Infrastructure Library), an international standard for IT
service and application management.
The Software Problem Reporting process component can be deployed on more than one SAP system,
with information forwarded to a central service desk.
57
Product Catalogue Authoring
The creation and editing of product catalogs, which includes collecting information from the relevant
sources, checking the quality of the catalog content, and determining when and to what extent the
catalogs are published for use in other business processes.
58
Demand Planning
The process of providing accurate and measurable estimates of future demand.
59
Product Catalogue Publishing
The provision of released product catalogs in electronic form, along with various search mechanisms for
finding items in these catalogs and the possibility to transfer these items to other applications.
60
Source of Supply Determination The maintenance of and access to sources of supply and quota arrangements for external and internal
procurement processes.
61
Price Master Data Management The managing of prices and price-related data for sales and procurement processes.
62
Installed Base Data
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
The management and structuring of installed objects, such as personal computers or parts of a software
Page 334
Management
installation, in an installed base, according to their logical or physical locations.
63
Data Flow Verification
The act of verifying that the data flow between business objects has been carried out correctly.
64
Organisational Management
The provision of central and unified organizational structures of the enterprise and its collaborative
partners.
65
Input and Output Management
covers form-based input and output as well as structured file import and export. Comment: Form-based
input and output includes collaboration via interactive forms. Output Management handles front-end and
backend output. Form based-output can have different channels such as print, e-mail, fax.
66
Location Data Management
The management of the master data required for physical locations. This includes the location as well as
objects that depend on the location or group locations.
67
Product Data Maintenance
The maintenance of all product data that describes a company's tangible and intangible products and that
is used to control business processes such as sales, purchasing, planning, production, and accounting.
68
Business Partner Data

Management
The management of all the business partner master data of a company. This data contains the information
needed to describe the rights and obligations of a business partner participating in various business
processes, such as sales, purchasing, and accounting processes.
69
Document Management
The Document Management Process Component acts as a document management system.

A document management system (DMS) is a computer system (or set of computer programs) used to
track and store electronic documents.
70
Resource Data Management
The management of all the master data required to define a resource. This data specifies the nature of the
resource as well as the capacities and the services that can be provided by the resource.
71
Logistic Unit Data Management The maintenance of all data necessary when handling or using logistic units, including grouping and
packing instructions.
72
Logistics Area and Storage

Management
73
Production Model Management The maintenance and releasing of master data required for production planning and production execution.
74
Site Logistics Model

Management
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
The maintenance of logistics area master data along with storage methods, as well as placement and
retrieval rules for inventory.
The maintenance and releasing of master data required for the site logistics execution.
Page 335
75
Identity Management
Identity Management deals with identifying individuals in a system landscape and controlling their access
by associating user rights and restrictions.
76
In-House Requirement
Processing
The combination of tasks required to process in-house requirements. Using an interface to self-service
procurement, this involves receiving, preparing, and passing the in-house requirements to supply planning
and logistics.
77
Engineering Change
Processing
The processing of changes to master data used in the product life-cycle phases engineering and
manufacturing. This includes the definition of validity parameters and the release of the changes.
78
Inspection Master Data

Management
The management of inspection-relevant master data, such as inspection rules and sample-drawing
procedures, as well as the definition of quality-relevant catalogs.
79
Financial Accounting Master

Data Management
The management of financial accounting master data that is used both for accounting and costing
purposes.
80
Accounting Coding Block

Distribution Processing
DEPRECATED
81
Due Item Processing At

Business Partner
(please refer to documentation of process component)
82
Opportunity Customer Quote

Processing At Supplier
83
Payment Order Processing At

House Bank
The processing of payment orders at the bank.
84
Payment Processing At
Business Partner
85
Price Master Data Management (please refer to documentation of process component)

At Customer
86

Processing Of European
Community Sales List Report At
Tax Authority
87
Processing Of Product Tax
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 336
Declaration At Tax Authority

88
Service Order Confirmation

Processing At Customer
89
Service Request Processing At (please refer to documentation of process component)

Provider
90
Service Request Processing At (please refer to documentation of process component)

Requester
91
Settlement Processing At
Clearing House
92
Sales Order Processing At

Supplier
93
Sales Contract Processing At

Supplier
94
Customer Invoice Processing At (please refer to documentation of process component)

Supplier
95
RFQ Processing At Customer
96
Supplier Invoice Processing At

Customer
97
Purchase Order Processing At

Customer
98
Supplier Invoice Verification

Exception Resolution At
Processor
99
GroupwareAdapter
100
Bank Statement Creation At

Bank
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 337
101
Lock Box File Creation At

Provider
102
Migration Data Dispatching
The processing of data that must be migrated to more than one deployment unit and that must be kept
consistent across the deployment units. The processing of this data is a one-off activity that occurs before
go-live.
103
Service Delivery Processing At (please refer to documentation of process component)

SAP
104
Balance Of Foreign Payment

Management
The collection, processing, and reporting of receivables and payables according to foreign trade
regulations that are required by the financial authority of a country, such as the central bank.
105
Payroll Processing At Provider
106
Data Migration System
107
System Administration
The management and processing of tasks in IT system monitoring, analysis and problem resolution.
108
SAP Service Delivery

Processing
The processing of services for SAP systems. These services are provided by SAP or a partner.
This process component controls the scheduling and execution of the service, as well as the feedback
process to SAP. It reduces the administrative overhead for customers, SAP and partners. Examples of
services include the SAP GoingLive Check, SAP EarlyWatch service, archiving service and upgrade
service.
109
Customer Project Invoice

Preparation
The creation of invoice requisitions for a customer project based on the expenses incurred, the project
progress, and the invoicing agreements.
110
External Tax Calculation
111
Pricing Engine
The processing of price and tax calculation.
112
Accounting Coding Block

Distribution Processing
Registration and checking of all accounting objects that can be assigned in a source document for a
business transaction, such as cost center, project, or market segment. The process component dispatches
a check request to the deployment unit of the accounting object.
113
AU Employer Regulatory
The administration of employee data and reporting to authorities that employers in Australia are legally
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 338
Compliance
114
CA Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The administration of employee data and reporting to authorities that employers in Canada are legally
115
DK Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The combination of all reporting and otheradministrative activities that an employer in Denmark is obliged
to perform with respect to employees.
116
NL Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The administration of employee data and reporting to authorities that employers in the Netherlands are
117
SG Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The administration of employee data and reporting to authorities that employers in the Singapore are
118
ZA Employer Regulatory
Compliance
ZA Employer Regulatory Compliance combines all activities an employer in South Africa is obliged to
perform with respect to employees.
119
Standard Based Groupware
120
DUET
121
Property Management
The management of properties within property libraries.
122
Key Performance Indicator

Management
The management of key performance indicators of a company along with their evaluations. It comprises
the services to identify, define, and evaluate key performance indicators of a company for management
purposes.
123
Processing of Withholding Tax

Declaration at Tax Authority
124
Payment Authorisation
125
Payment Card Payment

Authorisation Adapter
126
Customer Problem And Solution The administration and maintenance of customer problem and solution master data that has, for example,
Administration
been migrated or replicated from an external system.
127
Address Data Management
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
The management of addresses and communication data.
Page 339
128
Date and Time
129
Logistics Shift Administration
The administration of logistics shifts and breaks.
130
Application Log Administration
The administration of application logs.
131
Change Document
Management
The management of change documents.
132
Requirement Specification
Processing
133
Inbound Delivery Processing At (please refer to documentation of process component)

Customer
134
AU_BECS_PaymentOrderProc (please refer to documentation of process component)

essingAtHouseBank
135
AU_MT940_BankStatementCre (please refer to documentation of process component)

ationAtBank
136
CA_MT940_BankStatementCre (please refer to documentation of process component)

ationAtBank
137
CA_STD005_PaymentOrderPro (please refer to documentation of process component)

cessingAtHouseBank
138
CN_MT940_BankStatementCre (please refer to documentation of process component)

ationAtBank
139
CN_PAYMUL_PaymentOrderPr (please refer to documentation of process component)

ocessingAtHouseBank
140
DE_DTAUS_PaymentOrderPro (please refer to documentation of process component)

cessingAtHouseBank
141
DE_DTAZV_PaymentOrderPro (please refer to documentation of process component)

cessingAtHouseBank
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 340
142
DE_MT940_BankStatementCre (please refer to documentation of process component)

ationAtBank
143
DK_EuropeanCommunitySales (please refer to documentation of process component)

ListReportProcessingAtTaxAuth
ority
144
DK_MT940_BankStatementCre (please refer to documentation of process component)

ationAtBank
145
DK_PAYMUL_Domestic_Paym (please refer to documentation of process component)

entOrderProcessingAtHouseBa
nk
146
DK_PAYMUL_Foreign_Paymen (please refer to documentation of process component)

tOrderProcessingAtHouseBank
147
FR_AFB_BankStatementCreati (please refer to documentation of process component)

onAtBank
148
FR_AFB_PaymentOrderProces (please refer to documentation of process component)

singAtHouseBank
149
FR_BillOfExchangeProcessing (please refer to documentation of process component)

AtHouseBank
150
FR_PaymentOrderProcessingAt (please refer to documentation of process component)

HouseBank
151
FR_ProcessingOfWithholdingTa (please refer to documentation of process component)

xDeclarationAtTaxAuthority
152
FR_VCOM_PaymentOrderProc (please refer to documentation of process component)

essingAtHouseBank
153
FR_VIREMENTS_PaymentOrd (please refer to documentation of process component)

erProcessingAtHouseBank
154
GB_BACS_PaymentOrderProc (please refer to documentation of process component)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 341
essingAtHouseBank
155
GB_EuropeanCommunitySales (please refer to documentation of process component)

ListReportProcessingAtTaxAuth
ority
156
GB_MT940_BankStatementCre (please refer to documentation of process component)

ationAtBank
157
GB_MT940_BIB_BankStateme (please refer to documentation of process component)

ntCreationAtBank
158
GB_MT940_HEXAGON_BankS (please refer to documentation of process component)

tatementCreationAtBank
159
GB_ProcessingOfWithholdingT (please refer to documentation of process component)

axDeclarationAtTaxAuthority
160
GoldenAuditReportProcessingA (please refer to documentation of process component)

tGoldenAuditSystem
161
GoldenTaxCustomerInvoicePro (please refer to documentation of process component)

cessingAtGoldenTaxSystem
162
IT_CBI_BankStatementCreation (please refer to documentation of process component)

AtBank
163
IT_CBI_Domestic_PaymentOrd (please refer to documentation of process component)

erProcessingAtHouseBank
164
IT_CBI_Foreign_PaymentOrder (please refer to documentation of process component)

ProcessingAtHouseBank
165
IT_PaymentOrderProcessingAt (please refer to documentation of process component)

HouseBank
166
IT_ProcessingOfWithholdingTa (please refer to documentation of process component)

xDeclarationAtTaxAuthority
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 342
167
NL_BTL91_PaymentOrderProc (please refer to documentation of process component)

essingAtHouseBank
168
NL_CLIEOP03_PaymentOrder (please refer to documentation of process component)

169
NL_EuropeanCommunitySalesL (please refer to documentation of process component)

istReportProcessingAtTaxAutho
rity
170
NL_MT940_BankStatementCre (please refer to documentation of process component)

ationAtBank
171
SG_MT940_BankStatementCre (please refer to documentation of process component)

ationAtBank
172
SWIFT_MT103_PaymentOrder (please refer to documentation of process component)

173
US_ACH_CCD_PaymentOrder (please refer to documentation of process component)

174
US_ACH_CTX_PaymentOrder (please refer to documentation of process component)

175
US_ACH_PaymentOrderProces (please refer to documentation of process component)

singAtHouseBank
176
US_BAI2_LockBoxFileCreation (please refer to documentation of process component)

AtProvider
177
US_BAI2_ST_BankStatementC (please refer to documentation of process component)

reationAtBank
178
ZA_ACB_PaymentOrderProces (please refer to documentation of process component)

singAtHouseBank
179
ZA_MT940_BankStatementCre (please refer to documentation of process component)

ationAtBank
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 343
180
Attachment Adapter
181
AT Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The combination of all reporting and other administrative activities that an employer in Austria is obliged to
182
CH Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The combination of all reporting and other administrative activities that an employer in Switzerland is
obliged to perform with respect to employees.
183
BMEcat_Product Catalogue
Authoring at Supplier
184
Product Catalogue Authoring at (please refer to documentation of process component)

Supplier
185
IForm Sales Order Processing

at Supplier
186
IForm Opportunity / Customer

Quote Processing at Supplier
187
IForm Supplier Invoice

Verification Exception
Resolution at Processor
188
NL_Processing Of Product Tax (please refer to documentation of process component)

189
IForm External Supply Chain

Management
190
External Financials
191
External Inventory Processing
192
CH_MT940_Bank Statement
Creation at Bank
193
CH_V11_Payment Advice
Creation at Payment
The creation of ISR Payment Advices to clear open invoices at business partner.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 344
Processing_Payment
processing
194
AT_MT940_Bank Statement
Creation at Bank_Payment
Processing
195
AT_AZV_Payment Order
Processing at House Bank
196
AT_IZV_Payment Order
197
CH_DTA_Payment Order
198
IN Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The combination of all reporting and other administrative activities that an employer in India is obliged to
199

(SAPESD)
200
AT Processing Of Product Tax

201
AT European Community Sales (please refer to documentation of process component)

List Report Processing At Tax
Authority
202
US Payroll Processing at
Provider ADP
203
Constraint Based Planning

Engine
The management of the services necessary to create a feasible order network, while taking the availability
of materials and resources into consideration.
204
Production and Site Logistics

Auxiiliaries Processing
205
Business Object Change
The asynchronous processing of changes made to business object instances.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 345
Processing
206
Background Job Administration (please refer to documentation of process component)
207
Cash Flow Management

Foundation
208
Freight Documents Processing The processing of freight-related documents for shipping purposes.
209
Analytics Data Management
210
Competency Master Data

Management
The management of competencies and competency profiles.
211
CZ Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The combination of all reporting and other administrative activities that an employer in the Czech Republic
is obliged to perform with respect to employees.
212
HU Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The combination of all reporting and other administrative activities that an employer in Hungary is obliged
to perform with respect to employees.
213
MX Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The combination of all reporting and other administrative activities that an employer in Mexico is obliged to
214
PL Employer Regulatory
Compliance
The combination of all reporting and other administrative activities that an employer in Poland is obliged to
215
Goods Tag Processing
The processing of all activities related to goods tags such as the printing of labels.
216
Customer Requirement
Processing at Supplier
217
SAP Service Delivery

Processing at Partner
218
IN_Processing Of Withholding
Tax Declaration At Tax
Authority
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
The management of foundation objects used within cash flow management. Cash flow management
comprises of the following process components: Due Item Processing, Payment Processing, and Cash
Management.
Page 346
219
US_Processing Of Withholding (please refer to documentation of process component)

Tax Declaration At Tax
Authority
220
Business Document Flow

Processing at Communication
Partner
221
CB.Net Bank Directory

Management at Provider
222
Product Requirement
Specification Processing
The creation, evaluation, and processing of requirements and specifications along the value-chain for
products in particular business scenarios.
223
Product Engineering
The management of detail engineering for new products and product changes based on existing concepts
and finishing with handover to execution.
224
Product Development
Auxiliaries Processing
The processing of supplementary functions that support product development.
225
Records and Case

Management
The management and processing of records and cases of any kind within a given business context.
Records and Case Management makes it possible to group and structure different forms of information
according to business requirements.
226
Product Engineering
Foundation
The management of product engineering data such as product design that is used by product engineering
as well as other business areas and processes.
227
Supplier Performance
Assessment
The assessment of the performance of established suppliers relative to their business obligations.
228
RFI Processing
The processing of requests for information and RFI responses to collect and evaluate information from
suppliers about their capabilities.
229
External Engineering System
230
External Procurement Trigger

and Response at Customer
231
External Customer Invoice
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 347
Requesting
232
Supplier Invoice Verification

Exception Resolution
233
Sales Contract Processing
Sales Contract Processing is used to handle outline sales agreements that contain special conditions
negotiated between the vendor and a customer. For example:- Price, target value or target quantity. A
sales contract is valid for a specified period. A customer submits a sales order to release products from
the amount agreed in the contract, which is handled in Sales Order Processing.
234
SEPA_CT_Payment Order
Processing At House Bank
235
Intrastat Declaration Processing The processing of statistical data related to business transactions associated with valuated goods
movements and the creation of Intrastat declarations using that data.
236
Foreign Trade Product

Classification
The management of foreign trade code catalogs and the classification of products according to these
codes.
237
Intrastat Valuation
The valuation of goods movements according to Intrastat legal requirements.
238
AT_EDIFACT_Intrastat
Declaration Processing at
Authority
239
DK_CSV_Intrastat Declaration
Processing at Authority
240
ES_EDIFACT_Intrastat
Authority
241
NL_ASCII_Intrastat Declaration (please refer to documentation of process component)

Processing at Authority
242
UK_EDIFACT_Intrastat
Authority
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 348
243
Customer Relationship
The processing of supplementary functions that support customer relationship management. Comment:
An example of a supplementary function would be a view of a project, or the processing of payment card
authorization.
244
IForm Lead / Opportunity

Processing at Supplier
245
Lead Opportunity Processing At (please refer to documentation of process component)

Supplier
246
IForm External Supplier

Questionnaire Assessment
Processing
247
SAPSD External Supplier

Questionnaire Assessment
Processing
248
Logistics Task Management
The grouping of production and site logistics tasks according to business criteria and responsibilities. The
aim is to optimize the management and execution of production and site logistics.
249
RFI Processing At Customer
250
External Supplier Questionnaire (please refer to documentation of process component)

Assessment Processing
251
External Employee Time

Recording
252
Customs Processing
The processing of customs declarations for business transactions associated with customs-relevant goods
movement.
253
Quantity Conversion
254
Customs Processing at
Customs Authority
255
Customs Message Exchange

Server at Communication
The receiving and sending of customs-related messages or files.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 349
Partner
256
Accounting Document Report

Auditing at Auditor
The checking of the Accounting Document Report for correctness and that it meets the legal formatting
requirements.
257
Account Balance Report

Auditing At Auditor
The checking of the Account Balance Report for correctness and that it meets the legal formatting
requirements.
258
Balance Sheet Auditing At

Auditor
The checking of the Balance Sheet and Income Statement Report for correctness and that it meets the
legal formatting requirements.
259
Bank Directory Management at The management of the bank directory at a provider.

Provider
260
Service Order Quote

Processing
261
Bill Of Exchange Processing at The processing of bills of exchange at the bank.

House Bank
262
Cash Flow Statement Auditing

at Auditor
The checking of the Cash Flow Statement Report for correctness and that it meets the legal formatting
requirements.
263
Currency Conversion
The conversion of monetary amounts from one currency to another. For example, the conversion of a
monetary amount in USD to an amount in EUR at the valid exchange rate at a specified time point, and for
a specified exchange rate type.
264
External Accounting
265
External E-Commerce System
The creation, planning, and fulfillment of sales and service transactions in an electronic system reachable
via networks such as the Internet in which goods, services, and other customer interactions are
processed. The system contains additional functions for managing customer and product master data.
266
External Product Requirement

Specification Processing
The creation of product requirement specifications in an external application.
267
External Supply Chain

Management
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
DEPRECATED
Page 350
268
Business Configuration
Business Configuration covers the whole process of business setup and business adaptation. It translates
a customer's business scope selection into corresponding system settings and recommended predefined
content. It also enables customer to make change to the corresponding system settings and predefined
content.
Comment:
It empowers prospects, customers, and partners to build and continuously adapt the solution to meet their
individual business requirements throughout the entire life cycle.
269
External Automation Integration The integration of machines and devices on the shop floor or in the warehouse with enterprise software.
270
Profitability Management
271
Customer Service
Master Data Management
The administration and maintenance of master data used in Customer Service.

Comment: Examples of such master data are Service Issue Category Catalogue and Service Level
Objective.
272
Inbound Delivery Trigger and

Response
273
Product Property Management The management of product category hierarchies and product properties along with their valuations.
274
SAP Groupware Adapter
An adapter supporting the integration of business applications with external groupware applications.
275
System Administration at
Provider
276
Transportation Management at The management of the transportation of goods at the freight forwarder.
Freight Forwarder
277
Execution Planning and Control (please refer to documentation of process component)
278
Sales Scheduling Agreement
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
The process component Inbound Delivery Trigger and Response combines all the tasks necessary for
processing due inbound delivery requisitions and provides an interface to inbound delivery processing
from a supply planning perspective. It collects all due inbound delivery requisitions and hands these over
to inbound delivery processing. It receives the delivery progress from inbound delivery processing and
updates the inbound delivery requisitions and stock data according to this information.
Sales Scheduling Agreement Processing combines all tasks required for the inbound processing of
Page 351
Processing
delivery schedules and the outbound processing of delivery schedule confirmations.
279
Information Life Cycle

Management
The definition and execution of data retention policies. This includes the destruction of data as well as
decisions on when and where to archive data.
280
Credit Managnement
281
Period End Processing
282
Sales Contract Quote

Processing
Sales Contract Quotation Processing is used to offer to a customer for the delivery of goods or services
according to fixed terms.
The offer legally binds the company for a certain period of time and has as a target the conclusion of a
sales contract.
283
Business Plan Foundation
The integration of all planning applications in the area of integrated business planning.
284
Open Catalogue and Partner

Interface Management
The managing of product catalog and supplier directory interfaces.

Comment
It enables applications to integrate product catalogs and supplier directories. The Open Catalogue
Interface and the Open Partner Interface are both interfaces defined by SAP. With the integrated catalogs
and directories, it is possible to select and transfer data from external sources.
285
Number Range
286
Business Analytics Foundation The management of documents needed for business analytics.
287
IT Control Processing
The processing of control activities related to the overall management of the IT function of the business
enterprise.
288
Background Job Management
The management of programs that process business data without user interaction. This includes
monitoring and scheduling of background programs.
289
Logistics Control
The optimization of inventory levels at logistics areas, taking into consideration material flow, availability,
and layout information.
290
Business Rules Management
The management of business rules
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
The generation of consecutive numbers that are compliant with international and industry standards or
legal requirements, and validation of externally provided numbers.
Page 352
291
Production and Site Logistics

The supporting functionality valid for multiple process components in the DU Production and Site Logistics
Execution
292
Payment Master Data

Management
The management of payment master data, such as clearing house accounts, that is used in different
business areas. It also contains views of house bank accounts and cash storages.
293
Executive Initiative
Management
The triggering and monitoring of strategic activities by top-level management.
294
Purchase Scheduling
Agreement Processing
Purchase Scheduling Agreement Processing combines all tasks required for the outbound processing of
delivery schedules and the inbound processing of delivery schedule confirmations.
295
Credit Management
300
Point Of Sale Transaction

Processing
The processing of point-of-sale data, which allows a company to receive, process, and analyze data.
301
External Point Of Sale

Transaction Processing
The processing of point-of-sale transactions in an external system.
302
Human Capital Management

Master Data Replication
The replication of Human Capital Management master data, especially employee master data.
303
Sales Planning
The planning for sales purposes.
304
Sales Territory Management
The creation and management of sales territories and their assignments to salespersons for better sales &
service efficiency. Sales territories may be defined in terms of geographic or market segments, product or
product lines, size of customer or by specific customers or prospects.
305
External Sales Order

Processing
The external processing of one-off customer requests to a seller for the delivery of goods or services
under agreed conditions.
306
External Customer Quote

Processing
The external processing of quotes to customers offering the delivery of goods according to specific terms.
307
External Product Data

Maintenance
The external maintenance of all product data that describes a company's tangible and intangible products
and that is used to control business processes such as sales, purchasing, planning, production, and
accounting.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 353
308
External Business Partner Data The external management of all the business partner master data of a company. This data contains the
Management
information
309
External Supplier Invoice Entry The entry of supplier invoices.
310
Communication Services
Management
The management of all objects needed to establish communication for an SAP Business ByDesign tenant
with other systems. The two most important objects are the communication system and communication
arrangement.
311
SAP Customer and Partner

Control Center
The management of SAP customer and partner control center data by SAP customers, resellers on behalf
of customers, and solution partners, and all service requests that are related to this data. This data
includes tenants, contacts, SAP Store orders, and SAP Business ByDesign subscription extensions.
321
External Environmental
Resource Measurement
Processing
The processing of environmental resource measurements in an external system.
322
Environmental Management
The management of environmental resources of organizations, such as companies, local authorities, or

governmental organizations.
323
Measurement Master Data

Management
The management of master data required for measurements.
325
Payment Processing In SAP

Business Suite
The processing of payments in a SAP Business Suite system.
327
Customer Invoice PostProcessing at Authority
The post-processing of customer invoices at an authority.
328
Employee Staffing
The collecting of information about the work of employees and the search based on their skills or
qualifications, as well as the existing work deployments in order to staff projects or sales orders for
example.
329
Customer Contract Processing The creation and maintenance of customer contracts.
330
Remote Administration Services (please refer to documentation of process component)
331
Downtime Management
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 354
332
IT Administration Services
333
Business System Landscape
334
Health Check Monitoring
335
Provisioning
336
Software Correction Delivery

Engine
337
Software Change Management (please refer to documentation of process component)
338
Application Managment Support (please refer to documentation of process component)

Studio
339
Supportability
340
User Request Management
341
Customer Invoice Processing In The processing of customer invoices at SAP.

SAP Customer Invoice
Processing
342
Schedule Data Management
The data management of schedule processes.
343
Connection Management
344
Connection Management Client (please refer to documentation of process component)
345
External Service Performing

And Charging System
346
IT System Security
Infrastructure
The infrastructure for the management of an IT systems security functions such as encryption of
communication, signing of messages and documents, user authentication and identification.
347
Career, Development, and

Performance Management
The planning, execution, and monitoring of professional careers, development, and performance.
348
People Communication
The communication about common goals between individuals, groups, or organizations in order to achieve
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 355
those goals.
349
SAP Business ByDesign

Scoping Preparation
The preparation of the scoping for an SAP Business ByDesign system.
350
Opportunity Processing at
CRM@SAP
The processing of opportunities and customer quotes at CRM@SAP.
351
SAP Contract Compliance

Reporting
The reporting of SAP Business ByDesign contract-related issues, such as service level agreements,
service level compliance, user licenses and user usage.
356
People Communication
The communication about common goals between individuals, groups, or organizations in order to achieve
those goals.
357
Performance and Development The planning, execution and monitoring of the performance and development of employees.
Management
359
Travel Request and Planning
The organization and processing of a business trip, including creating a travel request, submitting a travel
request for approval, and planning travel details using an external service provider.
360
Business Transaction Legal

Authorisation Processing
361
BR Business Transaction Legal (please refer to documentation of process component)

Authorisation Processing
362
Inventory Processing At
Warehouse Provider
364
Purchasing Contract Processing The processing of purchasing contracts at the customer.

at Customer
366
Inbound Delivery Processing at The management and processing of the inbound delivery requirements for the receipt of goods from a
Warehouse Provider
vendor at the warehouse provider.
367

at Warehouse Provider
368
System Alert Process
The processing of system alert generated in the SAP system. The system alert would be trasnfered
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
The processing of inventory at a warehouse provider.
Page 356
between BYD and SPC.

369
BR_Business Transaction
Authorisation Processing at
Authority
The requesting of legal authorization for business transactions at the legal authority.
370
Operational Data Provisioning
Operational Data Provisioning denotes a software component providing an infrastructure for analytical
data extraction. It shall serve as the commonly used basis for data extraction out of SAP business
applications.
371
External Data Warehouse

System
The external data warehouse system is a database used for reporting. The data stored in the warehouse
is uploaded from operational systems. A data warehouse system provides a common data model for all
data of interest regardless of the data's source.
373
External Payroll Processing
The representation of all relevant business transactions for payroll processing.
374
External Human Capital Master The management of human capital master data such as work agreements and employments in an
Data Management
external system.
376
Exchange Rate Management at This process component is for the management of exchange rate data from external source.
Provider
378
External Opportunity
Processing
The development, processing and monitoring of opportunities with the aim to initiate sales and service
deals.
380
External Purchase Order

Integration
The integration of purchase order.
381
External Organisational
Management
398
External Optical Character

Recognition
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 357
1.43 ProductInternalID
Definition
A proprietary identifier for a product.
Comment
A product is either a tangible or intangible good and is a part of the business activities of a company. It can be traded and contributes
directly or indirectly to value added.

Product. Internal_ Identification. Identifier
Example
GUID of a product:
< ProductInternalID schemeID=" ProductGUID " schemeAgencyID="MPL_002" > 1C743CEC501F6A4D8826C7EC5A8554B9 <
/ProductInternalID >
schemeID="PartyGUID" indicates that the scheme "ProductGUID" was used to identify the product.
schemeAgencyID="MPL_002" indicates that the scheme was assigned by the business system "MPL_002".
Product ID of a product:
< ProductInternalID schemeID="ProductID" schemeAgencyID="MPL_002" > VWPassat 01 0601 MPLCNT002 < /ProductInternalID >
Structure
GDT
Cat.
ProductInternalID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Product
Internal_ Identification
Identifier
GDT
ProductID
1..60
Card.
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
restricted
Page 358

The attributes of a ProductInternalID are filled as shown under section "Detailed Description of Attributes".
Leading zeros are not significant for IDs consisting only of digits. Letters must be in uppercase.

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
The GDT ProductInternalID represents a projection of the GDT ProductID in which only the attributes "schemeID" and
"schemeAgencyID" are contained for describing an internally assigned ID. If an attribute is not explicitly assigned in the use of the GDT, it
must be clearly determined through the context.
Use
The ProductInternalID is used when both sender and recipient can access shared master data, for example, during internal
communication.
Notes
- A product contributes directly to the value creation if it is salable.
- A product contributes indirectly to value creation if
- it is necessary for selling another product
- it supports the salability of another product
- it occurs in the business activity of a company and it is in the company's interest that this product adds value
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 359
In case the product is identified via the schema (schemeID), it should be noted that the product category must first be capable of being
uniquely identified via a combined key (for example, the product category at an entity level can be uniquely identified (semantically) by
using the ProductID, the ProductTypeID, the ObjectFamily and the logical system).

Qualifier
Definition
LowerBoundary
Lower boundary of an interval of proprietary identifiers of products.
PackagingReference
A PackagingReferenceProductInternalID is a proprietary identifier for a product that serves as a template for packaging of
materials that can be packaged in the same way.
Planning
A proprietary identifier for a product for which planning is carried out.

Use:
Example for the Planning Product is, The material master record 4711 contains the material 4712 as a planning material.
The planning material contains the BOM with the non-variant parts. You create planned independent requirements for
material 4712. When creating a sales order for material 4711, the system realizes that material 4712 is the planning
material for material 4711. Then the sales order for material 4711 consumes the planned independent requirements of
material 4712.
Reference
The identifier for a reference product.
UpperBoundary
Upper boundary of an interval of proprietary identifiers of products.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 360
1.44 ProductStandardID
Definition
A standardized identifier for a product, and the identification scheme is managed by an agency from the code list DE 3055.
Comment
A product is either a tangible or intangible good, and is a part of the business activities of a company. It can be traded and contributes
directly or indirectly to value added.

Product. Standard_ Identification. Identifier
Example
<ProductStandardID schemeAgencyID =" 9 ">B 1165 HS</ProductStandardID>
9 = EAN (International Article Numbering association)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
ProductStandardID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Product
Standard_ Identification Identifier
GDT
ProductID
1..14
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60

"schemeAgencyID " identifies the agency that manages an identification scheme. The agencies from DE 3055 are used as the default,
but the roles defined in DE 3055 cannot be used. The following codes are supported:
- 9 (EAN.UCC, International Numbering Association) for the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number), which can have up to 14 characters
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 361
- 5 (ISO, International Organization for Standardization) for the 13-character ISBN (International Standard Book Number).
- 63 (NATO, North Atlantic Treaty Organization) for the NSN (NATO Stock Number) which has 13 characters (further information:
"http://www.nato.int/structur/AC/135/ncs_brochure/ncs_brochure_e/index.htm"
Comment :
For ISBN, the code " 5" (ISO) is entered for schemeAgencyID along with the schemeID "ISO 2108: 1992", which indicates that it is an
ISBN. The ISBN scheme is managed by http://isbn-international.org/ .
Specifying a schemeID is not necessary if only one scheme exists for an agency.
Another standardized identification scheme is the pharmaceutical central number. There is no SchemeAgencyID for this in the code list
DE 3055. How this will be represented must still be clarified.

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
The GDT ProductStandardID represents a projection of the GDT ProductID , in which only the attributes "schemeID" and
"schemeAgencyID" are contained for describing an ID assigned by a standardization organization (i.e., an organization registered in DE
3055 ). The attribute "schemeAgencyID" is a mandatory attribute.
Use
Contrary to ProductPartyID, use of ProductStandardID is not role dependent.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 362
Notes
See GDT ProductID .
SchemeVersionID is to be included as an attribute as soon as there is a need to differentiate between several schemes.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 363
1.45 ProductTaxAccountDeterminationCode
Definition
A coded representation of the determination of a product tax account.
Comment
The product tax account is a general ledger account that reflects the valuated balance of payables and receivables from product tax and
excise duty with regard to the tax authorities.
Product Tax Account. Determination. Code
Example
<ProductTaxAccountDeterminationCode>1</ProductTaxAccountDeterminationCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
ProductTaxAccountDetermina
tionCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Product Tax Account
Determination
Code
CDT
Code
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 364

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the determination of a product tax account for both debit and credit accounts.
Tax Account Determination 1 - The debit tax amount is posted to G/L account 4711 and the credit tax amount is posted to G/L account
4712.
Tax Account Determination 2 - The debit tax amount is posted to G/L account 5812 and the credit tax amount is posted to G/L account
5813.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 365
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the ProductTaxAccountDeterminationCode is represented by the field KTOSL of table T030K.
ProductTaxAccountDeterminationCode
listID = 70313
Restricted Data Type NOSC_ProductTaxAccountDeterminationCode

Definition
A coded representation of the determination of a product tax account.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_ProductTaxAccountDeterminationCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Product Tax
Account
Property
Determination
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
ProductTaxAccountD 1..3
eterminationCode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 366
1.46 ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode
Definition
A coded representation of the main characteristics that form the basis of a product taxation.
Comment
Main characteristics are the type of product tax (ProductTaxEventTypeCode), and the type of tax rate (TaxRateTypeCode) for each type
of tax (TaxTypeCode) related thereto, and, if applicable, the tax deductibility (TaxDeductibilityCode).
Product Taxation Characteristics. Code
Example
<ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode>1</ProductTaxtationCharacteristicsCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
ProductTaxationCharacteristi
csCode
Object Class
Property
Product Taxation
Characteristics
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
restricted
Page 367

Several extensible, country-specific SAP code lists, which are distinguished at runtime, are assigned to the code. SAP customers may
replace SAP lists with another one.
The individual code lists, their values and attributes are listed in the "Appendix - Code Lists" section.
If a user creates another code list to replace an existing SAP code list, the values assigned to the attributes change.
Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
Examples of customer-specific code semantics:
Intra-community acquisition at a full rate of taxation and input tax deduction according to individual agreement with the tax authorities.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 368
Notes
This code already existed in R/3 (in both SRM and CRM), however it was known as Tax Code.
By making it possible to enhance this code, users are given the option to use in-house codes.
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for AT
listID = 21807
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Out Of Scope Purchases
St. Rate Dom. Purch-Goods

Fully Deductible
Standard Rate Dom. Purch-Goods Fully Deductible
St. Rate Dom. Purch-Goods Not Standard Rate Dom. Purch-Goods Not Deductible
Deductible
Red. Rate Dom. Purch-Goods

Fully Deductible
Reduced. Rate Dom. Purch-Goods Fully Deductible
Red. Rate Dom. Purch-Goods

Not Deductible
Reduced. Rate Dom. Purch-Goods Not Deductible
Zero Rate Domestic Purchase
Zero Rate Domestic Purchase
Self-Assessed VAT Purch. At

Compuls. Auction
Self-Assessed Value Added Tax Purchase At Compuls. Auction
Vehicle Purchase With

Deductible Tax
Vehicle Purchase With Deductible Tax
Domestic Purchase Of
Exempted Goods
Domestic Purchase Of Exempted Goods
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 369
10
Self-Assessed VAT Purch. Of

Constr Services
Self-Assessed Value Added Tax Purchase Of Construction Services
11
Eu Acq Of Goods - Standard

Rate
European Union Acquisition Of Goods - Standard Rate
12
Eu Acq Of Goods - Reduced

Rate
European Union Acquisition Of Goods - Reduceduced Rate
13
Eu Acq Of Goods - Zero Rate
European Union Acquisition Of Goods - Zero Rate
14
Exempt Eu Purch Of Goods

Triang Pos. B
Exempt European Union Purchase Of Goods Triangulation Position B
15
Eu Purchase Of Goods Triang

Pos. C
European Union Purchase Of Goods Triangulation Position C
16
Eu Purchase Of Gas, Electricity European Union Purchase Of Gas, Electricity Etc

Etc
17
Self-Assessed EU Purchase Of Self-Assessed European Union Purchase Of Services

Services
18
Imported Goods
Imported Goods
19
Import VAT Paid By Transp.

Comp. - Standard
Import Value Added Tax Paid By Transport Company - Standard
20

Comp. - Reduced
Import Value Added Tax Paid By Transport Company - Reduced
21

Comp. - Zero
Import Value Added Tax Paid By Transport Company - Zero
22
Import VAT Paid To Tax Office - Import Value Added Tax Paid To Tax Office - Standard
Standard
23
Import VAT Paid To Tax Office - Import Value Added Tax Paid To Tax Office - Reduced
Reduced
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 370
24
Import VAT Paid To Tax Office - Import Value Added Tax Paid To Tax Office - Zero
Zero
25
Self-Assessed VAT On
Imported Services
Self-Assd. Value Added Tax On Imported Services
26
Import Of Gas, Electricity Etc
Import Of Gas, Electricity Etc
500
Out Of Scope Sales
Out Of Scope Sales
501
Standard Rate Domestic Sale

Of Goods
Standard Rate Domestic Sale Of Goods
502
Reduced Rate Domestic Sale

Of Goods
Reduceduced Rate Domestic Sale Of Goods
503
Zero Rate Domestic Sale Of

Goods
Zero Rate Domestic Sale Of Goods
504
Special Rate Domestic Sale Of Special Rate Domestic Sale Of Goods

Goods
505
Domestic Sale Of Exempted

Goods
Domestic Sale Of Exempted Goods
506
Exempt Sale Of Real Estate
Exempt Sale Of Real Estate
507
Other Tax Exempt Sale
Other Tax Exempt Sale
508
Eu Sale Of Goods- Distance

Selling
European Union Sale Of Goods- Distance Selling
509
Exempt Eu Sale Of Goods
Exempt European Union Sale Of Goods
510
Exempt Eu Sale Of GoodsTriangulation
Exempt European Union Sale Of Goods- Triangulation
511
Exempt Eu Sale Of Vehicles
Exempt European Union Sale Of Vehicles
512
Exempt Eu Sale Of Service
Exempt European Union Sale Of Service
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 371
513
Export Sale Of Goods
514
Work On Goods From Third

Country
Work On Goods From Third Country
515
Third-Ctry Sales Transp. And

Trav. Service
Third-Country Sales Transport And Travel Service
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for AU
listID = 21808
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Domestic Non-Capital
Purchases
Domestic Non-Capital Purchases
Purchases- Non Ded
Domestic Non-Capital Purchases- Non Deductible
Domestic Capital Purchases
Domestic Capital PurchasesNon Ded
Domestic Capital Purchases- Non Deductible
Exempt Domestic Non-Capital

Purchases
Exempt Domestic Non-Capital Purchases
Exempt Domestic Capital

Purchases
Exempt Domestic Capital Purchases
Imported Non-Capital
Purchases
Imported Non-Capital Purchases
Imported Capital Purchases
10
Import GST For Non-Capital
Import Goods and Services Tax For Non-Capital Purchases
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 372
Purchases
11
Import GST For Capital

Purchases
Import Goods and Services Tax For Capital Purchases
12
Slf-Assess Import GST (NonCap Purch)
Self-Assessed Import Goods and Services Tax (Non-Capital Purchase)
13
Slf-Assess Import GST (Cap

Purch)
Self-Assessed Import Goods and Services Tax (Capital Purchase)
500
Out Of Scope Sales
Out Of Scope Sales
501
Domestic Sales
Domestic Sales
502
Domestic Sales- GST Free
Domestic Sales- Goods and Services Tax Free
503
Exempt Domestic Sales
504
Export
Export
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for CA
listID = 21809
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Regular GST Standard

Purchase - Deductible
Regular Goods and Services Tax Standard Purchase - Deductible
Regular GST Standard

Purchase - Non-Deductible
Regular Goods and Services Tax Standard Purchase - Non-Deductible
Regular GST Zero Purchase Deductible
Regular Goods and Services Tax Zero Purchase - Deductible
GST Standard, PST Standard - Goods and Services Tax Standard, Provincial Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
Deductible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 373
GST Standard, PST Standard - Goods and Services Tax Standard, Provincial Sales Tax Standard - Non-Deductible
Non-Deductible
GST Zero, PST Standard Deductible
Goods and Services Tax Zero, Provincial Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
PE GST Standard, PST

Standard - Deductible
PE Goods and Services Tax Standard, Provincial Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
PE GST Standard, PST

Standard - Non-Ded
PE Goods and Services Tax Standard, Provincial Sales Tax Standard - Non-Deductible
10
PE GST Zero, PST Standard Deductible
PE Goods and Services Tax Zero, Provincial Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
11
GST Stnd - Deductible, QST

Stnd Deductible
Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Qubec Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
12
GST Stnd - Deductible, QST

Stnd Non-Deductible
Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Qubec Sales Tax Standard - Non-Deductible
13
GST Stnd - Non-Deductible,

QST Stnd Deductible
Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible, Qubec Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
14

QST Stnd Non-Ded
Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible, Qubec Sales Tax Standard - Non-Deductible
15
GST Standard - Deductible,

QST Zero - Deductible
Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Qubec Sales Tax Zero - Deductible
16
GST Standard - NonDeductible, QST Zero

Deductible
Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible, Qubec Sales Tax Zero - Deductible
17
GST Zero - Deductible, QST

Standard - Ded
Goods and Services Tax Zero - Deductible, Qubec Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
18

Standard - Non Ded
Goods and Services Tax Zero - Dedcutible, Qubec Sales Tax Standard - Non Deductible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 374
19

Zero - Deductible
Goods and Services Tax Zero - Deductible, Qubec Sales Tax Zero - Deductible
20
Regular HST Purchase Standard Deductible
Regular Harmonized Sales Tax Purchase - Standard Deductible
21
Regular HST Purchase Standard Non-Deductible
Regular Harmonized Sales Tax Purchase - Standard Non-Deductible
22
Regular HST Purchase - ZeroRated Deductible
Regular Harmonized Sales Tax Purchase - Zero-Rated Deductible
23
GST Stnd Slf-Assess PST Stnd Goods and Services Tax Standard, Self-Assessed Provincial Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
Deductible
24
GST Stnd Slf-Assess PST Stnd Goods and Services Tax Standard, Self-Assessed Provincial Sales Tax Standard - Non Deductible
Non-Ded
25
GST Zero, Slf-Assess PST Stnd Goods and Services Tax Zero, Self-Assessed Provincial Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
- Deductible
26
PE GST Stnd Slf-Assess PST

Stnd Deductible
PE Goods and Services Tax Standard, Self-Assessed Provincial Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
27
PE GST Stnd Slf-Assess PST

Stnd Non-Ded
PE Goods and Services Tax Standard, Self-Assessed Provincial Sales Tax Standard - Non Deductible
28
PE GST Zero, Slf-Assess PST

Stnd Ded
PE Goods and Services Tax Zero, Self-Assessed Provincial Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
29
GST Stnd Ded, Slf-Assess QST Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
Stnd Deductible
30
GST Stnd Deductible, SlfAssess
31
GST Stnd Non-Ded, Slf-Assess Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax Standard QST Stnd Ded
Deductible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax Standard - NonDeductible
Page 375
32
GST Stnd Non Ded, Slf-Assess Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax Standard - NonQST Stnd Non Ded
Deductible
33
GST Stnd Ded,Slf-Assess QST Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax Zero - Deductible
Zero Deductible
34
GST Stnd Non Ded, Slf-Assess Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax Zero - Deductible
QST Zero Ded
35
GST Zero Ded, Slf-Assess QST Goods and Services Tax Zero - Deductible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
Stnd Ded
36
GST Zero Ded, Slf-Assess QST Goods and Services Tax Zero - Dedcutible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax Standard - Non Deductible
Stnd Non Ded
37
GST Zero Ded, Slf-Assess QST Goods and Services Tax Zero - Deductible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax Zero - Deductible
Zero Ded
38
GST Stnd Ded, Slf-Assess HST Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Self-Assessed Harmonized Sales Tax Standard Deductible
Deductible
39
GST Stnd Ded, Slf-Assess HST Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Self-Assessed Harmonized Sales Tax Standard - NonNon-Deductible
Deductible
40
GST Stnd Non-Ded, SelfAssess HST Deductible
Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible, Self-Assessed Harmonized Sales Tax Standard Deductible
41
GST Stnd Non-Ded, SelfAssess HST Non Ded
Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible, Self-Assessed Harmonized Sales Tax Standard Non-Deductible
42
GST Stnd Ded, Slf-Assess HST Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Self-Assessed Harmonized Sales Tax Zero - Deductible
Zero Deductible
43
GST Stnd Non-Ded, SelfAssess HST Z D
Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible, Self-Assessed Harmonized Sales Tax Zero Deductible
44
GST Zero Ded, Slf-Assess

HAST Deductible
Goods and Services Tax Zero - Deductible, Self-Assessed Harmonized Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 376
45
GST Zero Ded, Slf-Assess HST Goods and Services Tax Zero - Dedcutible, Self-Assessed Harmonized Sales Tax Standard - Non
Non Ded
Deductible
46
GST Zero Ded, Slf-Assess

HAST Zero Ded
Goods and Services Tax Zero - Deductible, Self-Assessed Harmonized Sales Tax Zero - Deductible
47
Slf-Assess GST Standard Deductible
Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible
48
Slf-Assess GST Standard Non-Deductible
Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible
49
Slf-Assess GST Zero Deductible
Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Zero - Deductible
50
Slf-Assess GST Stnd Ded,SlfAssess PST Stnd
Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Self-Assessed Provincial Sales Tax
Standard
51
Slf-Assess GST Stnd Non

Ded,Slf-Assess PST Stnd
Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible, Self-Assessed Provincial Sales Tax
Standard
52
Slf-Assess GST Zero Ded, SlfAssess PST Stnd
Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Zero - Decutible, Self-Assessed Provincial Sales Tax Standard
53
PE Slf-Assess GST Stnd Ded,

Slf-Assess PST Stnd
PE Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Self-Assessed Provincial Sales Tax
Standard
54
PE Slf-Assess GST Stnd Non

Ded, Slf-Assess PST Stnd
PE Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible, Self-Assessed Provincial Sales
Tax Standard
55
PE Slf-Assess GST Zero - Ded, PE Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Zero - Decutible, Self-Assessed Provincial Sales Tax
Slf-Assess PST Stnd
Standard
56
Slf-Assess GST Stnd Ded, SlfAssess QST Stnd Ded
Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax
57
Slf-Assess GST Stnd Ded, SlfAssess QST Stnd Non Ded
Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax
Standard - Non-Deductible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 377
58
Slf-Assess GST Stnd Non Ded, Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax
Slf-Assess QST Stnd Ded
59
Slf-Assess QST Stnd Non Ded Standard - Non-Deductible
60
Slf-Assess GST Stnd Ded, SlfAssess QST Zero Ded
61
Slf-Assess QST Zero Ded
Zero - Deductible
62
Slf-Assess GST Zero Ded, SlfAssess QST Stnd Ded
Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Zero - Deductible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax Standard Deductible
63
Slf-Assess GST Zero Ded, SlfAssess QST Stnd Non Ded
Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Zero - Dedcutible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax Standard Non Deductible
64
Slf-Assess GST Zero Ded, SlfAssess QST Zero Ded
Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Zero - Deductible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax Zero Deductible
65
Slf-Assess HST Standard Deductible
Self-Assessed Harmonized Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
66
Slf-Assess HST Standard Non-Deductible
Self-Assessed Harmonized Sales Tax Standard - Non-Deductible
67
Slf-Assess HST Zero Deductible
Self-Assessed Harmonized Sales Tax Zero - Deductible
80
GST Stnd - Deductible, Non

PST Taxable
Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Non Provincial Sales Tax Taxable
81

Non PST Taxable
Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible, Non Provincial Sales Tax Taxable
82
GST Zero - Deductible, Non

PST Taxable
Goods and Services Tax Zero - Deductible, Non Provincial Sales Tax Taxable
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Self-Assessed Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Self-Assessed Qubec Sales Tax Zero Deductible
Page 378
83
GST Stnd - Deductible, Non

QST Taxable
Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible, Non Qubec Sales Tax Taxable
84

Non QST Taxable
Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non-Deductible, Non Qubec Sales Tax Taxable
85
GST Zero - Deductible, Non

QST Taxable
Goods and Services Tax Zero - Deductible, Non Qubec Sales Tax Taxable
86
Non GST Taxable
Non Goods and Services Tax Taxable
87
Non GST Taxable, PST

Standard
Non Goods and Services Tax Taxable, Provincial Sales Tax Standard
89
Non GST Taxable, QST

Standard - Deductib
Non Goods and Services Tax Taxable, Qubec Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
90

Standard - Non-Dedu
Non Goods and Services Tax Taxable, Qubec Sales Tax Standard - Non-Deductible
91
Non GST Taxable, QST Zero - Non Goods and Services Tax Taxable, Qubec Sales Tax Zero - Deductible
Deductible
95
Non GST Taxable, Non PST

Taxable
Non Goods and Services Tax Taxable, Non Provincial Sales Tax Taxable
96
Non GST Taxable, Non QST

Taxable
Non Goods and Services Tax Taxable, Non Qubec Sales Tax Taxable
97
Non HST Taxable
Non Harmonized Sales Tax Taxable
200
Imported Goods And Services
Imported Goods And Services
201
Import GST Standard Deductible
Import Goods and Services Tax Standard - Deductible
202
Import GST Standard - Non

Deductible
Import Goods and Services Tax Standard - Non Deductible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 379
203
Import GST Zero - Deductible
Import Goods and Services Tax Zero - Deductible
205
Import PST
Import Provincial Sales Tax
206
Import QST Standard Deductible
Import Qubec Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
207
Import QST Standard - NonDeductible
Import Qubec Sales Tax Standard - Non-Deductible
208
Import QST Zero - Deductible
Import Qubec Sales Tax Zero - Deductible
209
Import HST Standard Deductible
Import Harmonized Sales Tax Standard - Deductible
210
Import HST Standard - Non

Deductible
Import Harmonized Sales Tax Standard - Non Deductible
211
Import HST Zero - Deductible
Import Harmonized Sales Tax Zero - Deductible
300
Out Of Scope Sales
Out Of Scope Sales
501
Regular GST Standard Sales
Regular Goods and Services Tax Standard Sales
502
Regular GST Zero Sales
Regular Goods and Services Tax Zero Sales
503
GST Standard, PST Standard

Sales
Goods and Services Tax Standard, Provincial Sales Tax Standard Sales
504
GST Zero, PST Standard Sales Goods and Services Tax Zero, Provincial Sales Tax Standard Sales
505
GST Standard, PE PST

Standard Sales
Goods and Services Tax Standard, PE Provincial Sales Tax Standard Sales
506
GST Zero, PE PST Standard

Sales
Goods and Services Tax Zero, PE Provincial Sales Tax Standard Sales
507
GST Standard, QST Standard

Sales
Goods and Services Tax Standard, Qubec Sales Tax Standard Sales
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 380
508
GST Standard, QST Zero Sales Goods and Services Tax Standard, Qubec Sales Tax Zero Sales
509
GST Zero, QST Standard Sales Goods and Services Tax Zero, Qubec Sales Tax Standard Sales
510
GST Zero, QST Zero Sales
Goods and Services Tax Zero, Qubec Sales Tax Zero Sales
511
HST Standard Sales
Harmonized Sales Tax Standard Sales
512
HST Zero Sales
Harmonized Sales Tax Zero Sales
600
GST Standard, Non PST

Taxable Sales
Goods and Services Tax Standard, Non Provincial Sales Tax Taxable Sales
601
GST Zero, Non PST Taxable

Sales
Goods and Services Tax Zero, Non Provincial Sales Tax Taxable Sales
602
GST Standard, Non QST

Taxable Sales
Goods and Services Tax Standard, Non Qubec Sales Tax Taxable Sales
603
GST Zero, Non QST Taxable

Sales
Goods and Services Tax Zero, Non Qubec Sales Tax Taxable Sales
604
Non GST Taxable Sales
Non Goods and Services Tax Taxable Sales
605
Non GST Taxable, PST

Standard Sales
Non Goods and Services Tax Taxable, Provincial Sales Tax Standard Sales
606

Standard Sales
Non Goods and Services Tax Taxable, Qubec Sales Tax Standard Sales
607
Non GST Taxable, QST Zero

Sales
Non Goods and Services Tax Taxable, Qubec Sales Tax Zero Sales
608
Non GST Taxable, Non PST

Taxable Sales
Non Goods and Services Tax Taxable, Non Provincial Sales Tax Taxable Sales
609
Non GST Taxable, Non QST

Taxable Sales
Non Goods and Services Tax Taxable, Non Qubec Sales Tax Taxable Sales
610
Non HST Taxable Sales
Non Harmonized Sales Tax Taxable Sales
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 381
700
Export (GST)
Export (Goods and Services Tax)
701
Export (GST, PST)
Export (Goods and Services Tax, Provincial Sales Tax)
702
Export (GST, QST)
Export (Goods and Services Tax, Qubec Sales Tax)
703
Export (HST)
Export (Harmonized Sales Tax)
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for CH
listID = 21810
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Dom Purch Goods - St Rate

Full Ded
Domestic Purchase Goods - Standard Rate Full Deductible

Part Ded
Domestic Purchase Goods - Standard Rate Partially Deductible

Non Ded
Domestic Purchase Goods - Standard Rate Non Deductible
Dom Purch Goods - Red Rate

Full Ded
Domestic Purchase Goods - Reduced Rate Full Deductible

Part Ded
Domestic Purchase Goods - Reduced Rate Partially Deductible

Non Ded
Domestic Purchase Goods - Reduced Rate Non Deductible
Dom Purch Services - St Rate

Full Ded
Domestic Purchase Services - Standard Rate Full Deductible

Part Ded
Domestic Purchase Services - Standard Rate Partially Deductible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 382
10

Non Ded
11
Dom Purch Services - Sp Rate Domestic Purchase Services - Special Rate Full Deductible
Full Ded
12
Dom Purch Services - Sp Rate Domestic Purchase Services - Special Rate Partially Deductible
Part Ded
13
Dom Purch Services - Sp Rate Domestic Purchase Services - Special Rate Non Deductible
Non Ded
14
Dom Purch Services - Red Rate Domestic Purchase Services - Reduced Rate Full Deductible
Full Ded
15
Dom Purch Services - Red Rate Domestic Purchase Services - Reduced Rate Partially Deductible
Part Ded
16
Dom Purch Services - Red Rate Domestic Purchase Services - Reduced Rate Non Deductible
Non Ded
17
Dom Purch Assets - St Rate

Full Ded
Domestic Purchase Assets - Standard Rate Full Deductible
18

Part Ded
Domestic Purchase Assets - Standard Rate Partially Deductible
19

Non Ded
Domestic Purchase Assets - Standard Rate Non Deductible
20
Dom Purch Assets - Red Rate

Full Ded
Domestic Purchase Assets - Reduced Rate Full Deductible
21

Part Ded
Domestic Purchase Assets - Reduced Rate Partially Deductible
22

Non Ded
Domestic Purchase Assets - Reduced Rate Non Deductible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Domestic Purchase Services - Standard Rate Non Deductible
Page 383
23
Exempt Domestic Purchase Of Exempt Domestic Standard Purchase Of Goods

Goods
24
Exempt Domestic Purchase Of Exempt Domestic Standard Purchase Of Services

Services
25
Exempt Domestic Purchase Of Exempt Domestic Standard Purchase Of Assets

Assets
26
Imported Goods (Supplier

Invoice)
Imported Goods (Supplier Invoice)
27
Imported Assets (Supplier

Invoice)
Imported Assets (Supplier Invoice)
28
Import VAT (Customs) - St Rate Import Value Added Tax (Customs Standard) - Standard Rate Full Deductible
Full Ded
29
Import VAT (Customs) - St Rate Import Value Added Tax (Customs Standard) - Standard Rate Partially Deductible
Part Ded
30
Import VAT (Customs) - St Rate Import Value Added Tax (Customs Standard ) - Standard Rate Non Deductible
Non Ded
31
Import VAT (Customs) - Red

Rate Full Ded
Import Value Added Tax (Customs Standard ) - Reduced Rate Full Deductible
32

Rate Part Ded
Import Value Added Tax (Customs Standard ) - Reduced Rate Partially Deductible
33

Rate Non Ded
Import Value Added Tax (Customs Standard ) - Reduced Rate Non Deductible
34
Self-Assd VAT Imp Serv-St

Rate Full Ded
Self-Assessed Value Added Tax Imp Service-Standard Rate Full Deductible
35

Rate Part Ded
Self-Assessed Value Added Tax Imp Service-Standard Rate Partially Deductible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 384
36

Rate Non Ded
Self-Assessed Value Added Tax Imp Service-Standard Rate Non Deductible
37
Self-Assd VAT Imp Serv-Red

Rate Full Ded
Self-Assessed Value Added Tax Imp Service-Reduced Rate Full Deductible
38

Rate Part Ded
Self-Assessed Value Added Tax Imp Service-Reduced Rate Partially Deductible
39

Rate Non Ded
Self-Assessed Value Added Tax Imp Service-Reduced Rate Non Deductible
500
Out Of Scope Sales
Out Of Scope Sales
501
Domestic Sales Goods - St

Rate
Domestic Standard Sales Goods - Standard Rate
502
Domestic Sales Goods - Red

Rate
Domestic Standard Sales Goods - Reduced Rate
503
Domestic Sales Services - St

Rate
Domestic Standard Sales Services - Standard Rate
504
Domestic Sales Services - Sp

Rate
Domestic Standard Sales Services - Special Rate
505
Domestic Sales Services - Red Domestic Standard Sales Services - Reduced Rate
Rate
506
Self Supply - St Rate
Self Supply - Standard Rate
507
Self Supply - Red Rate
Self Supply - Reduced Rate
508
Exempt Domestic Sales Of

Goods/Services
Exempt Domestic Standard Sales Of Goods/Services
509
Export Of Goods And Services Export Of Goods And Services
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 385
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for CN
listID = 21805
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Purchase Out Of Scope Of Law Purchase out of scope of law
St.Rate Domestic Purch -Goods Standard rate domestic purchase - goods fully deductible
Fully Deduct
St.Rate Domestic Purch -Goods Standard rate domestic purchase -goods not deductible
Not Deduct
Reduced Rate Domestic

Purchase Of Goods
Domestic Purchase Of Goods Domestic purchase of goods from small scale manufacturer
From Small Scale Manufacturer
Domestic Purchase Of Goods

From Small Scale Trader
Domestic Purchase Of Self

Domestic purchase of self produced agricultural products
Produced Agricultural Products
Purchases By Small Scale

Company
Purchases by small scale company
GTS Standard Rate Domestic

Sale Of Goods
Golden Tax System standard rate domestic sale of goods
10
Domestic Purchase Of Services Domestic Purchase of services
11
Domestic Purchase Of Freight

Services
Domestic purchase of freight services
12
Exempted Services
Domestic purchase of exempted services
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Reduced rate domestic purchase of goods
Domestic purchase of goods from small scale trader
Page 386
13

Invoice)
Imported goods (supplier invoice)
14
Import VAT -St.Rate (Imp. By

Customs)
Import Value Added Tax -standard rate (imposed by customs)
15
Import VAT -Red.Rate (Imp. By Import Value Added Tax -reduced rate (imposed by customs)
Customs)
23
Exempted Goods
Domestic purchase of exempted goods
500
Sales Out Of Scope Of Law
Sales out of scope of law
501

Of Goods
Standard rate domestic sale of goods
502

Of Goods
Reduced rate domestic sale of goods
503
Domestic Sale Of Goods By

Small Scale Manufacturer
Domestic sale of goods by small scale manufacturer
504
Domestic Sale Of Goods By

Small Scale Trader
Domestic sale of goods by small scale trader
506
GTS Reduced Rate Domestic

Sale Of Goods
Golden Tax System reduced rate domestic sale of goods
507

Goods
Domestic sale of exempted goods
508
GTS Domestic Sale Of

Exempted Goods
Golden Tax System domestic sale of exempted goods
509
Domestic Sale Of Services
Domestic sale of services
510
GTS Domestic Sale Of Services Golden Tax System domestic sale of services
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 387
511
Exempted Sale Of Services
Exempted sale of services
512
GTS Exempted Sale Of

Services
Golden Tax System exempted sale of services
513
Export sale of goods
514
GTS Export Sale Of Goods
Golden Tax System export sale of goods
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for DE
listID = 21801
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Non-Taxable Acquisition
Domestic Acquisition (Standard Domestic acquisition (standard rate)

Rate)
Domestic Acquisition (Reduced Domestic acquisition (reduced rate)

Rate)
Domestic Acquisition (Exempt) Domestic acquisition (exempt)
IC Acquisition (Standard Rate)
Intra-community acquisition (standard rate)
IC Acquisition (Reduced Rate)
Intra-community acquisition (reduced rate)
IC Acquisition (Exempt)
Intra-community acquisition (exempt)
Import VAT (Standard Rate)
Import Value Added Tax (standard rate)
Import VAT (Reduced Rate)
Import Value Added Tax (reduced rate)
10
Import VAT (Exempt)
Import Value Added Tax (exempt)
11
Import (Supplier Invoice)
Import, used in supplier invoice
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Non-Taxable Acquisition
Page 388
12
Non-Taxable Acquisition - Tax

Reporting Not Required
A non-taxable acquisition, where tax reporting is not required.
13
Triangulation Acquisition
(Stand. Rate)
Triangulation acquisition with standard rate
14
Non-Taxable Purchase Within

Tax Reporting Group
A coded representation of a non-taxable purchase within a tax reporting group.
15
Reverse Charge Acquisition

13b II 1 Nr. 10 UStG
Reverse Charge Acquisition 13b II 1 Nr. 10 UStG
430
EU Purch.Serv. Rev.Charge
Std.Rate ded.
EU Purchase of Services, Reverse Charge, standard rate, fully deductible
500
Non-Taxable Sale
Non-Taxable Sale
501
Domestic Supply (Standard

Rate)
Domestic supply (standard rate)
502
Domestic Supply (Reduced

Rate)
Domestic supply (reduced rate)
503
Domestic Supply (Exempt)
Domestic supply (exempt)
504
Export of Service, Reverse

Charge
Export of Service to third country, Reverse Charge
505
Reverse Charge Supply 1

(Reduced Rate)
Reverse charge supply 1 (reduced rate)
506
Reverse Charge Supply 1

(Exempt)
Reverse charge supply 1 (exempt)
507
Intra-Community Supply
Intra-community supply
508
Export To Third Country
Export to third country
509
Exempt According to 4, 2 - 6
Exempt sale according to 4, 2 - 6 value added tax law.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 389
UStG
510
Exempt according to 4, 8 - 28 Exempt sale according to 4, 8 - 28 value added tax law

UStG
511
Non-Taxable Sale - Tax

Reporting Not Required
A non-taxable sale, where tax reporting is not required.
512
Triangulation Sale (Standard

Rate)
Triangulation sale with standard rate
513
Exempt According to 4, 7
UStG
Exempt sale according to 4, 7 value added tax law.
514
Non-Taxable Sale Within Tax

Reporting Group
A coded representation of a non-taxable sale within a tax reporting group.
515
Reverse Charge Supply 13b II Reverse Charge Supply 13b II 1 Nr. 10 UStG
1 Nr. 10 UStG
530
EU Sale of Services, Reverse

Charge
EU Sale of Services, Reverse Charge
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for DK
listID = 21811
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
St Rate Domestic Purchase

Goods - FD
Standard Rate Domestic Purchase Goods - Fully Deductible
St Rate Domestic Purchase

Goods - ND
Standard Rate Domestic Purchase Goods - Non Deductible
Exempted Goods
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 390
Domestic Purchase Of Services Domestic Purchase Of Services

Services
Domestic Purchase Of Freight Services
Exempted Services
Domestic Purchase Of Exempted Services

Invoice)
10
Import VAT - St Rate Goods

(Customs)
Import Value Added Tax - Standard Rate Goods (Customs)
11
EU Acquisition - Goods
Standard Rate
European Union Acquisition - Goods Standard Rate
13
EU Acquisition - Services
Standard Rate
European Union Acquisition - Services Standard Rate
15
Oil and Bottled Gas Duty
Oil and Bottled Gas Duty
16
Electricity Duty
Electricity Duty
17
Natural Gas and Town Gas

Duty
Natural Gas and Town Gas Duty
18
Carbon Duty
Carbon Duty
19
Co2 Duty
Co2 Duty
20
Water Charge
Water Charge
500
Outside Scope Sales
Outside Scope Sales
501

Of Goods
Standard Rate Domestic Sale Of Goods
502

Goods
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 391
503
504
505
506
Export Sale Of Services
507
EU Sale Of Goods - Distance

Selling
European Union Sale Of Goods - Distance Selling
508
EU Sale Of Services - Distance European Union Sale Of Services - Distance Selling

Selling
509
EU Sale Of Goods
European Union Sale Of Goods
510
EU Sale Of Service
European Union Sale Of Service
511
EU Work On Goods - Goods

Shipped Out
European Union Work On Goods - Goods Shipped Out
512
Exempt EU Sale Of Work On

Goods
Exempt European Union Sale Of Work On Goods
513
Exempt EU Sale Of Service
Exempt European Union Sale Of Service
514
Exempt EU Sale Of Goods Triangulation
Exempt European Union Sale Of Goods - Triangulation
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for FR
listID = 21806
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Purchase Out Of Scope of law
Domestic Purchase- Goods St. Domestic purchase- goods standard rate

Rate
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Purchase out of scope of law
Page 392
Domestic Purchase- Goods

Red. Rate
Domestic Purchase- Assets St. Domestic purchase- assets standard rate

Rate
Domestic Purchase- Assets

Red. Rate
Purchase From Monaco- Goods Purchase from Monaco- goods standard rate
St. Rate
Purchase From Monaco- Goods Purchase from Monaco- goods reduced rate
Red. Rate
Exempted Domestic Purchase- Exempted domestic purchase- goods

Goods
Exempted Domestic Purchase- Exempted domestic purchase- assets

Assets
10
Exempted Purch From Monaco- Exempted purchase from Monaco- goods

Goods
11
Domestic Purchase- Services

St. Rate
Domestic purchase- services standard rate
12
Domestic Purchase- Services

Red. Rate
Domestic purchase- services reduced rate
13
Purchase From MonacoServices St. Rate
Purchase from Monaco- services standard rate
14
Purchase From Monacoservices Red. Rate
Purchase from Monaco- services reduced rate
15
Exempted Domestic Purchase- Exempted domestic purchase- services

Services
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Domestic purchase- goods reduced rate
Domestic purchase- assets reduced rate
Page 393
16
Exempted Purch From Monaco- Exempted purchase from Monaco- services

Services
17
EC Acquisition- Goods St. Rate European Community Acquisition- goods standard rate
18
EC Acquisition- Goods Red.

Rate
European Community Acquisition- goods reduced rate
19
EC Acquisition- Services St.

Rate
European Community Acquisition- services standard rate
20
EC Acquisition- Services Red.

Rate
European Community Acquisition- services reduced rate
21
EC Acquisition- Processing
Work St. Rate
European Community Acquisition- processing work standard rate
22
EC Acquisition- Processing
Work Red. Rate
European Community Acquisition- processing work reduced rate
23

Invoice)
24
Import VAT- Non DOM St. Rate Import Value Added Tax- non Dpartement d'outre-mer standard rate
25
Import VAT- Non DOM Red.

Rate
Import Value Added Tax- non Dpartement d'outre-mer reduced rate
26
Import VAT- From DOM St.

Rate
Import Value Added Tax- from Dpartement d'outre-mer standard rate
27
Import VAT- From DOM Red.

Rate
Import Value Added Tax- from Dpartement d'outre-mer reduced rate
500
501
Domestic Sale- Goods St. Rate Domestic salegoods standard rate
502
Domestic Sale- Goods Red.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Domestic salegoods reduced rate
Page 394
Rate
503
Domestic Sale- Gas, Electricity Domestic sale- gas, electricity standard rate
St. Rate
504
Domestic Sale- Gas, Electricity Domestic sale- gas, electricity reduced rate
Red. Rate
505
Sales To Monaco- Goods St.

Rate
506
Sales To Monaco- Goods Red. Sales to Monaco- goods reduced rate

Rate
507
Exempted Domestic SaleGoods
508
Exempted Domestic Sale- Gas, Exempted domestic sale- gas, electricity

Electricity
509
Exempted Sales To MonacoGoods
510
Domestic Sale- Service St. Rate Domestic sale- service standard rate
511
Domestic Sale- Service Red.

Rate
512
Sales To Monaco- Services St. Sales to Monaco- services standard rate

Rate
513
Sales To Monaco- Services

Red. Rate
Sales to Monaco- services reduced rate
514
Exempted Domestic SaleServices
Exempted domestic saleservices
515
Exempted Sales To MonacoServices
Exempted sales to Monaco- services
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Sales to Monaco- goods standard rate
Exempted domestic salegoods
Exempted sales to Monaco- goods
Domestic sale- service reduced rate
Page 395
516
Exempted EC Sales- Goods
Exempted European Community sales- goods
517
Exempted EC Subcontracting
Exempted European Community subcontracting
518
EC Distance Selling- St. Rate
European Community distance selling- standard rate
519
EC Distance Selling- Red. Rate European Community distance selling- reduced rate
520
Exempted EC Sales- Services
Exempted European Community sales- services
521
EC Distance Selling- Services

St. Rate
European Community distance selling- services standard rate
522
EC Distance Selling- Services

Red. Rate
European Community distance selling- services reduced rate
523
Export- Goods To Non EC And Export- goods to non European Community and non Dpartement d'outre-mer
Non DOM
524
Export- Goods To DOM
Export- goods to Dpartement d'outre-mer
525
Export- Services To Non EC

And Non DOM
Export- services to non European Community and non DOM
526
Export- Services To DOM
Export- services to Dpartement d'outre-mer
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for GB
listID = 21804
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Purchase Out Of Scope Of Law Purchase out of scope of law
Dom. Purchase Goods,St.Rate, Fully Ded.
Domestic purchase -goods,standard rate, fully deductible
Dom. Purchase Goods,St.Rate, 50% Ded.
Domestic purchase -goods,standard rate, 50% deductible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 396
Dom. Purchase Goods,St.Rate, Non Ded.
Domestic purchase -goods,standard rate, non deductible
Dom. Purchase -Goods, Red.

Rate
Domestic purchase -goods, reduced rate
Dom. Purchase -Goods, Zero

Rate
Domestic purchase -goods, zero rate
Exempt Purchase Of Goods
Exempt purchase of goods
Domestic Purchase Of Services Domestic purchase of services
Exempted Domestic Purchase

Of Services
Exempted domestic purchase of services
10
EC Acquisition -Goods
European Community Acquisition -goods
11
EC Acquisition -Services
(Reverse Charge)
European Community acquisition -services (reverse charge)
12
EC Acquisition (Services) Reverse Charge (EU

Processing Work)
European Community acquisition (services) - reverse charge (EU processing work)
13

Invoice)
14
Import VAT
Import Value Added Tax
500
501
Domestic Sale -Goods,

Standard Rate
Domestic sale -goods, standard rate
502
Domestic Sale -Goods,

Reduced Rate
Domestic sale -goods, reduced rate
503
Domestic Sale -Goods, Normal Domestic sale -goods, normal rate
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 397
Rate
504
Free Of Charge Domestic Sale Free of charge domestic sale
505
Exempted Domestic Sale

Goods
Exempted domestic sale goods
506
Domestic Sales Of Service
Domestic sales of service
507
Exempted sale of services
508
Free Of Charge Sale
Free of charge sale
509
EC Sale Of Goods (Customer

VRN Known)
European Community sale of goods (customer Vendor Registration Number known)
510
Subcontracting (Goods Moved Subcontracting (goods moved from GB to another EU State for installation or assembly there)
From GB To Another EU State)
511
EC Sale Of Goods (Customer

VRN NOT Known - Distance
Selling)
European Community sale of goods (customer Vendor Registration Number NOT known - distance
selling)
512
EC Sale Of Goods Triangulation
European Community sale of goods - triangulation
513
Free Of Charge EC Sale (ESL

related)
Free of charge European Community sale (European Sales List related)
514
EC Sale Of Services (Customer European Community sale of services (customer Vendor Registration Number known)
VRN Known)
515
EC Sale Of Services (Customer European Community sale of services (customer Vendor Registration Number NOT known - distance
selling)
VRN NOT Known - Distance
Selling)
516
Export To Non-EC Country
Export to non-European Community country
517
Export Of Services
Export of services
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 398
518
Fuel Scale Charge
Fuel scale charge
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for IN
listID = 21812
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Non-Taxable Acquisition (Out

Of Scope)
Non Taxable Acquisition (Other Non Taxable Acquisition (Other Reasons)

Reasons)
11
Intrastate Purchase - 16% BED Intrastate Purchase - 16% Basic Excise Duty And 12.5% Value Added Tax
And 12.5% VAT
12
Intrastate Purchase - 16 % BED Intrastate Purchase - 16 % Basic Excise Duty And 4% Value Added Tax
And 4% VAT
13
Interstate Purchase - 16 % BED Interstate Purchase - 16 % Basic Excise Duty And 3% Central Sales Tax
And 3% CST
14
Intrastate Purchase - 0 % BED Intrastate Purchase - 0 % Basic Excise Duty And 12.5% Value Added Tax
And 12.5% VAT
15
Intrastate Purchase - 0% BED

And 4% VAT
Intrastate Purchase - 0% Basic Excise Duty And 4% Value Added Tax
16
Interstate Purchase - 0% BED

And 3% CST
Interstate Purchase - 0% Basic Excise Duty And 3% Central Sales Tax
17
Intrastate Purchase - 16% BED, Intrastate Purchase - 16% Basic Excise Duty, 1% National Calamity Contingent Duty And 12.5% Value
1% NCCD And 12.5% VAT
Added Tax
18
Intrastate Purchase - 16 %
BED, 1% NCCD And 4% VAT
Intrastate Purchase - 16 % Basic Excise Duty, 1% National Calamity Contingent Duty And 4% Value
Added Tax
19
Interstate Purchase - 16 %
Interstate Purchase - 16 % Basic Excise Duty, 1% National Calamity Contingent Duty And 3% Central
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Non-Taxable Acquisition (Out Of Scope)
Page 399
BED, 1% NCCD And 3% CST
Sales Tax
31
Non-Deductible Intrastate
Purchase - 16% BED And
12.5% VAT
Non-Deductible Intrastate Purchase - 16% Basic Excise Duty And 12.5% Value Added Tax
32
Purchase - 16 % BED And 4%
VAT
Non-Deductible Intrastate Purchase - 16 % Basic Excise Duty And 4% Value Added Tax
33
Purchase - 0 % BED And
12.5% VAT
Non-Deductible Intrastate Purchase - 0 % Basic Excise Duty And 12.5% Value Added Tax
34
Purchase - 0% BED And 4%
VAT
Non-Deductible Intrastate Purchase - 0% Basic Excise Duty And 4% Value Added Tax
35
Purchase - 16% BED, 1%
NCCD And 12.5% VAT
Non-Deductible Intrastate Purchase - 16% Basic Excise Duty, 1% National Calamity Contingent Duty And
12.5% Value Added Tax
36
Purchase - 16 % BED, 1%
NCCD And 4% VAT
Non-Deductible Intrastate Purchase - 16 % Basic Excise Duty, 1% National Calamity Contingent Duty And
4% Value Added Tax
41
16% Cvd On Import Of Goods 16% Cvd On Import Of Goods
42
4% Additional Duty Of Customs 4% Additional Duty Of Customs On Import Of Goods

On Import Of Goods
43
2% Education Cess On Cvd On 2% Education Cess On Cvd On Import Of Goods

Import Of Goods
44
1% Secondary And Higher

Education Cess On CVD On
Import Of Goods
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
1% Secondary And Higher Education Cess On CVD On Import Of Goods
Page 400
51
Intrastate Purchase - 12.5%

VAT
Intrastate Purchase - 12.5% Value Added Tax
52
Intrastate Purchase - 4% VAT
Intrastate Purchase - 4% Value Added Tax
53
Intrastate Purchase - 0% VAT
Intrastate Purchase - 0% Value Added Tax
54
Interstate Purchase - 3% CST
Interstate Purchase - 3% Central Sales Tax
61
Purchase - 12.5 % VAT
Non-Deductible Intrastate Purchase - 12.5 % Value Added Tax
62
Purchase - 4% VAT
Non-Deductible Intrastate Purchase - 4% Value Added Tax
71
12% Service Tax On Purchase 12% Service Tax On Purchase Of Service

Of Service
72
0% Service Tax On Purchase

Of Service
81
12% Service Tax On Import Of 12% Service Tax On Import Of Service

Service
500
Non Taxable Sale (Out Of

Scope)
Non Taxable Sale (Out Of Scope)
501
Non Taxable Sale (Other

Reasons)
Non Taxable Sale (Other Reasons)
511
Intrastate Sale - 16% BED And Intrastate Sale - 16% Basic Excise Duty And 12.5% Value Added Tax
12.5% VAT
512
Intrastate Sale - 16 % BED And Intrastate Sale - 16 % Basic Excise Duty And 4% Value Added Tax
4% VAT
513
Interstate Sale - 16 % BED And Interstate Sale - 16 % Basic Excise Duty And 3% Central Sales Tax
3% CST
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
0% Service Tax On Purchase Of Service
Page 401
514
Intrastate Sale - 0 % BED And

12.5% VAT
Intrastate Sale - 0 % Basic Excise Duty And 12.5% Value Added Tax
515
Intrastate Sale - 0% BED And

4% VAT
Intrastate Sale - 0% Basic Excise Duty And 4% Value Added Tax
516
Interstate Sale - 0% BED And

3% CST
Interstate Sale - 0% Basic Excise Duty And 3% Central Sales Tax
517
Intrastate Sale - 16% BED, 1% Intrastate Sale - 16% Basic Excise Duty, 1% National Calamity Contingent Duty And 12.5% Value Added
NCCD And 12.5% VAT
Tax
518
Intrastate Sale - 16 % BED, 1% Intrastate Sale - 16 % Basic Excise Duty, 1% National Calamity Contingent Duty And 4% Value Added
NCCD And 4% VAT
Tax
519
Interstate Sale - 16 % BED, 1% Interstate Sale - 16 % Basic Excise Duty, 1% National Calamity Contingent Duty And 3% Central Sales
NCCD And 3% CST
Tax
520
Interstate Sale - 16% BED And Interstate Sale - 16% Basic Excise Duty And 12.5% Central Sales Tax ( Without C-Form)
12.5% CST ( Without C-Form)
525
Export Sale - Stat. 16% BED

And 0% VAT
526
Export Sale - Stat. 0% BED And Export Sale - Stat. 0% Basic Excise Duty And 0% Value Added Tax
0% VAT
527
Export Sale - Stat. 16% BED,

Stat. 1% NCCD And 0% VAT
Export Sale - Stat. 16% Basic Excise Duty, Stat. 1% National Calamity Contingent Duty And 0% Value
Added Tax
531
Intrastate Sale - 12.5% VAT
Intrastate Sale - 12.5% Value Added Tax
532
Intrastate Sale - 4% VAT
Intrastate Sale - 4% Value Added Tax
533
Intrastate Sale - 0% VAT
Intrastate Sale - 0% Value Added Tax
534
Interstate Sale - 3% CST
Interstate Sale - 3% Central Sales Tax
535
Export Sale - 0% VAT
Export Sale - 0% Value Added Tax
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Export Sale - Stat. 16% Basic Excise Duty And 0% Value Added Tax
Page 402
536
Interstate Sale - 12.5% CST (

Without C- Form)
Interstate Sale - 12.5% Central Sales Tax ( Without C- Form)
541
12.5% Service Tax On Sale Of 12.5% Service Tax On Sale Of Service

Service
542
0% Service Tax On Sale Of

Service
0% Service Tax On Sale Of Service
543
0% Service Tax On Export Of

Service
0% Service Tax On Export Of Service
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for IT
listID = 21802
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Non Taxable Purchase (Wo

Reporting)
Non Taxable Purchase (Without Reporting)
Domestic Purchase 20%,

Deductible 100%
Domestic Purchase 20%, Deductible 100%

Deductible 100%

Deductible 100%
Exempt Purchase Art 10
Exempt Purchase Art.10
Excluded Purchase Art 15
Excluded Purchase Art 15
10
EU Acqu (Goods) Rev Charge

20%
European Union Acquisition (Goods) Reverse Charge 20%
11

10% FD
European Union Acquisition (Goods) Reverse Charge 10% Fully Deductible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 403
13
EU Acqu (Service) Rev Charge European Union Acquisition (Service) Reverse Charge 20% Fully Deductible
20% FD
14
EU Acqu (Service) Rev Charge European Union Acquisition (Service) Reverse Charge 10% Fully Deductible
10% FD
19
Imp VAT (Imp Outs EU) Cust

Doc 20%
Import Value Added Tax (Import Outside European Union) Customs Document 20%
20

Doc 10%
21

Doc 4%
22
Zero Rated Domestic Purchase Zero Rated Domestic Purchase
26
Purchase With Exemption

Letter
Purchase With Exemption Letter
40

4% FD
European Union Acquisition (Goods) Reverse Charge 4% Fully Deductible
41

0%
European Union Acquisition (Goods) Reverse Charge 0%
42

20% ND
European Union Acquisition (Goods) Reverse Charge 20% Non Deductible
43

10% ND
44

4% ND
46
EU Acqu (Services) Rev

Charge 4% FD
European Union Acquisition (Services) Reverse Charge 4% Fully Deductible
47
European Union Acquisition (Services) Reverse Charge 0%
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 404
Charge 0%
48

Charge 20% ND
European Union Acquisition (Services) Reverse Charge 20% Non Deductible
49

Charge 10% ND
50

Charge 4% ND
51
Import VAT (Customs

Document) 10%
Import Value Added Tax (Customs Document) 10%
52
Import VAT (Customs

Document) 4% FD
Import Value Added Tax (Customs Document) 4% Fully Deductible
53
Import VAT (Customs

Document) 0%
Import Value Added Tax (Customs Document) 0%
54
Import VAT (Customs

Document) 20% ND
Import Value Added Tax (Customs Document) 20% Non Deductible
55
Import VAT (Customs

Document) 10% ND
56
Import VAT (Customs

Document) 4% ND
57
Purchases From San Marino

With VAT 10% FD
Purchases From San Marino With Value Added Tax 10% Fully Deductible
58

With VAT 4% FD
Purchases From San Marino With Value Added Tax 4% Fully Deductible
59

With VAT 0%
Purchases From San Marino With Value Added Tax 0%
60
Purchases From San Marino With Value Added Tax 20% Non Deductible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 405
With VAT 20% ND

61

With VAT 10% ND
62

With VAT 4% ND
63
Slf-Assess VAT Pur Fr SM 10% Self-Assessed Value Added Tax Purchase From San Marino 10% 100% Ded
100% Ded
64
Slf-Assess VAT Pur Fr SM 4%

100% Ded
Self-Assessed Value Added Tax Purchase From San Marino 4% 100% Ded
65
Slf-Assess VAT Pur From SM

0%
Self-Assessed Value Added Tax Purchase From San Marino 0%
66
Slf-Assess VAT Pur Fr SM 20% Self-Assessed Value Added Tax Purchase From San Marino 20% Non-Ded
Non-Ded
67
Non-Ded
68
Non-Ded
69
Domestic Purchase 20%, Non- Domestic Purchase 20%, Non-Deductible

Deductible
70
Domestic Purchase 10%, Non- Domestic Purchase 10%, Non-Deductible

Deductible
71
Domestic Purchase 4%, NonDeductible
Domestic Purchase 4%, Non-Deductible
200
Import Outside Of EU NonTaxable
Import Outside Of European Union Non-Taxable
500
Non Taxable Sale (Wo
Non Taxable Sale (Without Reporting)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 406
Reporting)
501
Domestic Sale 20%
Domestic Sale 20%
502
Domestic Sale 10%
Domestic Sale 10%
503
Domestic Sale 4%
Domestic Sale 4%
504
Domestic Services 20%
Domestic Services 20%
505
Exempt Sale Art 10
Exempt Sale Art.10
506
Excluded Sales Art 15
Excluded Sales Art. 15
507
EU Sale Of Goods
508
Subcontracting 20%
Subcontracting 20%
509

Selling 20%
European Union Sale Of Goods - Distance Selling 20%
510
EU Sale Of Service
European Union Sale Of Service
511
EU Sale Of Services (Cust Vrn European Union Sale Of Services (Customer's VRN Not Known)
Not Known)
512
Exp Goods Non-EU (Incl Va,

SM)
Exp.Goods Non-European Union (IncludingVa, SM)
513
Zero Rated Domestic Sales
Zero Rated Domestic Sales
516
Sales with Exemption Letter Zero
Sales with Exemption Letter - Zero
517
Exempt Sales To Earthquake

Victims
Exempt Sales To Earthquake Victims
518
Sales with Exemption Letter Standard
Sales with Exemption Letter - Standard
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 407
519
Sales with Exemption Letter Reduced
Sales with Exemption Letter - Reduced
520
Sales with Exemption Letter Low
Sales with Exemption Letter - Low
521
Occasional Taxable Sales 20% Occasional Taxable Sales 20%
522
EU Sale Of Goods Triangulation
524
Domestic Sales Of Service 10% Domestic Sales Of Service 10%
525
526
527
Occasional Taxable Sales 10% Occasional Taxable Sales 10%
528
Occasional Taxable Sales 4%
529
530

Selling 10%
531

Selling 4%
532

Selling 0%
533
Sales Of Goods To San Marino Sales Of Goods To San Marino 10%

10%
534

4%
535

0%
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
European Union Sale Of Goods - Triangulation
Page 408
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for MX
listID = 21816
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
VAT on Domestic Sale Standard Rate
Value Added Tax on domestic sale at standard rate
VAT on Domestic Sale Reduced Rate
Value Added Tax on domestic sale at reduced rate
VAT on Domestic Sale - Zero

Rate
Value Added Tax on domestic sale at zero rate
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for NL
listID = 21813
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
St Rate Dom Purch - Goods FD StaNon-Deductibleard Rate Domestic Purchase - Goods Fully Deductible
St Rate Dom Purch - Goods ND StaNon-Deductibleard Rate Domestic Purchase - Goods Non-Deductible
Red Rate Dom Purch - Goods

FD
Reduced Rate Domestic Purchase - Goods Fully Deductible
Red Rate Dom Purch - Goods

ND
Reduced Rate Domestic Purchase - Goods Non-Deductible
Domestic Purchase Of SelfProd Agricult Prd
Domestic Purchase Of Self-Prod. Agricultural Product
Exempted Goods
Domestic Purchase - Assets
Domestic Purchase - Assets StaNon-Deductibleard Rate
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 409
StaNDard Rate
9
Domestic Purchase - Assets

Reduced Rate
10
Domestic Purchase Of Services Domestic Purchase Of Services
11

Services
Domestic Purchase Of Freight Services
12
Exempted Services
Domestic Purchase Of Exempted Services
13

Invoice)
14
Imp VAT - St Rate (Imposed By Import Value Added Tax - Standard Rate, Non-Deductible (Imposed By Customs)
Customs)
15
Imp VAT - Red Rate (Imposed

By Customs)
16
EU Acq - Goods StaNDard Rate European Union Acqusition - Goods Standard Rate Non-Deductible
17
EU Acq - Goods Reduced Rate European Union Acqusition - Goods Reduced Rate
20
EU Acq - Services StaNDard

Rate
European Union Acqusition - Services Standard Non-Deductible Rate
21
EU Acq - Services Reduced

Rate
European Union Acqusition - Services Reduced Rate
25
Domestic Purchase Of Services Domestic Purchase Of Services - Reduced

- Reduced
500
Outside Scope Sales
Outside Scope Sales
501
StaNDard Rate Domestic Sale

Of Goods
Domestic Sale Of Goods - Standard Rate, Non-Deductible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Domestic Purchase - Assets Reduced Rate
Import Value Added Tax - Reduced Rate (Imposed By Customs)
Page 410
502

Of Goods
Domestic Sale Of Goods - Reduced Rate
503

Goods
504
505
506
507
508

Selling
European Union Sale Of Goods - Distance Selling
509
EU Sale Of Services - Distance European Union Sale Of Services - Distance Selling

Selling
510
EU Sale Of Goods
511
EU Sale Of Services
European Union Sale Of Services
512
EU Work On Goods - Goods

Shipped Out
European Union Work On Goods - Goods Shipped Out
513
Exempt EU Sale Of Work On

Goods
Exempt European Union Sale Of Work On Goods
514
Exempt EU Sale Of Services
Exempt European Union Sale Of Services
515
Exempt EU Sale Of Goods Triangulation
Exempt European Union Sale Of Goods - Triangulation
516
Domestic Sale Of Service

Reduced Rate
Domestic Sale Of Service Reduced Rate
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 411
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for SG
listID = 21814
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Domestic Purchases
Domestic Purchases
Domestic Purchases-Non
Deductible
Domestic Purchases-Non Deductible
Exempt Domestic Purchases
Exempt Domestic Purchases
Imported Purchases (Supplier

Invoice)
Imported Purchases (Supplier Invoice)
Import GST For Purchases
Import Goods and Services Tax For Purchases
Slf-Assess Import GST
Self-Assessed Import Goods and Services Tax
500
Out Of Scope Sales
Out Of Scope Sales
501
Standard-Rated Domestic Sales Standard-Rated Domestic Sales
502
Zero-Rated Domestic Sales
Zero-Rated Domestic Sales
503
504
Export
Export
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for US
listID = 21803
listAgencyID = 310
Code
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Name
Description
Page 412
Non-Taxable Purchase Out Of

Scope Of Law
Non-taxable purchase out of scope of law
Sales Tax Standard (Vendor

Collected)
Sales tax standard (vendor collected)
Sales Tax Exempt (Vendor

Collected)
Sales tax exempt (vendor collected)
Sales Tax Food (Vendor

Collected)
Sales tax food (vendor collected)
Sales Tax Health Care (Vendor Sales tax health care (vendor collected)
Collected)
Sales Tax Clothing (Vendor

Collected)
Sales tax clothing (vendor collected)
Sales Tax Other Rate (Vendor

Collected)
Sales tax other rate (vendor collected)
Use Tax (Direct Pay Permit)
Use tax (direct pay permit)
Use Tax (Supplier Without

Nexus)
Use tax (supplier without nexus)
10
Exempt Purchase (Resale)
Exempt purchase (resale)
11
Exempt Purchase (Further

Manufacturing)
Exempt purchase (further manufacturing)
12
Exempt Purchase (Agricult.

Production)
Exempt purchase (agricultural production)
13
Exempt Purchase (Direct Pay

Permit)
Exempt purchase (direct pay permit)
14
Exempt Purchase (Multiple

Points Of Use)
Exempt purchase (multiple points of use)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 413
15
Exempt Purchase (Other

Reason)
16
Import Use Tax - Standard Rate Import use tax - standard rate
22
Non-Taxable Purchase Within

Tax Reporting Group
A purchase that is not taxable within a tax reporting group.
500
Non-Taxable Sales (Out Of

Scope Of Law)
Non-taxable sales (out of scope of law)
501
Sales Tax - Standard Rate
Sales tax - standard rate
502
Sales Tax - Exempt
Sales tax - exempt
503
Sales Tax (Special Rate: Food) Sales tax (special rate: food)
504
Sales Tax (Special Rate: Health Sales tax (special rate: health care)
Care)
505
Sales Tax (Special Rate:

Clothing)
506
Sales Tax (Special Rate: Other) Sales tax (special rate: other)
507
Non-Taxable Sales Under

Nexus Rules
Non-taxable sales under nexus rules
508
Exempt Sale To Federal

Government
Exempt sale to federal government
509
Exempt Sale For Resale
Exempt sale for resale
510
Exempt Sale For Further

Manufacture
Exempt sale for further manufacture
511
Exempt Sale For Agricultural

Production
Exempt sale for agricultural production
512
Exempt Sale By Direct Pay
Exempt sale by direct pay permit
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Exempt purchase (other reason)
Sales tax (special rate: clothing)
Page 414
Permit
513
Exempt Sale By Multiple Points Exempt sale by multiple points of use

Of Use
514
Exempt Sale By other reason
Exempt sale by other reason
515
Export
Export
516
Exempt Sale To State Or Local Exempt sale to state or local government

Government
517
Exempt Sale To Tribal

Government
Exempt sale to tribal government
518
Exempt Sale To Foreign

Diplomat
Exempt sale to foreign diplomat
519
Exempt Sale To Charitable

Organization
Exempt sale to charitable organization
520
Exempt Sale To Religious Or

Edu. Org.
Exempt sale to religious or educational organ
522
Non-Taxable Sale Within Tax

Reporting Group
A sale that is not taxable within a tax reporting group.
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode for ZA
listID = 21815
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Purchases
Domestic Non-Capital Purchases
Domestic Non-Capital Purchases- Non Deductible
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 415
Purchases- Non Ded

4
Domestic Capital PurchasesNon Ded
Domestic Capital Purchases- Non Deductible
Exempt Domestic Non-Capital

Purchases
Exempt Domestic Non-Capital Purchases
Exempted Domestic Capital

Purchases
Exempted Domestic Capital Purchases
Imported Non-Capital
Purchases
Imported Non-Capital Purchases
10
Import VAT For Non-Capital

Purchases
Import Value Added Tax For Non-Capital Purchases
11
Import VAT For Capital

Purchases
Import Value Added Tax For Capital Purchases
12
Slf-Assess Import VAT (NonCap Purch)
Self-Assessed Import Value Added Tax (Non-Capital Purchase)
13
Slf-Assess Import VAT (Cap

Purch)
Self-Assessed Import Value Added Tax (Capital Purchase)
14
Change In Use - Input Tax
Change In Use - Input Tax
500
Out Of Scope Sales
Out Of Scope Sales
501
Domestic Non-Capital Sales
502

(Zero-Rated)
Domestic Non-Capital Sales (Zero-Rated)
503
Domestic Capital Sales
Domestic Capital Sales
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 416
504
Domestic Capital Sales (ZeroRated)
Domestic Capital Sales (Zero-Rated)
505
506
Export
Export
507
Export Of Second Hand Goods Export Of Second Hand Goods
508
Change In Use - Output Tax
Change In Use - Output Tax
Appendix - Context
Definition
The ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCodeContextElements defines a dependency or an environment in which the
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode appears. The environment is described by context categories.
Comment
With the context categories in ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCodeContextElements, the valid portion of code values of
ProductTaxationCharacteristicsCode is restricted according to an environment during use.
Structure
GDT
Cat.
ProductTaxationCharacteristi
csCodeContextElements
Object Class
Property
CountryCode
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Product Taxation
Characteristics Code
Context Elements
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Card.
Remarks
Details
Product Taxation
Characteristics Code
Context Elements
Country
Code
GDT
CountryCode
0..1
Page 417

Attribute / Element
CountryCode
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
This context category defines the context country. This determines the valid code values for a specific country.
Page 418
1.47 Quantity
Definition
A Quantity is the non-monetary numerical specification of an amount in a unit of measurement.
Quantity. Type
Example
<OrderedQuantity unitCode="CT">100</OrderedQuantity>
(CT = Carton)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
Quantity
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Quantity
Type
XSD
decimal
17.14
Unit
Code
GDT
MeasureUnitCode
1..3
Card.
Remarks
0..1

A quantity is the result of the numerical comparison of the number, amount, or size of a given item or attribute and a standard number,
amount, or size. Depending on the item or attribute to be qualified and the business context, the comparison can be made by physically
measuring or counting.
Positive and negative entries are possible using the built-in data type "xsd:decimal". Negative entries must be prefixed with a negative
sign ("-"). However, positive entries do not have to be prefixed with a positive sign ("+").
Measurement units are represented in the attribute "unitCode," in accordance with UN/ECE Recommendation #20 or X12 355.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 419

Attribute / Element
unitCode
Specifies the unit of measure of a quantity.
The permitted variations of the "unitCode" attribute are described in more detail in the "MeasureUnitCode" GDT.
Use
Quantity is normally used to specify the amount of a (manufactured, ordered, transported, delivered, and so on) product.
In each given context, a decision must be made as to whether an amount (Quantity) or a physical measurement (Measure) is being
specified. For this purpose, the physical units (PhysicalMeasureUnits) used in Measure form a subset of the measurement units
(MeasureUnits) used in Quantity.
Notes
MeasureUnitCode helps to determine the "unitCode" attribute. However, it cannot be typed with the GDT MeasureUnitCode since it
would then have to be called "measureUnitCode", which contradicts the dictionary entry name "Quantity. Unit. Code" specified in CCTS
V2.01 and the attribute name "unitCode".
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 420
Restricted Data Type INTEGER_Quantity

Example
<Quantity unitCode ="BX">1000</ Quantity>
(BX = Box)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
INTEGER_Quantity
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
INTEGER_ Quantity
Quantity
CDT
Quantity
17
Unit
Code
GDT
MeasureUnitCode
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The INTEGER_Quantity is a restriction on Core Data Type Quantity to specify a uniform length for integer quantities. INTEGER_Quantity
contains the variable "INTEGER_", which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 421
Restricted Data Type LARGE_Quantity

Example
<Quantity unitCode ="KGM">20590.5</Quantity>
(KGM = Kilogram)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
LARGE_Quantity
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
LARGE_ Quantity
Quantity
CDT
Quantity
12.3
Unit
Code
GDT
MeasureUnitCode
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The LARGE_Quantity is a restriction on Core Data Type Quantity to specify a uniform length for large quantities. LARGE_Quantity
contains the variable "LARGE_", which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 422
Restricted Data Type LARGENONNEGATIVE_Quantity

Example
(KGM = Kilogram)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
LARGENONNEGATIVE_Qua
ntity
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
LARGE_NONNEGATIV Quantity
E__ Quantity
CDT
Quantity
12.3
Unit
GDT
MeasureUnitCode
1..3
Code
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The LARGE_Quantity is a restriction on Core Data Type Quantity to specify a uniform length for large and non negative quantities.
LARGE_Quantity contains the variables "LARGE_" and "NONNEGATIVE_", which get replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 423
Restricted Data Type NONNEGATIVE_Quantity

Example
(KGM = Kilogram)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
NONNEGATIVE_Quantity
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
NONNEGATIVE__
Quantity
Quantity
CDT
Quantity
17.14
Unit
Code
GDT
MeasureUnitCode
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
0..1
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The NONNEGATIVE_Quantity is a restriction on Core Data Type Quantity to specify non negative numbers (including decimal
representations) for Quantities. NONNEGATIVE_Quantity contains the variable "NONNEGATIVE_", which gets replaced by one (or
more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 424
Restricted Data Type POSITIVE_Quantity

Example
(KGM = Kilogram)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
POSITIVE_Quantity
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
POSITIVE__ Quantity
Quantity
CDT
Quantity
17.14
Unit
Code
GDT
MeasureUnitCode
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
0..1
Only values larger than 0.0 are permitted. As zero is no positive number, zero is excluded.
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The POSITIVE_Quantity is a restriction on Core Data Type Quantity to specify positive numbers (including decimal representations) for
Quantities.
POSITIVE_Quantity contains the variable "POSITIVE_", which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 425
Restricted Data Type SMALLINTEGER_Quantity

Example
<Quantity unitCode =" DAY ">365</Quantity>
(DAY = Day)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
SMALLINTEGER_Quantity
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
SMALLINTEGER_
Quantity
Quantity
CDT
Quantity
Unit
Code
GDT
MeasureUnitCode
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The SMALLINTEGER_Quantity is a restriction on Core Data Type Quantity to specify a uniform length for short integer quantities.
SMALLINTEGER_Quantity contains the variable "SMALLINTEGER_", which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 426
Restricted Data Type UNITDAY_VERYSMALLNONNEGATIVE_Quantity

Example
<Quantity unitCode =" DAY ">12.34</Quantity>
(DAY = Day)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
UNITDAY_VERYSMALLNON
NEGATIVE_Quantity
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
UNITDAY_VERYSMAL Quantity
LNONNEGATIVE_
Quantity
CDT
Quantity
Unit
GDT
DAY_MeasureUnitCo 1..3
de
Code
Card.
2.2
Remarks
restricted
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The UNITDAY_VERYSMALLNONNEGATIVE_Quantity is a restriction of GDT Quantity to specify a uniform length for small quantities
and a reduced set of code
values for GDT MeasureUnitCode. UNITDAY_VERYSMALLNONNEGATIVE_Quantity contains the variable
UNITDAY_VERYSMALLNONNEGATIVE_, which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 427
Restricted Data Type UNITDAYWEEKMONTHYEAR_SMALLNONNEGATIVEINTEGER_Quantity

Example
<Quantity unitCode =" DAY ">365</Quantity>
(DAY = Day)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
UNITDAYWEEKMONTHYEA
R_SMALLNONNEGATIVEIN
TEGER_Quantity
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
UNITDAYWEEKMONT Quantity
HYEAR_SMALLNONN
EGATIVEINTEGER_
Quantity
CDT
Quantity
Unit
GDT
DAYWEEKMONTHY 1..3
EAR_MeasureUnitCo
de
Code
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The UNITDAYWEEKMONTHYEAR_SMALLNONNEGATIVEINTEGER_Quantity is a restriction of GDT Quantity to specify a uniform
length for short integer quantities and a reduced set of code values for GDT MeasureUnitCode.
UNITDAYWEEKMONTHYEAR_SMALLNONNEGATIVEINTEGER_Quantity contains the variable
"UNITDAYWEEKMONTHYEAR_SMALLNONNEGATIVEINTEGER_", which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 428
Restricted Data Type UNITHOUR_SMALL_Quantity

Example
<Quantity unitCode ="HOUR">7,25</Quantity>
(HOUR = Hour)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
UNITHOUR_SMALL_Quantit
y
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
UNITHOUR_SMALL_
Quantity
Quantity
CDT
Quantity
Unit
Code
GDT
HOUR_MeasureUnit 1..3
Code
Card.
4.2
Remarks
restricted
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The UNITHOUR_SMALL_Quantity is a restriction of GDT Quantity to specify a uniform length for small quantities and a reduced set of
code
values for GDT MeasureUnitCode. UNITHOUR_SMALL_Quantity contains the variable UNITHOUR_SMALL_, which gets replaced by
one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 429
Restricted Data Type UNITHOURDAY_MEDIUM_Quantity

Example
<Quantity>12345.12</Quantity>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
UNITHOURDAY_MEDIUM_Q
uantity
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
UNITHOURDAY_MEDI Quantity
UM_ Quantity
CDT
Quantity
Unit
GDT
HOURDAY_Measure 1..3
UnitCode
Code
Card.
5.2
Remarks
restricted
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The UNITHOURDAY_MEDIUM_Quantity is a restriction of GDT Quantity to specify a uniform length for medium quantities and a reduced
set of code
values for GDT MeasureUnitCode. UNITHOURDAY_MEDIUM_Quantity contains the variable UNITHOURDAY_MEDIUM_, which gets
replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 430
Restricted Data Type UNITHOURDAY_SMALL_Quantity

Example
<Quantity unitCode ="HOUR">7.25</Quantity>
(HOUR = Hour)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
UNITHOURDAY_SMALL_Qu
antity
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
UNITHOURDAY_SMA Quantity
LL_ Quantity
CDT
Quantity
Unit
GDT
HOURDAY_Measure 1..3
UnitCode
Code
Card.
4.2
Remarks
restricted
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The UNITHOURDAY_SMALL_Quantity is a restriction of GDT Quantity to specify a uniform length for small quantities and a reduced set
of code values for GDT MeasureUnitCode. UNITHOURDAY_SMALL_Quantity contains the variable "UNITHOURDAY_SMALL_", which
gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 431
Restricted Data Type UNITMONTHYEAR_SMALLNONNEGATIVEINTEGER_Quantity

Example
<Quantity unitCode ="MON">7</Quantity>
(MON = Month)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
UNITMONTHYEAR_SMALLN
ONNEGATIVEINTEGER_Qu
antity
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
UNITMONTHYEAR_S Quantity
MALLNONNEGATIVEI
NTEGER__ Quantity
CDT
Quantity
Unit
GDT
MONTHYEAR_Meas 1..3
ureUnitCode
Code
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The UNITMONTHYEAR_SMALLNONNEGATIVEINTEGER_Quantity
is a restriction on Core Data Type Quantity to specify a uniform length for small and non negative integer quantities and a reduced set of
code values for GDT MeasureUnitCode.
UNITMONTHYEAR_SMALLNONNEGATIVEINTEGER_Quantity
contains the variable "UNITMONTHYEAR_SMALLNONNEGATIVEINTEGER_", which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 432
Restricted Data Type UNITTIME_MEDIUM_Quantity

Example
<Quantity unitCode =" DAY ">36555.1</Quantity>
(DAY = Day)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
UNITTIME_MEDIUM_Quantit
y
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
UNITTIME_MEDIUM_
Quantity
Quantity
CDT
Quantity
5.1
Unit
Code
GDT
MeasureUnitCode
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Both positive and negative values are permitted.The unit of quantity is limited only to time units for this CDT.
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The UNITTIME_MEDIUM_Quantity is a restriction of CDT Quantity to specify a uniform length for medium quantities and a reduced set
of code
values for GDT MeasureUnitCode. UNITTIME_MEDIUM_Quantity contains the variable UNITTIME_MEDIUM_, which gets replaced by
one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 433
Restricted Data Type UNITTIME_MEDIUMPOSITIVE_Quantity

Example
<Quantity unitCode="DAY">36555.5</Quantity>
(DAY = Day)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
UNITTIME_MEDIUMPOSITIV
E_Quantity
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
UNITTIME_MEDIUMP Quantity
OSITIVE_ Quantity
CDT
Quantity
5.1
Unit
GDT
MeasureUnitCode
1..3
Code
Card.
Remarks
restricted
Only values larger than 0.0 are permitted. As zero is no positive number, zero is excluded.
The unit of quantity is limited only to time units for this CDT.
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The UNITTIME_MEDIUMPOSITIVE_Quantity is a restriction of CDT Quantity to specify a uniform length for medium quantities and a
reduced set of code
values for GDT MeasureUnitCode. UNITTIME_MEDIUMPOSITIVE_Quantity contains the variable UNITTIME_MEDIUMPOSITIVE_,
which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 434
Restricted Data Type UNITTIME_SMALLINTEGER_Quantity

Example
<Quantity unitCode="DAY">365</Quantity>
(DAY = Day)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
UNITTIME_SMALLINTEGER
_Quantity
unitCode
Quantity
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
UNITTIME_SMALLINT Quantity
EGER_ Quantity
CDT
Quantity
Unit
GDT
MeasureUnitCode
1..3
Code
Card.
Remarks
restricted
The unit of quantity is limited only to time units for this CDT.
Attribute / Element
unitCode
Notes
The UNITTIME_SMALLINTEGER_Quantity is a restriction of CDT Quantity to specify a uniform length for small quantities and a reduced
set of code
values for GDT MeasureUnitCode. UNITTIME_SMALLINTEGER_Quantity contains the variable UNITTIME_SMALLINTEGER_, which
gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 435

Qualifier
Definition
Accrual
A quantity that specifies an accrual to an account.
Actual
An actual quantity.
Comment:
The actual amount can be determined in most business transactions after completion of the transaction. The
actual quantity usually differs from the budgeted, expected, limit quantity and so on.
Affected
Quantity that is affected
Allocate
A quantity to be allocated.
Allocated
Allocated Quantity
Allocation
Quantity that was or is to be allocated.
Approval
Quantity that is to be approved
Approved
Quantity which is approved, after an approval process
Available
Available quantity at a certain point in time that results from comparing receipts, requirements and actual inventory.
Balance
A quantity that specifies a balance of an account.
Base
A quantity that provides the basis for something.

Comment:
"Something" could be for example a calculation.

Billable
A quantity that can be billed.
Billing
A quantity that should be billed.
BookInventory
Quantity that is registered in the book inventory
Cancel
Quantity that is to be cancelled.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 436
Cancelled
A quantity that has been cancelled.
Capacity
A CapacityQuantity is the quantity of a capacity without unit.
Change
The quantity by which something is to be changed.
Characteristic
A quantity that specifies a characteristic value, such as length, breadth, height, or net weight, for a trading unit of measure.
Clearing
Quantity that is cleared.
Committed
Quantity which is committed (planned, promised or be intended for being used for a particular purpose).
CompensationComponent
The quantity of a compensation component that is not a monetary but a real value.
Complaint
Product quantity the customer complaints about.
Confirm
A quantity that is to be confirmed.
Confirmation
A quantity that was or is to be confirmed.
Confirmed
Quantity which is confirmed
Container
Container quantity
ContractRelease
Quantity already released from the contract
ContractReleased
Quantity to be released from the contract
Converted
Quantity which is the result of some conversion.
Correction
Quantity that is used to balance a quotation
Corresponding
A quantity that specifies the counterpart to another quantity in a quantity conversion.
Costing
A quantity that specifies the basis for costing a cost object
Counted
Quantity that is counted
CreditMemo
A quantity of a credit memo.

Comment:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 437
For example, in the context of a return to supplier, a credit memo quantity can be specified to request a credit
memo for the returned goods.
Cumulated
Quantity which is a the sum of individual quantities
Day
A quantity of days (with the unit of measure "Day" (DAY)).
Delivered
Acknowledged or Delivered Quantity
Delivery
Quantity which is physically arranged in a OutboundDelivery / InboundDelivery
DeliveryNote
Quantity which is listed in a delivery note.
Destructed
Quantity that has been destructed.
Deviating
Quantity that is a deviation from another quantity.
Deviation
A quantity that is a deviation from another quantity.

Comment:
This means the delta quantity.

Difference
Difference between two quantities.
Disposed
Quantity which is disposed.
EconomicOrder
Denotes the most economic order quantity
EducationOrTrainingTime
A quantity of an education or training time.
Eligible
The eligible quantity for satisfying the conditions to receive something or to do something.
Entry
EntryQuantity is the quantity of an entry in an object as it has originally been entered, i.e. particularly without any unit
conversion
Comment:
The term "object" usually stands for a document like a purchase order.
ExternallyOwnedStock
A quantity of an externally owned stock.

Comment:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 438
The quantity of a product that is held in company stock but is owned by a customer or a supplier.
Feasible
A quantity that is feasible in a process at one point of time.
Fixed
Quantity that is defined independent on a reference value
FlatRate
Quantity of flat rates
Flow
A quantity that is moved forward in a process.
Forecast
The forecast quantity of the material requirement
ForecastConsumption
The quantity, at which an actual requirement consumes the planned quantity of the forecast.
Forwarded
Quantity which has been forwarded to a follow-up business document
FreeofCharge
The quantity that is free of charge
Fulfilled
Quantity that has been delivered, moved, produced, checked or packed
GoodsMovement
The quantity of a goods movement.

Comment:
A goods movement is a physical or logical movement of products leading to a change in inventory or resulting
in the consumption of the products.
Granted
The quantity that has been granted by someone.
Hour
A quantity of hours (with the unit of measure "Hour" (HUR)).
Initial
A quantity that is initially given.
Input
Input Quantity
Inspected
Quantity that has been inspected.
Inspection
Quantity that will be inspected.
Inventory
Inventory Quantity
Invoice
Quantity of product to be billed
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 439
Invoiced
Quantity of a Supplier Invoice Item
Issued
The quantity already delivered for the material requirement
LegalCompliance
A quantity that is defined and required by authorities to comply with legal regulations.
Length
A quantity that specifies a length.
LicenceWriteOff
The quantity to write off of a licence. In licence write-off, licences can grant their owners a privilege only a limited number
of times; the remaining quantity is then written off per use.
Limit
A quantity that sets a limit which may not be passed.
Loaded
Quantity that is loaded.
LogisticsExecutionRequisitionItemActivit Quantity that has been fulfilled by the logistics execution and is cumulated on item level over all
yFulfilled
LogisticsExecutionRequisitionItemActivities
LogisticsExecutionRequisitionItemActivit Quantity that has been confirmed from the logistics execution but not yet fulfilled and is cumulated on item level over all
yOpen
LogisticsExecutionRequisitionItemActivities
LogisticsExecutionRequisitionItemActivit A cumulated quantity on the item level, comprised of all of the logistics execution requisition item activities. This quantity
yOpenConfirmed
was confirmed by the supplier but the goods have not yet been delivered.
LogisticUnit
A quantity that specifies the quantity of a logistic unit.
LotSize
Lot size in production
LotSizeRounding
Quantity to a multiple of which the system rounds up the lot quantity.
LowerBoundary
Lower boundary of an interval of quantities.
Material
Quantity of a material.
MaterialFlowItemOriginDocument
The material quantity that is specified in the origin document the flow item instance refers too.
Maximum
Maximum Quantity
MaximumShelfCapacity
Quantity of maximum capacity of the materials that a shelf could have.
Measured
Measured quantity
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 440
Minimum
Minimum Quantity
Missing
Quantity that is missing.
NonConforming
Quantity of non-conforming units
Open
Quantity that has not yet been delivered, moved, produced, checked or packed.
Operational
Operational Quantity is the quantity of entities which are available in the state in which their main purpose can be fulfilled.
OptimumShelfCapacity
Quantity of optimum capacity of the materials that a shelf could have.
Order
A quantity specified for ordering a product.
Ordered
Quantity that was ordered
Original
A quantity that was given originally.
Outgoing
Quantity which is outgoing.
Output
Output Quantity
Overridden
A quantity that has been overridden by another quantity.
Package
Package quantity
Picked
Quantity that has been picked.
Plan
Quantity of a plan.
Comment:
In contrast to the planned quantity the plan quantity is not necessarily the quantity that was originally planned.
Instead it is the quantity currently used in a plan. It could have been subject to a change from outside the plan.
Planned
Quantity which is planned
PlannedDelivery
Quantity which is planned in a PlannedOutboundDelivery / PlannedInboundDelivery
Planning
A quantity that specifies a planned amount in a unit of measurement.
Portion
A quantity of a portion that specifies a part or a share of something.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 441
Power
Quantity that defines the power, for example, of an engine.
Presentation
Quantity of the materials for presentation.
ProbationPeriod
The quantity of time that the probation period of an employee lasts.

The unit of measure must be a time unit, for example month.
Procurement
A quantity that is permitted within procurement processes.
Product
Quantity of a product
ProjectedInventory
A quantity that specifies the expected material quantity at a specific time and a specific location, taking into account all of
the changes that will occur until that point in time in an inventory.
Promised
A quantity of something that is promised.
PropertyValue
Property value which is a Quantity
PurchasingContractRelease
Quantity of products which has been released against a purchasing contract.
Putaway
The quantity which is to be put away into stock.
QuantitySpecificationLower
A quantity that specifies the lower quantity in a quantity specification.

Use:
In a generic property definition the lower quantity specification is used to determine the value range of a quantity.
QuantitySpecificationUpper
A quantity that specifies the upper quantity in a quantity specification.

Use:
In a generic property definition the upper quantity specification is used to determine the value range of a quantity.
Quota
A share of something someone is entitled to do something with expressed as quantity.

Comment:
Usually a quota entitles someone to consume for example a material to a certain share.
Receipt
Quantity of a material that is contained in a receipt.
Received
Quantity of received objects.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 442
Comment:
Received objects could be, for example, products or goods.
Recorded
A quantity that has been recorded.
Reference
Denotes a quantity to which a business transaction refers.
Rejected
Quantity which is rejected
Released
Quantity which is released
Repetition
Quantity for which a repeated action is to take place. For example, every third piece is supposed to be drawn as a sample.
Replacement
A quantity that is a replacement for something.

Comment:
For example, in the context of a return to supplier, a replacement quantity can be specified to request a replacement
delivery for the returned goods.
Replenishment
Quantity which is to be replenished
Requested
Quantity that is requested
Requirement
Quantity of a material that is requested by a requirement.
Resource
Resource quantity
Restricted
A quantity that is subject to usage restrictions.
Returned
Quantity of something that is returned.

Comment:
Something could be for example a material.

ReturnToSupplier
A quantity of a return to supplier.

Comment:
Return to supplier is a return of unwanted or damaged goods that do not meet the agreed terms and thus have to be sent
back to the supplier. For the returned goods replacement delivery and/or credit memo can be requested as follow-up. The
actually returned quantity could be different to the return to supplier quantity if the to be returned goods are lost or in a
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 443
condition that they cannot be sent.

Rework
The produced material quantity that does not meet the requested quality and is thus to be reworked.
RoundingFactor
A quantity of the degree of accuracy desired from a rounding process.

Comment:
The result should be an integer multiple of rounding factor quantity. For example: A rounding factor quantity (RFQ) value
for a length could be 0.25 INH (1/4 INH), that means round all quantity values to multiples of 0.25 INH (RFQ Unit = INH,
RFQ Factor = 0.25) .
SafetyStock
Safety stock quantity
Sales
The SalesQuantity denotes the quantity of products that is planned to be sold.
Sample
Sample Quantity
SampleDrawing
Sample-drawing quantity that is to be taken or was taken from every unit of the sample size.
SampleSize
Sample size for a sampling inspection. The sample size describes how many units are to be taken from a quantity of
discrete units of the material to be inspected (InspectionQuantity).
Scrap
Quantity that is rubbish or waste
SendAhead
Quantity that is to be sent to a follow-up document or object
ServiceProduct
Quantity of a service product.
Shortage
ShortageQuantity is the quantity of some material missing to cover a requirement completely.
Space
Quantity of space occupied by an object.
SpecialCondition
Quantity at special test conditions.
StandardCondition
Quantity at standard conditions.
Stock
Quantity of stored products, materials, etc.
StoreFixtureFacing
Quantity of objects facing on a store fixture.
StoreFixtureFront
Quantity of the materials placed on the store fixture vertically.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 444
Subset
Subset quantity
Surplus
SurplusQuantity is the quantity of some material that is left if all requirements are covered.
Target
Target quantity
Threshold
ThresholdQuantity is a specified quantity level which, if passed over (exceed or fallen below), will trigger a certain behavior
in the system.
Time
A quantity of time.
TimeRecordingPeriod
The quantity of time that a time recording period lasts.

Comment:
A time recording period is a period in which times are recorded, for example, the working times of an employee.
The unit of measure must be a time unit, for example month.
ToBeInvoiced
Quantity of goods or services still to be invoiced
Total
Total quantity
TotalCancelled
Cancelled total quantity
Transportation
Quantity which is being arranged physically via a transportation
Trial
The quantity that is put to one's disposal for trying out something.
UpperBoundary
Upper boundary of an interval of quantities.
Valuated
A quantity that has been derived by a valuation process.
Valuation
Quantity which was used or shall be used to valuate an object (with a price/rate)
Variable
Quantity that is defined dependent on a reference value
VenueCapacity
A quantity that specifies the capacity of a venue. The capacity of a venue is typically the number of persons that a room
can accommodate.
WaitingPeriod
The quanitity of time that a waiting period lasts.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 445
The unit of measure must be a time unit, for example hour, day, or month.
WeeklyWorkingDays
Quantity specifying the days an employee typically works in a week.
Weight
A weight quantity.
Work
Quantity of work, that someone performs
WorkingTime
Quantity of time, an employee has worked or is required to work.
WorkInProcess
Quantity that is being processed.
WorkRemaining
Quantity of work remaining to be performed
WorkTime
Quantity of time required to perform work.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 446
1.48 SerialID
Definition
A SerialID (serial number) is a unique identifier for an individual item that is assigned in the context of production.
Comment
The "individual item" is the instance of a product.
Serial Identification. Identifier
Example
Identification of a vehicle number (vehicle identification number)
< SerialID >WVWZZZ1JZYP1749179</ SerialID >
Structure
GDT
SerialID
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Serial Identification
Representation
Identifier
Type
CDT
Type Name
Identifier
Length
1..30
Card.
Remarks
restricted

A SerialID is an alphanumeric identifier (with no distinction between uppercase and lowercase) that is assigned to a product instance for
its entire lifetime. For that reason, it should not be assigned again to another instance of the same product during the (anticipated)
lifetime of the product instance.
Leading zeros are not significant for IDs consisting of digits only. Letters have to be in uppercase.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 447
None specified.
Use
A SerialID is used in addition to the product identification if individual items of the product are to be identified or must be identified.
Serial numbers can be used for industry and consumer products but also, for example, for banknotes.
In contrast to the equipment or asset number, the serial number is assigned and transmitted in the context of production.
Notes
None specified.
Qualifier
Party
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Definition
A SerialID that is issued by another party.
Page 448
1.49 ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of the category of a service industries business agreement according to collection, payment and correspondence
agreements.

Service Industries Business Agreement. Category. Code
Example
<ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementCategoryCode>1</ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgr
eementCategoryCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Service Industries
Business Agreement
Category
Code
CDT
Code
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 449

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
Tthis data typecan be used to specify the category of a Service Industries Business Agreement.
Low Risk Residential - Collection, payment and correspondence agreements for residential customers with a low credit risk class.
High Risk Residential - Collection, payment and correspondence agreements for residential customers with a high credit risk class.
Low Risk Commercial - Collection, payment and correspondence agreements for commercial customers with a low credit risk class.
High Risk Commercial - Collection, payment and correspondence agreements for commercial customers with a high credit risk class.
Notes
The ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementCategoryCode is represented by CRMT_BUAG_CLASS in SAP Business Suite.
ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementCategoryCode
listID = 11480
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 450
1.50 ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementDataOriginTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of where the Service Industries business agreement data originates.
Service Industries Business Agreement. Data Origin_ Type. Code
Example
<ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementDataOriginTypeCode>3</ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementDataOriginTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
eementDataOriginTypeCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
ServiceIndustriesBusin Data Origin_ Type

essAgreement
Code
CDT
Code
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

The SAP code list and its values are provided in Appendix Code List.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 451

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementDataOriginTypeCode is used for internal purposes in order to create Service Industries
Business Agreements.
Examples for the codes:
Back Office - A back office employee created the Service Industries Business Agreement.
Sales Representative - A sales representative created the Service Industries Business Agreement.
Notes
The ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementDataOriginTypeCode is represented by CRMT_BUAG_CHANNEL in SAP Business Suite.

ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementDataOriginTypeCode
listID = 11481
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 452
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Dealer Portal
The data used for creating the Service Industries Business Agreement has been derived from a Dealer
Portal.
E-Commerce
The data used for creating the Service Industries Business Agreement has been derived from an ECommerce application.
Call Center
The data used for creating the Service Industries Business Agreement has been derived from a call center
solution.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 453
1.51 ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementID
Definition
An identifier for a service industries business agreement.
Comment
A service industries business agreement is an agreement between a company and one or more business partners to control business
transactions such as open item accounting and billing.
Service Industries Business Agreement. Identification. Identifier
Example
<ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementID>123456789012<ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
eementID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Service Industries
Business Agreement
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..12
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeVersionID
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 454

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeVersionID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementID is used to identify a business agreement for service industries.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementID is represented by CRMT_BUAG_ID.
Qualifier
Alternative
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Definition
An identifier for an alternative Service Industries Business Agreement.
Page 455
1.52 ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementTaxAccountDeterminationMethodCode
Definition
A coded representation of a method to determine the tax account of a Service Industries business agreement.
Comment
A Service Industries business agreement is an agreement between a company and one or more business partners to control business
transactions such as open item accounting and billing.
A tax account is a general ledger account to which the calculated tax amount for a document is posted.
Service Industries Business Agreement Tax Account. Determination Method. Code
Example
<ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementTaxAccountDeterminationMethodCode>1</ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementTaxAccountDete
rminationMethodCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
eementTaxAccountDetermina
tionMethodCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Service Industries
Business Agreement
Tax Account
Determination Method
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
restricted
Page 456
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

A user-specific code list is assigned to the code ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementTaxAccountDeterminationMethodCode.
Semantic examples of user-specific codes are provided in the "Use" section.
Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
A ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementTaxAccountDeterminationMethodCode specifies a method to determine the tax account of a
Service Industries business agreement when this is replicated to ERP.
Private Customers - Method to determine the tax account of a Service Industries business agreement used for private customers.
Business Customers - Method to determine the tax account of a Service Industries business agreement used for business customers.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 457
Notes
The ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementTaxAccountDeterminationMethodCode is represented by CRMT_BUAG_TAXCODE in SAP
Business Suite.
ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementTaxAccountDeterminationMethodCode
listID = 11518
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 458
1.53 TaxJurisdictionCode
Definition
A coded representation of a tax jurisdiction.
Comment
A tax jurisdiction is a geographical area where certain political or administrative authorities levy taxes.
Tax Jurisdiction. Code
Example
<TaxJurisdictionCode listID="VeraZip System" listAgencyID="www.Taxware.com">PA1914101</TaxJurisdictionCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
TaxJurisdictionCode
Object Class
Property
Tax Jurisdiction
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..15
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 459

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
TaxJurisdictionCode specifies the tax jurisdiction code for a physical address.
Notes
None specified.
TaxJurisdictionCode for US
listID = 10378
listAgencyID = 310
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 460
Code
Name
Description
9900
(reserved)
Additional code for use in SAP Business Suite only refer to related section in SAP Business Suite
Additional Definitions
9999
(reserved)
100000000
(reserved)
101110000
(reserved)
101110001
(reserved)
AK
Alaska
AK0000000
(reserved)
AL
Alabama
AL0000000
(reserved)
AR
Arkansas
AR0000000
(reserved)
AS0000000
(reserved)
AZ
Arizona
AZ0000000
(reserved)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 461
CA
California
CA00
(reserved)
CA0000000
(reserved)
CAAB
(reserved)
CABC
(reserved)
CAMB
(reserved)
CANB
(reserved)
CANF
(reserved)
CANS
(reserved)
CANW
(reserved)
CAON
(reserved)
CAPE
(reserved)
CAQC
(reserved)
CASK
(reserved)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 462
CAYK
(reserved)
CO
Colorado
CO0000000
(reserved)
CT
Connecticut
CT0000000
(reserved)
DC0000000
(reserved)
DE
Delaware
DE0000000
(reserved)
FL
Florida
FL0000000
(reserved)
GA
Georgia
GA0000000
(reserved)
GU0000000
(reserved)
HI
Hawaii
HI0000000
(reserved)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 463
I400
(reserved)
I401
(reserved)
IA
Iowa
IA0000000
(reserved)
ID
Idaho
ID0000000
(reserved)
IL
Illinois
IL0000000
(reserved)
IN
Indiana
IN00
(reserved)
IN0000000
(reserved)
IN01
(reserved)
IN02
(reserved)
KS
Kansas
KS0000000
(reserved)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 464
KY
Kentucky
KY0000000
(reserved)
LA
Louisiana
LA0000000
(reserved)
MA
Massachusetts
MA0000000
(reserved)
MD
Maryland
MD0000000
(reserved)
ME
Maine
ME0000000
(reserved)
MI
Michigan
MI0000000
(reserved)
MN
Minnesota
MN0000000
(reserved)
MO
Missouri
MO0000000
(reserved)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 465
MP0000000
(reserved)
MS
Mississippi
MS0000000
(reserved)
MT
Montana
MT0000000
(reserved)
NC
North Carolina
NC0000000
(reserved)
ND
North Dakota
ND0000000
(reserved)
NE
Nebraska
NE0000000
(reserved)
NH
New Hampshire
NH0000000
(reserved)
NJ
New Jersey
NJ0000000
(reserved)
NM
New Mexico
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 466
NM0000000
(reserved)
NV
Nevada
NV0000000
(reserved)
NY
New York
NY0000000
(reserved)
OH
Ohio
OH0000000
(reserved)
OK
Oklahoma
OK0000000
(reserved)
OR
Oregon
OR0000000
(reserved)
PA
Pennsylvania
PA0000000
(reserved)
PR0000000
(reserved)
RI
Rhode Island
RI0000000
(reserved)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 467
SC
South Carolina
SC0000000
(reserved)
SD
South Dakota
SD0000000
(reserved)
TN
Tennessee
TN0000000
(reserved)
TX
Texas
TX0000000
(reserved)
UT
Utah
UT0000000
(reserved)
VA
Virginia
VA0000000
(reserved)
VI0000000
(reserved)
VT
Vermont
VT0000000
(reserved)
WA
Washington
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 468
WA0000000
(reserved)
WI
Wisconsin
WI0000000
(reserved)
WV
West Virginia
WV0000000
(reserved)
WY
Wyoming
WY0000000
(reserved)
Appendix - Context
Definition
The TaxJurisdictionCodeContextElements define a dependency or an environment in which the TaxJurisdictionCode appears. The
environment is described by context categories.
Comment:
With the context categories in TaxJurisdictionCodeContextElements the valid portion of code values of TaxJurisdictionCode is restricted
according to an environment during use.
Structure
GDT
Cat.
TaxJurisdictionCodeContextE
lements
Object Class
Property
Tax Jurisdiction Code

Context Elements
CountryCode
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf

Context Elements
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Card.
Remarks
Details
Country
Code
GDT
CountryCode
0..1
Page 469
RegionCode

Context Elements
Region
Code
GDT
RegionCode
0..1

Attribute / Element
CountryCode
This context category defines the context country. It determines the valid code values for a specific country.
RegionCode
This context category defines the context region. It determines the valid code values for a specific region.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 470
1.54 Text
Definition
Text is a character string with an optional language specification.
Text. Type
Example
<Text languageCode="DE">Text is a character string with optional language specification.</Text>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
Text
languageCode
Text
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Text
Type
XSD
string
Language
Code
GDT
LanguageCode
Length
Card.
Remarks
0..1

An upper limit for the number of characters that a "Text" can contain is not defined.
Text comprises the following attributes:
languageCode - attribute for determining the particular language of the element content in accordance with
http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1766.txt and http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3066.txt (see explanation of the "LanguageCode" GDT).
Attribute / Element
languageCode
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 471
GDT).
None specified.
Use
None specified.
Notes
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 472
Restricted Data Type LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_EXTENDED_Text

Example
<PropertyValueText>DIN 912</PropertyValueText>
Structure
GDT
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_EXTENDED_Text
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
DENT_EXTENDED_
Text
Type
CDT
Type Name
Text
Length
1..255
Card.
Remarks
restricted
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_EXTENDED_ Text is not language-dependent, so the LanguageCode attribute of the CCT text is omitted.
Notes
The LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_EXTENDED_Text is a restriction of the CDT text for specifying a uniform length for languageindependent texts of extended length. LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_EXTENDED_ Text therefore contains a variable,
"LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_EXTENDED_", that should be replaced by one (or more) qualifiers. The list of qualifiers permitted can be
found under section "List of Qualifiers".
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 473
Restricted Data Type LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_LONG_Text

Example
< PropertyValueText > Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh </PropertyValueText >
Note : "PropertyValue" is a qualifier, which replaces LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_LONG in a business entity (element name).
Structure
GDT
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_LONG_Text
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
DENT_LONG_ Text
Type
CDT
Type Name
Text
Length
1..80
Card.
Remarks
restricted
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_LONG_Text is language independent, so that the attribute languageCode of the CDT Text is omitted.
Notes
For language dependent long texts the GDT LONG_Text should be used. The GDT LONG_Text has an attribute languageCode to
specify the language.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 474
Restricted Data Type LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_MEDIUM_Text

Example
<PropertyValueText>DIN 912</PropertyValueText>
Note: PropertyValue" is a qualifier that replaces LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_MEDIUM_ in a business entity (element name).
Structure
GDT
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_MEDIUM_Text
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
DENT_MEDIUM_ Text
Type
CDT
Type Name
Text
Length
1..40
Card.
Remarks
restricted
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_MEDIUM_Text is language independent, so that the attribute languageCode of the CDT Text is omitted.
Notes
The LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_MEDIUM_Text is a restriction of the CDT Text for specifying a uniform length for languageindependent texts of medium length. LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_MEDIUM_Text therefore contains a variable,
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_MEDIUM_ that should be replaced by one (or more) qualifiers. The list of qualifiers permitted can be
found under section List of Qualifiers.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 475
Restricted Data Type LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_SHORT_Text

Example
<PersonalSecurityEnvironmentApplicationIDPrefixText>BRNF</PersonalSecurityEnvironmentApplicationIDPrefixText>
Note: PersonalSecurityEnvironmentApplicationIDPrefix" is a qualifier that replaces LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_SHORT_ in a business
entity (element name).
Structure
GDT
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_SHORT_Text
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
DENT_SHORT_ Text
Type
CDT
Type Name
Text
Length
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_SHORT_Text is language independent, so that the attribute languageCode of the CDT Text is omitted.
Notes
The LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_SHORT_Text is a restriction of the CDT text for specifying a uniform length for language-independent
texts of short length. LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_SHORT_Text therefore contains a variable, LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_SHORT_
that should be replaced by one (or more) qualifiers. The list of qualifiers permitted can be found under section List of Qualifiers.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 476
Restricted Data Type LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_Text

Example
<PropertyValueText>Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit, sed diam nonummy nibh</PropertyValueText>
Note: "PropertyValue" is a qualifier, which replaces LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_ in a business entity (element name).
Structure
GDT
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_Text
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Representation
DENT_ Text
Type
CDT
Type Name
Length
Text
Card.
Remarks
restricted
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_Text is language independent, so that the attribute languageCode of the CDT Text is omitted.
Notes
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 477
Restricted Data Type REGIONDEPENDENTLANGUAGE_Text

Example
< CatalogueText languageCode= "en-US" > Text in American English </ CatalogueText >
Note: "Catalogue" is a qualifier, which replaces REGIONDEPENDENTLANGUAGE_ in a business entity (element name).
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
REGIONDEPENDENTLANG
UAGE_Text
languageCode
Text
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
LANGUAGE_ Text
CDT
Text
Language
GDT
REGIONDEPENDEN
T_LanguageCode
Code
Length
Card.
Remarks
restricted
0..1
The REGIONDEPENDENT LANGUAGE _Text is region dependent, so the "restricted" GDT REGIONDEPENDENT_LanguageCode is
used as type for the attribute languageCode.
Attribute / Element
languageCode
GDT).

Qualifier
AdditionalBankDetails
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Type
Definition
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M A text that represents additional information within a business partner's bank details.
EDIUM_Text
Comment:
Page 478
In addition to specifying an account, the bank details of a business partner also contain
administrative information.
In some countries, in order to be able to use certain payment transactions, additional information
must be added in the bank details. For example, in Norway or Great Britain the bank may require
the collection authorization reference number for bank collection.
When making payments to a building society account in Great Britain, it must be specified which
number the payee has at the building society.
CareerAspiration
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T A textual representation of the aspiration someone has with regard to his or her professional life in
ext
the long run.
Catalogue
REGIONDEPENDENTLANGUA Text used in a catalog (for example to fill a language dependent property valuation)
GE_Text
ChequeNumberPrefix
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M Prefix text for a check number.

EDIUM_Text
Comment:
Prefixes are allocated by some banks and must be placed before the check number if the number
is printed on a form.
ChequeNumberSuffix
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M Suffix text for a check number.

EDIUM_Text
Comment:
Suffixes are allocated by some banks and must be placed after the check number if the number is
printed on a form.
ColourInformation
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M Text of colour information.

EDIUM_Text
ContextDisplay
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T An excerpt of the text in which words defining a context are highlighted.
ext
Use:
For example, it can be used in a catalog search to highlight the words of the search text in an
excerpt of the text in which words of the search text were found.
Notes:
Highlighting is usually done using HTML-tags embedded in the text.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 479
EmailDomain
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T A text of a domain of an email address.

ext
FormattedAddress
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M A FormattedAddressText is a formatted address.

EDIUM_Text
Comment:
A formatted address is determined from the individual address components according to fixed
rules.
FormattedAmount
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M Text containing a formatted amount.

EDIUM_Text
Comment: The format may deviate from the usual representation. For example on the footer of a
cheque form a payment amount 57,13 EUR is displayed as '0005713'.
Use:
To be used in form messages only.
FormattedNameAndCityAddres LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M A FormattedNameAndCityAddressText is a formatted address text that only contains the address
s
EDIUM_Text
components name and city.
Comment:
rules.
FormattedPostalAddress
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M A FormattedPostalAddressText is a postal address in text format.

EDIUM_Text
Comment:
rules.
FormulaExpression
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T A text that represents an arrangement of symbols denoting values and operations performed on
ext
them.
Comment:
An expression is a finite combination of symbols according to the rules applicable. Symbols can
designate values (constants), variables, operations, relations, or can constitute punctuation or
other syntactic entities.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 480
Example:
<FormulaExpressionText>EURIBOR * 1,01 + 0,25<FormulaExpressionText>
The allowed symbols and operations are defined where formula expression is used.
Notes:
FormulaExpressionText contains a formula which can be defined by a formula editor.

HTMLEncoded
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T An HTML-encoded text.

ext
IATALocation
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S A text string that represents an airport location, or a group of airport locations situated near a
HORT_Text
particular city, in the notation that is defined by the International Air Transport Association (IATA).
Comment:
A IATA location text does not necessarily identify a unique location: In transportation network
master data, there could be several locations associated with a common IATA location text.
The syntax and the allowed values follow the rules defined by IATA. Currently only 3-letter codes
may occur as a value of an IATALocationText element. For allowed values, see
http://www.iata.org/ps/publications/pages/code-search.aspx.
Introduction
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T A text that introduces or presents something or someone to others.

ext
Use:
An introduction can be, for example, a summary of an employees professional profile to introduce
himself or herself to others.
Label
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_E A text written on a label.

XTENDED_Text
Comment:
You cannot enter technical label content, for example, RFID tags for label texts.
LastSocialMediaActivityCreation LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_E A marker for the last creation run of social media activities for a social media activity provider
RunMarker
XTENDED_Text
account.
Comment:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 481
Social media messages are fetched from a social media provider account and used to create
social media activities. Every time these messages are extracted from the social media provider
account, a marker is assigned. This marker is used for the delta handling for message extraction.
License
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M A licence text.

EDIUM_Text
Use:
For example, a licence text string that is provided by a carrier for a specific carrier account and
shipping location.
MentoringExperience
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T A text that details the experience of someone in the context of mentoring.
ext
NegotiatedRateAccess
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_L A text string for accessing individually negotiated rates.

ONG_Text
Use:
A text string that allows a shipper to access individually negotiated rates for shipments at the
carrier server.
NumberRangeCharacteristic
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_E Characteristics are attribute values that are assigned to a number range. The characteristic values
XTENDED_Text
need to be disjoint.
Comment:
Intervals can have specific attributes that can be defined by the characteristic text.
NumberRangeNumberPrefix
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_M A short text that specifies a prefix for a particular number in a number range interval.
EDIUM_Text
PaymentCardExpirationTimePoi LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T A formatted text that details the point in time at which a payment card expires.
ntFormatted
ext
PersonalSecurityEnvironmentA LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S A prefix of an Personal Security Environment application identifier.
pplicationIDPrefix
HORT_Text
ProfessionalExpectation
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T A text that represents what one person expects of another professionally.
ext
ProfessionalSummary
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T A text about the career facts of someone that he or she considers important with regard to his or
ext
her professional life.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 482
PropertyValuation
REGIONDEPENDENTLANGUA The value of a property valuation as plain text (independently from the underlying property data
GE_Text
type).
PropertyValue
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T A textual representation of a property value.

ext
SecurityCredentialCertificateSig LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T A text that represents a request to a certification authority in order to sign a certificate.
ningRequest
ext
Comment:
A certificate belonging to a key pair can be signed by a certification authority (CA). During this
signing process a certificate signing request CSR is sent to the CA which responds with the
"certificate signing response".
The terms Request and Response which are used in this context do not refer to message type
categories and transaction communication patterns which are described in the SOA modeling
guideline.
SecurityCredentialCertificateSig LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T A text that represents a response from the certification authority which contains the signed
ningResponse
ext
certificate.
Comment:
A certificate belonging to a key pair can be signed by a certification authority (CA). During this
signing process a certificate signing request CSR is sent to the CA which responds with the
"certificate signing response".
The terms Request and Response which are used in this context do not refer to message type
categories and transaction communication patterns which are described in the SOA modeling
guideline.
ServiceConsumerAuthentication LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_E An authentication key of the service consumer for identifying itself to the service provider.
Key
XTENDED_Text
Comment:
A service consumer is a website or application that accesses protected data of a user's service
provider account on behalf of that user. Each service consumer is assigned an authentication key
and an authentication secret as a pair which together identify the service consumer to the service
provider.
Use:
For example, in order to handle interactions on behalf of a social media provider account, an
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 483
access token is required. Obtaining an access token can be a multiple step process. The first step
is to obtain a request token from the provider and then to get the user authorization on the request
token. The user-authorized request token is then exchanged for the access token. During these
steps, the consumer will have to identify itself to the service provider by specifying a consumer
key. The consumer key or consumer secret is assigned by the service provider whenever an
application is registered.
ServiceConsumerAuthentication LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_E An authentication secret of the service consumer for establishing ownership of the service
Secret
XTENDED_Text
consumer authentication key.
Comment:
A service consumer is a website or application that accesses protected data of a user's service
provider account on behalf of that user. Each service consumer is assigned an authentication key
and an authentication secret as a pair which together identify the service consumer to the service
provider.
Use:
For example, in order to handle interactions on behalf of a social media provider account, an
access token is required. Obtaining an access token can be a multiple step process. The first step
is to obtain a request token from the provider and then to get the user authorization on the request
token. The user-authorized request token is then exchanged for the access token. During these
steps, the consumer will have to identify itself to the service provider by specifying a consumer
key. The consumer key or consumer secret is assigned by the service provider whenever an
application is registered.
SocialMediaActivityInteractionC LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T A textual representation of a fragment of an interaction content in a social media activity.
ontentFragment
ext
Comment:
A Social Media Activity is the record of business relevant interactions undertaken between an
employee on behalf of the enterprise and its customers, communicated via social media channels.
A fragment of interaction content consists of several words that are analyzed further by text
analysis.
SocialMediaActivityInteractionC LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T A textual representation of the topic of an interaction content as identified by a text analysis in a
ontentTopic
ext
social media activity.
Comment:
A Social Media Activity is the record of business relevant interactions undertaken between an
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 484
employee on behalf of the enterprise and its customer, communicated via social media channels.
Text analysis relates a social media activity interaction content fragment to a topic.
SocialMediaActivityProviderAcc LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_E A textual representation of an access token of an account of a social media activity provider.
ountAccessToken
XTENDED_Text
Comment:
For example, in order to fetch or post messages on behalf of a social media provider account, an
access token authorized by the social media provider is required.
SocialMediaActivityProviderAcc LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_E A textual representation of an access token secret of an account of a social media activity
ountAccessTokenSecret
XTENDED_Text
provider for establishing ownership of the access token.
Comment:
For example, in order to fetch or post messages on behalf of a social media provider account, an
access token authorized by the social media provider is required. Each provider account has a
access token and access token secret as a pair for identification.
SortCriterion
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_E Text according to which something is sorted.

XTENDED_Text
SpecialCustomsInformation
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S A text that represents special customs information.

HORT_Text
Comment:
Examples:
- X = duty paid for export in non EU member state
- T1 = duty unpaid (transit T1)
- T2 = duty unpaid (transit T2)
Use:
Special customs information could be, for example, information as to whether duty has been paid
or not.
UNLOCODELocation
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_S A text string that represents a location or a group of locations in the notation that is defined by the
HORT_Text
United Nations Code for Trade and Transport Locations (UN/LOCODE).
Comment:
Note the following:
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 485
* UN/LOCODE, which is maintained by the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
(UNECE), was formerly known as the United Nations Code for Ports and Other Locations.
* In many cases, the same string may be used for different physical places, for example, for an
airport and for a sea port or inland port located in the same city.
Example:
<UNLOCODELocationText>NLRTM</UNLOCODELocationText>
The syntax and the allowed values follow the rules defined by UNECE. Only a string listed in the
LOCODE column of the corresponding country-specific list provided by UNECE may occur as a
value of a UNLOCODELocationText element. For more information, see
http://live.unece.org/cefact/locode/service/location.html.
XMLEncoded
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T An XML-encoded text.

ext
XMLNamespacePrefix
LANGUAGEINDEPENDENT_T A prefix of an XML namespace.

ext
Comment:
All XML elements or attributes that have the same XML namespace prefix in an XML document
belong to the same XML namespace.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 486
1.55 Time
Definition
Time since begin of day in a 24 hour day.
Time. Type
Example
<WakeUpTime>T06:00:00</WakeUpTime>
<OpeningTime>T08:00:00</OpeningTime>
Structure
GDT
Time
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Time
Representation
Type
Type
XSD
Type Name
Length
Card.
Remarks
time

Time uses the W3C "built-in data type" xsd:time. This is structured according to the extended representation of ISO 8601 (see
http://www.w3.org/TR/NOTE-datetime). The representation for Time is the left truncated lexical representation for DateTime without
optional following time zone indicator.
The extended representation is as follows:
hh:mm:ss(.sss)
Example:
15:30:00
The extended representation uses the following literals:
- hh
= for hours
00 - 23
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 487
- mm
= for minutes
00 - 59
- ss
= for seconds
00 - 59
- .sss
= one or more characters after the decimal point represents fractions of a second. The representation is limited to a maximum
of three decimal places. I.e., it is possible to be accurate up to one hundredth of a second.
- There must be a colon between the hours, minutes, and seconds.
The following value ranges are defined for Time:
- Time: represents exactly 24 hours (0 - 23)
- Minutes: represents exactly 60 minutes (0 -59)
- Seconds: represents exactly 60 seconds (0 -59)
No entry
Use
Time is used to represent a time on any day. Examples of times wake-up times each day or the time start and end time of a period of
time such as the working day or lunch hour.
Notes
The representation 24:00:00 (midnight) is not supported. Input and display of 24:00:00 could be possible in the context of an interval end
time-point. Technically this is represented as 00:00:00 the following day. The possibility to specify a time zone offset has been removed.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 488
Restricted Data Type NILLABLE_Time

Definition
Time since begin of day in a 24 hour day.
Example
<WakeUpTime> </WakeUpTime>
<OpeningTime>T08:00:00</OpeningTime>
Structure
GDT
NILLABLE_Time
Cat.
Object Class
Property
NILLABLE__ Time
Representation
Type
Type
CDT
Type Name
Time
Length
Card.
Remarks
restricted
NILLABLE_Time extends(!) the value range of Core Data Type Time by the value "NIL". "NIL" is represented as a character " " (space)
and is to be interpreted as "not set" or "initial".
Use
NILLABLE_Time is used whenever the value "NIL" or "not set" is to be expressed explicitly.
Notes
The NILLABLE_Time is a restriction on Core Data Type Time to allow the expression of value "NIL". NILLABLE_Time contains the
variable "NILLABLE_", which gets replaced by one (or more) qualifier.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 489

Qualifier
Definition
Allowed qualifiers of Time are qualifiers Note: In an element name TimePoint may be replaced by Time. Example: ApprovalTimePoint -> ApprovalDate.
defined at TimePoint.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 490
1.56 TimeZoneCode
Definition
A coded representation of a time zone.
Comment
A time zone specifies an area on the earth with the same local time. This local time is derived from the corresponding UTC time by
applying the time zones offset to UTC and considering daylight saving time rules. The time zone code does not indicate if daylight saving
time is active for a given time-point. A time zone consists of a general offset to UTC and an optional daylight saving time rule.
Time Zone. Code
Example
<TimeZoneCode>CET</TimeZoneCode>
Structure
GDT
TimeZoneCode
Cat.
Object Class
Time Zone
Property
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted

Exactly one standard code list is assigned to the code.
There will only be one code list for TimeZoneCodes. Standardization of this code list is not done, yet (2006-08-04).
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 491
None specified.
Use
Time zones are used to compare local time-points all over the earth. For example by GDT DateTime and its restrictions.
Notes
The common abbreviations for time zones like CET, EST or CST are not unique. CST is sometimes used as Central Standard Time (US)
or China Standard Time. Furtheron these abbrivations can change when switching to daylight saving time: CST and CDT.
The time zone codes specified here are unique and allow no ambiguity.
Here are some resources on time zones in the internet.
- http://www.worldtimezone.com/wtz-names/timezonenames.html
- http://www.timeanddate.com/library/abbreviations/timezones/

TimeZoneCode
listID = 11473
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
ALA
Alaska Time (Anchorage)
Alaska Time (Anchorage)
AST
Atlantic Time (Halifax)
Atlantic Time (Halifax)
AUSACT
Australia Capital Territories

Time
Australia Capital Territories Time
AUSLHI
Australia Lord Howe Island

Time
Australia Lord Howe Island Time
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 492
AUSSA
Australia South Australia Time
Australia South Australia Time
AZORES
Azores Time
Azores Time
BRAZIL
Brazil East Time
Brazil East Time
BRZLAN
Brazil Andes Time
Brazil Andes Time
BRZLWE
Brazil West Time
Brazil West Time
CET
Central European Time
Central European Time
CHILE
Chile Time
Chile Time
CHILEE
Chile Easter Island Time
Chile Easter Island Time
CST
Central Time (Dallas)
Central Time (Dallas)
CUBA
Cuba Time
Cuba Time
EET
Eastern European Time
Eastern European Time
EGYPT
Egypt Time
Egypt Time
EST
Eastern Time (New York)
Eastern Time (New York)
HAW
Hawaii / Alaska Time (Aleutian) Hawaii / Alaska Time (Aleutian)
IRAN
Iran Time
Iran Time
IRAQ
Iraq Time
Iraq Time
ISRAEL
Israel Time
Israel Time
JORDAN
Jordan Time
Jordan Time
MST
Mountain Time (Denver)
Mountain Time (Denver)
NFDL
Newfoundland Time
Newfoundland Time
NZCHA
New Zealand Chatham Islands New Zealand Chatham Islands Time
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 493
Time
NZST
New Zealand Time
New Zealand Time
PARAGY
Paraguay Time
Paraguay Time
PST
Pacific Time (Los Angeles)
Pacific Time (Los Angeles)
RUS03
Russia Time (Moscow)
Russia Time (Moscow)
RUS04
Russia Time (UTC+04)
RUS05
RUS06
RUS07
RUS08
RUS09
RUS10
RUS11
RUS12
RUS13
RUS14
SYRIA
Syria Time
Syria Time
UTC
UTC
UTC
UTC+1
UTC+01:00
UTC+01:00
UTC+10
UTC+10:00
UTC+10:00
UTC+11
UTC+11:00
UTC+11:00
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 494
UTC+12
UTC+12:00
UTC+12:00
UTC+13
UTC+13:00
UTC+13:00
UTC+14
UTC+14:00
UTC+14:00
UTC+2
UTC+02:00
UTC+02:00
UTC+3
UTC+03:00
UTC+03:00
UTC+4
UTC+04:00
UTC+04:00
UTC+43
UTC+04:30
UTC+04:30
UTC+5
UTC+05:00
UTC+05:00
UTC+53
UTC+05:30
UTC+05:30
UTC+54
UTC+05:45
UTC+05:45
UTC+6
UTC+06:00
UTC+06:00
UTC+63
UTC+06:30
UTC+06:30
UTC+7
UTC+07:00
UTC+07:00
UTC+8
UTC+08:00
UTC+08:00
UTC+9
UTC+09:00
UTC+09:00
UTC+93
UTC+09:30
UTC+09:30
UTC-1
UTC-01:00
UTC-01:00
UTC-10
UTC-10:00
UTC-10:00
UTC-11
UTC-11:00
UTC-11:00
UTC-12
UTC-12:00
UTC-12:00
UTC-2
UTC-02:00
UTC-02:00
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 495
UTC-3
UTC-03:00
UTC-03:00
UTC-4
UTC-04:00
UTC-04:00
UTC-5
UTC-05:00
UTC-05:00
UTC-6
UTC-06:00
UTC-06:00
UTC-7
UTC-07:00
UTC-07:00
UTC-8
UTC-08:00
UTC-08:00
UTC-83
UTC-08:30
UTC-08:30
UTC-9
UTC-09:00
UTC-09:00
WET
Western European Time
Western European Time

Qualifier
Definition
Address
Ttime zone of an address.
OriginalEntry
A coded representation of the time zone of user or system where an entry was made.
Comment:
Original entry time zone code distinguishes the time zone in which something originally got created by the user.
The original time zone of the user is important when considering the original entry date and time with the date
and time stored in a data storage. i.e If a date time conversion happens, original entry time zone always
identifies the exact user time zone.
Resource
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
A coded representation of the time zone where the resource is located.
Page 496
1.57 UtilitiesAdvancedMeterCapabilityCode
Definition
A coded representation of the capability of a advanced meter utilities device.
Utilities Advanced Meter. Capability. Code
Example
<UtilitiesAdvancedMeterCapabilityCode>1</UtilitiesAdvancedMeterCapabilityCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesAdvancedMeterCapab
ilityCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Advanced
Meter
Capability
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1

Attribute / Element
listID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 497
listAgencyID
its web URI.
listVersionID
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the capabilities of a advanced meter device in utilities.
Notes
The UtilitiesAdvancedMeterCapabilityCode is represented by E_AMI_CAPABILITIES (NUMC4) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesAdvancedMeterCapabilityCode
listID = 11483
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Remotely Disconnectable
Device can be disconnected remotely.
Remotely Reconnectable
Device can be reconnected remotely.
Remotely Readable Meter
Device can be read remotely.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 498
Manually Readable Meter
Manual meter readings can be triggered via the advanced metering system.
Meter Readable On Demand
Device can provide meter reading on demand.
Status Requestable On
Demand
Status of device can be requested on demand.
Text Receivable
Device can receive text.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 499
1.58 UtilitiesAdvancedMeteringDataOriginTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of the origin type of advanced metering data in Utilities.
Utilities Advanced Metering Data. Origin_ Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesAdvancedMeteringDataOriginTypeCode>1</UtilitiesAdvancedMeteringDataOriginTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesAdvancedMeteringDataOriginTypeCode
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Advanced
Metering Data
Property
Origin_ Type
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1
Card.
Remarks
restricted

Exactly one static SAP code list is assigned to the code. The code list and its values are provided in Appendix Code List.
None specified.
Use
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 500
Notes
The UtilitiesAdvancedMeteringDataOriginTypeCode is represented by E_AMI_SOURCESYST (NUMC1) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesAdvancedMeteringDataOriginTypeCode
listID = 11227
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Advanced Metering System
The origin of metering data is the advanced metering system.
Advanced Metering System /

Utilities Device
The origin of metering data is the advanced metering system or the utilities device connected to an
advanced metering system.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 501
1.59 UtilitiesAdvancedMeteringSystemID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities advanced metering system.
Comment
A system that measures, collects, and analyzes energy usage from advanced devices such as water meters, electricity meters, and gas
meters.
Utilities Advanced Metering System. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesAdvancedMeteringSystemID>AMS1</UtilitiesAdvancedMeteringSystemID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesAdvancedMeteringSys
temID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities_ Advanced
Metering System
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 502

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The id is used to identify a Utilities advanced metering system a Utilities device is assigned to.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the id is represented by E_AMI_AMS.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 503
1.60 UtilitiesAmountStatisticsGroupCode
Definition
A coded representation of a group of statistics relevant amounts in utilities.
Utilities_ Amount Statistics Group. Code
Example
<UtilitiesAmountStatisticsGroupCode>1</UtilitiesAmountStatisticsGroupCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesAmountStatisticsGrou
pCode
Object Class
Property
Utilities_ Amount
Statistics Group
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..6
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 504

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to group statistics relevant amounts in order to define to which key figures of the Utilities Business Information
System or to which value fields of the operating concern these values are copied.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesAmountStatisticsGroupCode is represented by STGRAMT.

UtilitiesAmountStatisticsGroupCode
listID = 11214
listAgencyID = 310
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 505
Code
Name
Description
Consumption Based
Group for consumption based amounts
Demand Based
Group for demand based amounts
Flat Rate Price
Group for flat rate price amounts
Rental Price
Group for rental price amounts
Without Price Reference
Group for amounts without price reference
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 506
1.61 UtilitiesBilledResultTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of the type of a billed result in Utilities.
Comment
The billed result is the outcome of a computation by the billing process and can be characterized more exactly by the
UtilitiesBilledResultTypeCode.
Utilities_ Billed Result. Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesBilledResultTypeCode>1</UtilitiesBilledResultTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesBilledResultTypeCode
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities_ Billed Result
Property
Type
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

Exactly one static SAP code list is assigned to the code. The code list and its values are provided in "Appendix - Code List".
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 507
Use
UtilitiesBilledResultTypeCode can be used to specify the type of a billed result in Utilities.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesBilledResultTypeCode is represented by ARTMENGE.

UtilitiesBilledResultTypeCode
listID = 11205
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Consumption
The billed result is of type consumption.
Demand
The billed result is of type demand.
Flat Rate
The billed result is of type flat rate.
Rental Price
The billed result is of type rental price.
Amount Without Price

Reference
The billed result is of type amount without price reference.
Factor
The billed result is of type factor.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 508
1.62 UtilitiesBillingScheduleContractGroupCode
Definition
A coded representation of a contract group for the billing schedule in utilities.
Utilities Billing Schedule Contract Group. Code
Example
<UtilitiesBillingScheduleContractGroupCode>PORTION1</UtilitiesBillingScheduleContractGroupCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesBillingScheduleContra
ctGroupCode
Object Class
Property
Utilities Billing
Schedule Contract
Group
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..8
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 509
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
Use
The UtilitiesBillingScheduleContractGroupCode is used to group contracts according to regional and organizational criteria for billing
purposes.
- Annual Billing January - Yearly period with billing in January
- Monthly Billing April - Monthly period starting in April
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesBillingScheduleContractGroupCode is represented by PORTION.
UtilitiesBillingScheduleContractGroupCode
listID = 11201
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 510
1.63 UtilitiesBillingTermsCode
Definition
A coded representation of billing terms in utilities.
Utilities Billing Terms. Code
Example
<UtilitiesBillingTermsCode>EDMAND</UtilitiesBillingTermsCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesBillingTermsCode
Object Class
Property
Utilities Billing Terms
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1


Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 511
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used as determined symbolic name for the assigned billing terms values that are used as input and output parameters
in billing.
Electricity High-Peak Rate Price - Price for high-peak electricity rates
Electricity Basic Charge - Basic charge for electricity
Quantity Discount - Discount at a certain quantity
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesBillingTermsCode is represented by E_OPERAND.
UtilitiesBillingTermsCode
listID = 11237
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 512
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 513
1.64 UtilitiesBillingTermsGroupCode
Definition
A coded representation of a group of billing terms in utilities.
Comment
Grouping of billing terms in utilities can be done by business, organizational or regional criteria.
Utilities Billing Terms Group. Code
Example
<UtilitiesBillingTermsGroupCode>1</UtilitiesBillingTermsGroupCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Utilities Billing Terms

Group
UtilitiesBillingTermsGroupCod
e
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 514

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to group billing terms in Utilities.
Residential - Billing Terms for residential customers
Industrial - Billing Terms for industrial customers
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesBillingTermsGroupCode is represented by KONDIGR.
UtilitiesBillingTermsGroupCode
listID = 11238
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 515
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 516
1.65 UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestActivityCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation for the activity category of a Utilities connection status change request.
Utilities Connection Status Change Request Activity. Category. Code
Example
<UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestActivityCategoryCode>01</UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestActivityCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestActivityCategoryCo
de
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Connection
Status Change
Request Activity
Property
Category
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

Only one static SAP code list is to be assigned to the UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestActivityCategoryCode.
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 517
Use
None specified.
Notes
None
UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestActivityCategoryCode
listID = 70213
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
00
Unspecified
Any category of a Utilities connection status change request activity not matching any other value in this
code list.
01
Disconnection
An activity of a Utilities connection status change request which consists of technically ending supply of a
Utilities service.
02
Connection/ Reconnection
An activity of a Utilities connection status change request which consists of technically starting/ re-starting
supply of a Utilities service.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 518
1.66 UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestActivityID
Definition
A unique identifier for an activity within a request to change the status of a Utilities connection.
Comment
None
Utilities Connection Status Change Request Activity. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestActivityID>1234</UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestActivityID>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestActivityID
Cat.
Object Class
Status Change
Request Activity
Property
Identification
Representation
Identifier
Type
CDT
Type Name
Identifier
Length
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted

None
A UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestActivityID is unique in the context of a fixed Utilities connection status change request.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 519
Use
Identification of an activity within a request to change the status of a Utilities connection
Notes
None
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 520
1.67 UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of a utilities connection status change request category.
Utilities Connection Status Change Request. Category. Code
Example
<UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestCategoryCode>1</UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesConnectionStatusCha
ngeRequestCategoryCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Status Change
Request
Category
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 521

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the category of a utilities connection status change request.
Notes
The UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestCategoryCode is represented by DISCACTTYP (CHAR2) in SAP Business Suite.

UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestCategoryCode
listID = 11484
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Disconnection
Request for disconnection of a utilities device.
Reconnection
Request for reconnection of a utilities device.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 522
Load Limitation
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Request for setting of a load limitation for a utilities device.
Page 523
1.68 UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestID
Definition
An identifier for a utilities connection status change request.
Comment
A Utilities Connection Status Change Request is a request to change the status of a utilities connection. A utilities connection can be
linked to one or several utilities devices. Its connection status can be connected and disconnected.
Utilities Connection Status Change Request. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestID>12345678900</UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
ngeRequestID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Status Change
Request
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..12
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 524

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
None specified.
Notes
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 525
1.69 UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestReasonCode
Definition
A coded representation of a reason for utilities connection status change request.
Utilities Connection Status Change Request. Reason. Code
Example
<UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestReasonCode>1</UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestReasonCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestReasonCode
Cat.
Object Class
Status Change
Request
Property
Reason
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the reason for a utilities connection status change request.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 526
Notes
The UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestReasonCode is represented by DISCREASON (CHAR2) in SAP Business Suite.

UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeRequestReasonCode
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Dunning Level Reached
Disconnection dunning level has been reached.
Vacant Status
Disconnection based on vacant status.
Customer Request
Disconnection by customer request.
Technical Reason
Disconnection based on technical reason.
Other
Unknown disconnection reason.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 527
1.70 UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeResultCode
Definition
A coded representation of the result of a change of the connection status for a utilities device.
Utilities Connection Status. Change_ Result. Code
Example
<UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeResultCode>1</UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeResultCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
ngeResultCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Status
Change_ Result
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 528
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the result of a change of the connection status for a utilities device.
Notes
None specified.
UtilitiesConnectionStatusChangeResultCode
listID = 11485
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Executed Successfully
Change of the connection status was executed successfully.
Execution Failed
Execution of change of the connection status failed.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 529
1.71 UtilitiesContractBillingBlockingReasonCode
Definition
A coded representation of the reason for blocking a utilities contract from billing.
Utilities Contract. Billing Blocking_ Reason. Code
Example
<UtilitiesContractBillingBlockingReasonCode>1</UtilitiesContractBillingBlockingReasonCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesContractBillingBlockin
gReasonCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Contract
Billing Blocking_
Reason
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 530
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the reason for blocking a utilities contract from billing.
Manual Processing - Contract will be processed manually
Incomplete Data - Billing relevant data is missing
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesContractBillingBlockingReasonCode is represented by ABRSPERR.
UtilitiesContractBillingBlockingReasonCode
listID = 11343
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 531
1.72 UtilitiesContractBillingUnblockingReasonCode
Definition
A coded representation of the reason for unblocking a utilities contract for billing.
Utilities Contract. Billing Unblocking_ Reason. Code
Example
<UtilitiesContractBillingUnblockingReasonCode>1</UtilitiesContractBillingUnblockingReasonCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesContractBillingUnblock
ingReasonCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Contract
Billing Unblocking_
Reason
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 532
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the reason for unblocking a utilities contract for billing.
End Of Manual Processing - The manual processing of the affected contract was finished
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesContractBillingUnblockingReasonCode is represented by ABRFREIG.
UtilitiesContractBillingUnblockingReasonCode
listID = 11344
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 533
1.73 UtilitiesDeviceCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of a Utilities device category.
Comment
Specifies the basic characteristics of a Utilities device.
Utilities Device. Category. Code
Example
<UtilitiesDeviceCategoryCode>1</UtilitiesDeviceCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesDeviceCategoryCode
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Device
Property
Category
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1
Card.
Remarks
restricted

A static SAP defined code list is assigned to the UtilitiesDeviceCategoryCode. The values of the UtilitiesDeviceCategoryCode code list
are provided in Appendix Code List.
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 534
Use
You can use this data type to specify the category of a Utilities device, for example meter, transformer, or audiofrequency ripple control
receiver.
Notes
The UtilitiesDeviceCategoryCode is represented by GERTYPKZ in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesDeviceCategoryCode
listID = 10790
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Pressure Regulator
Pressure regulator
Remote Meter
Metering device which can be read remotely.
Arithmetic Unit
Performs arithmetic and logical operations.
Corrector
Transforms quantities, for example cubic meter into kWh for gas meters.
Power Transformer
Transfers electrical energy from one circuit into another circuit; changes the voltage level in the second
circuit.
Pressure/Temperature Probe
Measures pressure or temperature.
Other
Other devices.
Switching Device
Switching device, which makes use of audiofrequency ripple control.
Transducer
Converts one type of energy to another for various purposes including measurement or information
transfer.
Meter
Metering device.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 535
1.74 UtilitiesDeviceID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities device.
Comment
A Utilities device is a representation of a virtual or physical device used in Utilities processes.
Utilities Device. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesDeviceID>123456789</UtilitiesDeviceID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesDeviceID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Device
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..18
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Leading zeros are not significant for IDs consisting of digits only. Letters have to be in uppercase.
Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 536
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used in utilities to identify a Utilities device.
Notes
None specified.
Qualifier
Assigned
Definition
An identifier for a utilities device that has an assignment to something.
Comment:
Something can be, for example, a utilities measurement task

Related
An identifier for a utilities device that has a relationship to something.

Comment:
Something can be, for example, another utilities device.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 537
1.75 UtilitiesDeviceLogicalID
Definition
A logical identifier for a Utilities device.
Comment
A Utilities device is a representation of a virtual or physical device used in Utilities processes.
Utilities Device. Logical_Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesDeviceLogicalID>123456789</UtilitiesDeviceLogicalID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesDeviceLogicalID
Object Class
Utilities Device
Property
Logical
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..50
Card.
Remarks
restricted
_ Identification
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 538

Attribute / Element
schemeID
owner must retrieve the correct ID from this organization. If no unique ID is available, the name of the identifier or identifier type
used in the corresponding standard, specification, or scheme of the responsible organization must be entered.
schemeAgencyID
Identifies the agency that manages the ID scheme. The agencies from UN/EDIFACT data element 3055 (DE 3055) are used as
default setting, however, the roles defined in DE 3055 cannot be used. If the agency is not listed in DE 3055 it can be identified
using its web URI.
The UtilitiesDeviceLogialID is assigned to a Utilities Device when the device is technically installed. If the device is replaced, the new
device may inherit this logical ID.
Use
This data type is used in utilities to identify a logical Utilities device.
Notes
The UtilitiesDeviceLogicalID is represented by LOGIKNR in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 539
1.76 UtilitiesDeviceOperationalStateCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of the category of a operational state for utilities device.
Utilities Device. Operational State_ Category. Code
Example
<UtilitiesDeviceOperationalStateCategoryCode>1</UtilitiesDeviceOperationalStateCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesDeviceOperationalStateCategoryCode
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Device
Property
Operational State_
Category
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 540
Use
You can use this data type to specify the category of a operational state for utilities device.
Notes
The UtilitiesDeviceOperationalStateCategoryCode is represented by xxx (xxx) in SAP Business Suite.

UtilitiesDeviceOperationalStateCategoryCode
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Code 1
Code 2
Code 3
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Description
Page 541
1.77 UtilitiesDeviceOperationalStateTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of the type of an operational state of a utilities device.
Comment
The operational state refers to the technical state of the meter. The value can be derived from detailed information. It is not necessarily
based on a single parameter depending on the capabilities and the configuration from the involved components (meter, advanced
metering infrastucture).
Utilities Device Operational State. Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesDeviceOperationalStateTypeCode>1</UtilitiesDeviceOperationalStateTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesDeviceOperationalStat
eTypeCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Device
Operational State
Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
Page 542

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the type of an operational state of a device in utilities.
Notes
The UtilitiesDeviceOperationalStateTypeCode is represented by E_AMI_STAT_CODE (NUMC4) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesDeviceOperationalStateTypeCode
listID = 11486
listAgencyID = 310
Code
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Name
Description
Page 543
Overall State
Represents the overall state of a utilities device.
Communication State
Represents the communication state of a utilities device.
Connection State
Represents the connection/disconnection state of a utilities device.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 544
1.78 UtilitiesDeviceRegisterGroupID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Device Register Group.
Comment
The register group combines the single registers for a utilities device, including technical data (such as number of digits and type of
display). Device registers can measure consumption and demand. A device register contains the time-dependent assignments to a
utilities measurement task.
A utilities device is a representation of a virtual or physical device based on utilities processes.
Utilities Device. Register Group. Identifier.
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesDeviceRegisterGroupID
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Device
Property
RegisterGroupID
Representation
Identifier
Type
CDT
Type Name
Identifier
Length
1..8
Card.
0..1
Remarks
restricted

Leading zeros are not relevant for IDs that only contain digits.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 545
The UtilitiesDeviceRegisterGroupID is assigned to a utilities device (for example, if the basic device category is a meter) when the device
is created.
Use
This data type is used to identify a register group for a utilities device.
Notes
The UtilitiesDeviceRegisterGroupID is represented by E_ZWGRUPPE in the SAP Business Suite.
Note that registers always contain all time-dependent allocations for a device. Since the complete time period is always included for
registers, no corresponding CompleteTransmissionIndicator is required.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 546
1.79 UtilitiesDeviceRegisterID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Device Register.
Comment
A Utilities Device is a representation of a virtual or physical device used in Utilities processes.
Register contains the time-dependent assignments to a Utilities measurement task.
Utilities Device Register. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesDeviceRegisterID>1</UtilitiesDeviceRegisterID>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesDeviceRegisterID
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Utilities Device Register Identification
Representation
Identifier
Type
CDT
Type Name
Identifier
Length
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted

UtilitesDeviceRegisterID is unique in the context of a Utilities Device.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 547
Use
The UtilitiesDeviceRegisterID is used to identify the respective node of the Utilities device.
Notes
The UtilitiesDeviceRegisterID is represented by E_ZWNUMMER (NUMC3) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 548
1.80 UtilitiesDeviceRelationshipRoleCode
Definition
A coded representation of a role that a utilities device has in a relationship between utilities devices.
Utilities Device. Relationship_ Role. Code
Example
<UtilitiesDeviceRelationshipRoleCode>1</UtilitiesDeviceRelationshipRoleCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesDeviceRelationshipRol
eCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Device
Relationship_ Role
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 549
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the role of a utilities device within a relationship between devices in utilities.
Notes
None specified.
UtilitiesDeviceRelationshipRoleCode
listID = 11487
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Ripple Control Receiver
Related device is a ripple control receiver.
Pressure Regulator
Related device is a pressure regulator.
Current or Voltage Transformer Related device is a current or voltage transformer.
Breaker
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Related device is a breaker.
Page 550
1.81 UtilitiesDivisionCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of the category of a Utilities division.
Comment
A Utilities division represents a business area in the utilities industry that is related a specific type of commodity like electricity, gas,
water, or waste water offered via distribution grids to the consumers.
Utilities Division. Category. Code
Example
<UtilitiesDivisionCategoryCode>1</UtilitiesDivisionCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesDivisionCategoryCode
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Division
Property
Category
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 551
None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the category of a Utilities division. These can include electricity, gas, water, and so on.
Notes
The UtilitiesDivisionCategoryCode is represented by SPARTYP (NUMC2) in SAP Business Suite.

UtilitiesDivisionCategoryCode
listID = 70283
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Electricity
Electricity
Gas
Gas
Water
Water
Waste Water
Waste water
District Heating
District heating
99
Any Division Category
Any division category or a combination of division categories.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 552
1.82 UtilitiesDivisionCode
Definition
A coded representation of a Utilities division.
Utilities Division. Code
Example
<UtilitiesDivisionCode>1</UtilitiesDivisionCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesDivisionCode
Object Class
Property
Utilities Division
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
listID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 553
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the Utilities division.
Electricity - Utilities division for electricity
Gas - Utilities division for gas
Notes
The UtilitiesDivisionCode is represented by SPARTE (NUMC2) in SAP Business Suite.

UtilitiesDivisionCode
listID = 70278
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 554
Restricted Data Type NOSC_UtilitiesDivisionCode

Definition
A coded representation of a Utilities division.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_UtilitiesDivisionCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Utilities
Division
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
UtilitiesDivisionCode 1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 555
1.83 UtilitiesEnergySettlementCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of a category of energy settlement in utilities.
Comment
The energy settlement process calculates aggregated energy in small time intervals (for example energy supplied, consumed or
forecasted per 1/4h) for all utilities point of delivery which are assigned to the same utilities energy settlement unit. Categories can be
defined for example for consumed energy or for scheduled energy. In a settlement the energy is treated according to the utilities market
rules. Results are energy quantities that are used for further business processes.

Utilities Energy Settlement. Category. Code
Example
<UtilitiesEnergySettlementCategoryCode>1</UtilitiesEnergySettlementCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesEnergySettlementCate
goryCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Energy
Settlement
Category
Code
CDT
Code
1..3
Card.
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
restricted
Page 556

A user-specific code list is assigned to the code. A user of this code determines the codes in the code list during configuration. Semantic
examples of customer-specific codes are provided in the Use section.
Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the settlement category for energy settlement in utilities. Examples for user-specific code semantics:
- Energy Settlement - The energy settlement for energy consumed at utilities point of deliveries assigned to specific settlement units.
- Energy Schedule - The energy settlement for energy scheduled at utilities point of deliveries assigned to specific settlement unit.
Notes
The UtilitiesEnergySettlementCategoryCode is represented by E_EDMSETTLVIEW (NUMC3) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesEnergySettlementCategoryCode
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 557
listID = 11520
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 558
1.84 UtilitiesEnergySettlementMethodCode
Definition
A coded representation for an energy settlement method in utilities.
Comment
There are several different ways how the load shape of a utilities point of delivery can be handled in energy settlement. If the load shape
is directly available due to an installed interval meter, the measured load shape can be directly used. In other cases, for example utilities
point of delivery belonging to a residential customers with annual meter reading, a suitable synthetic load shape has to be applied that
describes the typical consumption pattern.
Utilities Energy Settlement Method. Code
Example
<UtilitiesEnergySettlementMethodCode>123</UtilitiesEnergySettlementMethodCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesEnergySettlementMet
hodCode
Object Class
Property
Utilities Energy
Settlement Method
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..3
Card.
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
restricted
Page 559

Attribute / Element
listID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the energy settlement method in utilities.
Notes
The UtilitiesEnergySettlementMethodCode is represented by EIDESWTMDMETMETHOD (CHAR3) in SAP Business Suite.

UtilitiesEnergySettlementMethodCode
listID = 11215
listAgencyID = 310
Code
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Name
Description
Page 560
Profiled
Consumption pattern in energy settlement profiled according to a synthetic load shape.
Non Profiled
Load shape in energy settlement as registered by an interval meter.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 561
1.85 UtilitiesEnergySettlementUnitID
Comment
A Utilities Energy Settlement Unit is a virtual entity for settlement process in Utilities sector defined with regard to services offered by
Utilities Service Provider (for example grid usage, supply, settlement, etc).
Utilities Energy Settlement Unit. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesEnergySettlementUnitID>1234567890</UtilitiesEnergySettlementUnitID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesEnergySettlementUnitI
D
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Energy
Settlement Unit
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
schemeID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 562
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesEnergySettlementUnitID is used in utilities to identify a energy settlement unit.
Notes
The UtilitiesEnergySettlementUnitID is represented by E_EDMSETTLUNIT (CHAR10) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 563
1.86 UtilitiesEnergySettlementUnitPartyID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Energy Settlement Unit assigned by a party.
Comment
A Utilities Energy Settlement Unit is a virtual entity for settlement process in Utilities sector defined with regard to services offered by
Utilities Service Provider (for example grid usage, supply, settlement).

Utilities Energy Settlement Unit. Party_Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesEnergySettlementUnitPartyID>1234567890123456789012345678901234567890</UtilitiesEnergySettlementUnitPartyID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesEnergySettlementUnit
PartyID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Energy
Settlement Unit
Party_ Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..40
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 564

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesEnergySettlementUnitPartyID is used in utilities to identify a energy settlement unit.
Notes
The UtilitiesEnergySettlementUnitPartyID is represented by E_EDMSETTLUNITEXT (CHAR40) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 565
1.87 UtilitiesGridID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Grid.
Comment
A Utilities Grid is a distribution or transmission grid or a part of a grid used to supply consumers of energy.
Utilities Grid. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesGridID>1234567890</UtilitiesGridID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesGridID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Grid
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 566

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesGridID is used in utilities to identify a grid.
Notes
The UtilitiesGridID is represented by GRID_ID (CHAR10) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 567
1.88 UtilitiesGridLevelCode
Definition
A coded representation of a utilities grid level. The level describes a subdivision of a grid for a related division category in utilities.
Utilities Grid Level. Code
Example
<UtilitiesGridLevelCode>1</UtilitiesGridLevelCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesGridLevelCode
Object Class
Property
Utilities Grid Level
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 568
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the grid level (subdivision) in utilities. Related to a division category.
Examples for user-specific code semantics, for example in division category electricity:
- Low Voltage - The voltage level in utilities grid is low voltage.
- Medium Voltage - The voltage level in utilities grid is medium voltage.
- High Voltage - The voltage level in utilities grid is high voltage.
(for example in division category gas)
- Low Gas Pressure - The gas pressure level in utilities grid is low gas pressure.
- Medium Gas Pressure - The gas pressure level in utilities grid is medium gas pressure.
- High Gas Pressure - The gas pressure level in utilities grid is high gas pressure.
Notes
The UtilitiesGridLevelCode is represented by GRID_LEVEL or EUI_GRID_LEVEL (CHAR10) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 569

UtilitiesGridLevelCode
listID = 70353
Restricted Data Type NOSC_UtilitiesGridLevelCode

Definition
A coded representation of a utilities grid level. The level describes a subdivision of a grid for a related division category in utilities.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_UtilitiesGridLevelCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Utilities Grid
Level
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
UtilitiesGridLevelCod 1..10
e
Card.
Remarks
restricted
For usage in SAP Business Suite level 1 and 2 services which don't need supplementary components.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 570
1.89 UtilitiesGridLevelTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation for a division category related type of a utilities grid level according to proprietary criterium.
Utilities Grid Level. Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesGridLevelTypeCode>1</UtilitiesGridLevelTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesGridLevelTypeCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Grid Level
Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 571
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the type of a grid level in utilities, related to a division category.
Notes
The UtilitiesGridLevelTypeCode is represented by GRID_LEVEL_TYPE or EUI_GRID_LEVEL_TYPE (CHAR4) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesGridLevelTypeCode
listID = 70354
listAgencyID = 310
Code
1
Name
Voltage Level
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Description
Grid level type for division category electricity.
Page 572
Restricted Data Type NOSC_UtilitiesGridLevelTypeCode

Definition
A coded representation for a division category related type of a utilities grid level according to proprietary criterium.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_UtilitiesGridLevelTypeCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Utilities Grid
Level
Property
Type
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
UtilitiesGridLevelTyp 1..4
eCode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 573
1.90 UtilitiesGridPartyID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Grid assigned by a party.
Comment
A Utilities Grid is a distribution or transmission grid or a part of a grid used to supply consumers of energy.
Utilities Grid. Party_Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesGridPartyID>1234567890123456789012345678901234567890</UtilitiesGridPartyID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesGridPartyID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Grid
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..40
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 574

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesGridPartyID is used in utilities to identify a grid.
Notes
The UtilitiesGridPartyID is represented by E_GRIDEXTERNALID (CHAR40) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 575
1.91 UtilitiesGridUsageDocumentID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Grid Usage Document.
Comment
A Utilities Grid Usage Document containing the data for the start, end or a change of supply process initiated by a Utilities Grid Usage
Request to enroll or terminate grid usage in the Utilities sector.
Utilities Grid Usage Document. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesGridUsageDocumentID>12345678901234567890</UtilitiesGridUsageDocumentID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesGridUsageDocumentI
D
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Grid Usage

Document
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..20
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Leading zeros are not significant. Letters have to be in uppercase.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 576

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesGridUsageDocumentID is used in utilities to identify a grid usage document.
Notes
The UtilitiesGridUsageDocumentID is represented by EIDESWTNUM (CHAR20) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 577
1.92 UtilitiesGridUsageEnrollmentReasonCode
Definition
A coded representation for the reason for enrollment of grid usage in utilities.
Utilities Grid Usage. Enrollment_ Reason. Code
Example
<UtilitiesGridUsageEnrollmentReasonCode>1</UtilitiesGridUsageEnrollmentReasonCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesGridUsageEnrollment
ReasonCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Enrollment_ Reason
Code
CDT
Code
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
listID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 578
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the reason for enrollment of grid usage in utilities. It controls certain steps in the corresponding
business processes.
Notes
None specified.
UtilitiesGridUsageEnrollmentReasonCode
listID = 11202
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Start Of Supply
A new grid usage service is requested for a point of delivery which is assumed to be not supplied at the
requested start date.
Change Of Supplier
An existing grid usage service at the point of delivery will be terminated and a new grid usage service is
requested. As the result, the party who supplies the point of delivery changes.
Start Of Backup Supply
A new grid usage service is requested for a point of delivery which is assumed to be supplied at the
requested start date under the conditions of backup supply (backup supply is subject of the requirements
of the regulatory authorities in contrast of the normal supply).
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 579
1.93 UtilitiesGridUsageRequestID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Grid Usage Request.
Comment
A Utilities Grid Usage Request is a request to enroll or terminate grid usage in the Utilities sector. The request is sent by a service
provider (for example a balance supplier) to initiate the start, end or a change of supply process.
Utilities Grid Usage Request. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesGridUsageRequestID>HuiEo7Eh9dJX00002a8MSG</UtilitiesGridUsageRequestID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesGridUsageRequestID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length

Request
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..22
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 580

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesGridUsageRequestID is used in utilities to identify a grid usage request.
Notes
The UtilitiesGridUsageRequestID is represented by EIDESWTMDNUM (CHAR22) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 581
1.94 UtilitiesGridUsageRequestPartyID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Grid Usage Request assigned by a party.
Comment
A Utilities Grid Usage Request is a request to enroll or terminate grid usage in the Utilities sector. The request is sent by a service
provider (for example a balance supplier) to initiate the start, end or a change of supply process.
Utilities Grid Usage Request. Party_Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesGridUsageRequestPartyID>HUIEO7eh9DJX00002A8msgR91KELI654AMB</UtilitiesGridUsageRequestPartyID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesGridUsageRequestPar
tyID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length

Request
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..35
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 582

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesGridUsageRequestID is used in utilities to identify a grid usage request.
Notes
The UtilitiesGridUsageRequestPartyID is represented by EIDESWTMDIDREFNR (TEXT35) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 583
1.95 UtilitiesGridUsageTerminationReasonCode
Definition
A coded representation for the reason for termination of grid usage in utilities.
Utilities Grid Usage. Termination_ Reason. Code
Example
<UtilitiesGridUsageTerminationReasonCode>1</UtilitiesGridUsageTerminationReasonCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesGridUsageTermination
ReasonCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Termination_ Reason
Code
GDT
TerminationReasonC 1..3
ode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
listID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 584
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the reason for termination of grid usage in utilities. It controls certain steps in the corresponding
business processes.
Notes
None specified.
UtilitiesGridUsageTerminationReasonCode
listID = 11212
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
End Of Supply
An existing grid usage service is requested to be terminated for a point of delivery.
Change Of Supplier
An existing grid usage service at the point of delivery will be terminated and a new grid usage service is
requested. As the result, the party who supplies the point of delivery changes.
End Of Backup Supply
An existing grid usage service is requested to be terminated for a point of delivery under consideration of
the conditions of backup supply (backup supply is subject of the requirements of the regulatory authorities
in contrast of the normal supply).
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 585
1.96 UtilitiesGridVoltageLevelCode
Definition
A coded representation of a voltage level in utilities grid.
Utilities Grid. Voltage_ Level. Code
Example
<UtilitiesGridVoltageLevelCode>1</UtilitiesGridVoltageLevelCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesGridVoltageLevelCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Grid
Voltage_ Level
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
listID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 586
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the grid voltage level in utilities. Examples for user-specific code semantics:
- Low Voltage - The voltage level in utilities grid is low voltage.
- Medium Voltage - The voltage level in utilities grid is medium voltage.
- High Voltage - The voltage level in utilities grid is high voltage.
Notes
The UtilitiesGridVoltageLevelCode is represented by SPEBENE (CHAR2) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesGridVoltageLevelCode
listID = 11200
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 587
1.97 UtilitiesInvoiceCancellationReasonCode
Definition
A coded representation of a reason for the cancellation of an utilities invoice.
Utilities Invoice. Cancellation Reason. Code
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceCancellationReasonCode>1</UtilitiesInvoiceCancellationReasonCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesInvoiceCancellationRe
asonCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Invoice
Cancellation Reason
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeVersionID
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 588
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
schemeID
schemeVersionID
Use
This data type is used to specify the reason for the cancellation of an utilities invoice. Examples for user-specific code semantics:
Wrong Meter Reading - The meater reading result which was the basis for the invoice request is wrong
Wrong Rate - The rate which was the basis for the invoice request is wrong.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceCancellationReasonCode is represented by BCREASON.

UtilitiesInvoiceCancellationReasonCode
listID = tbd
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 589
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 590
1.98 UtilitiesInvoiceID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Invoice.
Comment
A Utilities Invoice is a binding statement of amounts receivable resulting from services rendered to, adjustments to these receivables to,
or credit memos to a Utilities customer.
Utilities Invoice. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceID>123456789123</UtilitiesInvoiceID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesInvoiceID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Invoice
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..12
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

The ID is a positive integer value with maximal 12 digits. Leading zeros will be added automatically.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 591

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesInvoiceID is used in utilities to identify an invoice.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceID is represented by E_PRINTDOC.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 592
1.99 UtilitiesInvoiceItemID
Definition
An identifier of an item of a utilities invoice.
Comment
Utilities Invoice Item. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceItemID>1</UtilitiesInvoiceItemID>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesInvoiceItemID
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Invoice Item
Property
Identification
Representation
Identifier
Type
CDT
Type Name
Identifier
Length
1..6
Card.
Remarks
restricted

UtilitesInvoiceItemID is unique in the context of a utilities invoice.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 593
Use
The UtilitiesInvoiceItemID is used in utilities to identify an item of an invoice.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceItemID is represented by BELZEILE.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 594
1.100 UtilitiesInvoiceItemTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of the type of an item of a utilities invoice.
Utilities Invoice Item. Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceItemTypeCode>1</UtilitiesInvoiceItemTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesInvoiceItemTypeCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Invoice Item
Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..6
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 595
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to distinguish between different items in a utilities invoice.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceItemTypeCode is represented by BELZART.
Non-numeric codes of the assigned code list are likely used in user interfaces.
UtilitiesInvoiceItemTypeCode
listID = 11239
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Energy Price Item
Contains an Energy Price
Demand Price Item
Contains a Demand Price
Flat Rate Item
Contains a Flat rate
Rental Price Item
Contains a Rental Price
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 596
Reference Value Item
Contains a Reference Value
Amount Discount Item
Contains an Amount discount
Lightning Flat Rate Item
Contains a lighting flat rate from a price table
Individual Lightning Flat Rate

Item
Contains an individual lighting flat rate
Container Flat Rate Item
Contains a flat rate for a container multiplied with it's container portion
10
Aggregated Rental Price Per

Price Class Item
Contains the aggregated rental price of all devices or registers with the same price class
11
Amount From Time-Based Price Contains an amount calculated from an time-based price
Item
12
Container Price From TimeBased Price Item
Contains information about calculation of a container price from a time-based price
13
Container Price From Factor

Item
Contains information about container price from a factor
14
Property Time-Based Price Item Contains a time-based price for a property
15
Event Based Container Service Contains a quantity price coming from event based billing
Price Item
16
Guarantor Billing Demand Price Contains a demand price coming from guarantor billing
Item
17
Guarantor Billing Reference

Item
Contains a reference to the line coming from guarantor billing
ACCBAL
Previous Invoice Balance Item
Balance of previous invoice
ACCINF
Sub Item
Open posting that is included as additional information
ACCMNT
Account Maintenance Item
Contains information of the account maintenance.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 597
ACTBFO
Payment Plan Difference

Amount Item
Contains the current payment plan difference amount.
ACTPPA
Payment Plan Amount Item
Contains the current payment plan amount.
ADJBFO

Adjustment Item
Created due to adjustment of the payment plan difference amount.
AGGRBI
Aggregated Source Document

Item
Contains information about the aggregated source document
BBP
Budget Billing Request Item
Contains information about budget billing plan requests
BBPCHD
Budget Billing Plan Change

Item
Contains information about the change of a budget billing plan.
BBPPAY
Cleared Budget Billing Payment Contains the clearance information of a budget billing payment
Item
BBPREQ
Partial Payment Request Item
Contains information about a requested partial payment
BOLLO
Bollo Item
Contains the charge that is levied in Italy for processing items in contract accounts receivables and
payables whose total amount exceeds a certain tolerance.
CDISCT
Discount Item
Calculated discount amount
CHGBBP
Payment Plan Change Item
Contains information about the change of a payment plan
COLLBI
Collective Invoice Item
Contains information about the collective invoice source document
DERITM
Deregulation Item
Contains information about deregulation in deregulated scenarios
ECOMQT
Meter Reading Quantities Item
Contains information about the quantities of meter readings
IANCHO
Backbilling Of Consumption
History Item
Contains back billing information for a consumption history entry
ICSDOC
Down Payment Request Item
Contains information about a down payment request
IDATE
Simulation Start Item
Contains information about the start date of a billing simulation.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 598
IDAVER
Average Demand Item
Contains the average demand
IDEMAN
Demand Item
Contains a demand value
IDLIST
Demand Of Previous Billing

Period Item
Contains information about demand of previous billing period
IDOTHR
Not Used Demands Item
Contains the not used demands
IDPEAK
Average Calculation Demands

Item
Contains the demands that were used for calculating the average demand.
IDPRV
Current And Previous Demand Contains information about current and previous demand
Item
IFACT
Waste Factor Item
Contains information about a waste specific factor like compression factor
ILIFT
Container Pick-Up Information

Item
Contains information about container pick-ups
IMAOTE
Minimum Technical Obligation

Item
Contains the minimal technical obligation
IMAOVI
Expected Minimum Obligation

Item
Contains the expected minimum obligation
IMREG
Primary Register Before

Subtract Item
Contains information about the primary register before subtract.
INSTPS
Payment Scheme Installment

Item
Contains information about a payment scheme installment
INTDEB
Debit Interest Item
Contains information about the interest calculation of a debit
INTSEC
Cash Security Deposit Interest

Item
Contains information about the interest calculation of a cash security deposit.
IPQLIS
Quantity-Based Price Of
Contains information about quantity-based price of previous billing period
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 599
Previous Billing Period Item

IPTLIS
Time-Based Price Of Previous

Billing Period Item
Contains information about time-based price of previous billing period
IQDAY
Consumption Per Day Item
Contains information about the consumption per day
IQICMO
Original Quantity From

Consumption History Item
Contains quantity from consumption history of the original document
IQICMR
Quantity Written To
Contains quantity that is written to consumption history
IQLIST
Consumption Of Previous
Billing Period Item
Contains information about consumption of previous billing period
IQPRV
Compare Current With Previous Contains information about current and previous consumption
Consumption Item
IQUANT
Quantity Item
Contains a quantity value
ISREG
Secondary Register
Consumption Item
Contains the consumption of the secondary register
IT001
Addition Of Values Item
Contains information about the added values
IT002
Multiplication Flat Rate By

Factor
Contains information about product flat rate by factor
IT003
Multiplication Or Division Of
Quantity By Factor Item
Contains information about product/quotient of quantity by factor
IT004
Demand By Factor Item
Contains information about product/quotient of demand by factor
IT005
Subtraction Of Amounts Item
Contains information about the subtraction of two amounts
IT006
Comparison Of Two Quantities Contains information about the comparison of two quantities
Item
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 600
IT007
Comparison Of Two Demands

Item
Contains information about the comparison of two demands
IT008
Breakdown Of A Quantity Item
Contains information about the breakdown of a quantity into two quantities
IT009
Factors Item
Contains information about factors and the result of the calculation
IT010
Update Of Time Based Quantity Contains information about the update of a time-based quantity to a quantity
Item
IT011
Calculation Of Average Price

Item
Contains information about the calculation of an average price
IT012
Conversion Of Demand To
Quantity Item
Contains the steps to convert demand to quantity using usage hours
IT013
Conversion Of Quantity To
Demand Item
Contains the steps to convert quantity to demand using usage hours
IT014
Conversion Reference Value To Contains the steps to convert reference value to demand
Demand Item
IT015
Breakdown Of Demand Item
IT016
Determination Of Usage Hours Contains information about the calculation of usage hours from quantity and demand
Item
IT017
Consumption From Lighting

Item
Contains information about the calculation of the consumption from lighting
IT018
Determination Of Cosinus Phi

Item
Contains information about calculation method of cosinus phi
IT019
Multiplication Price By Factor

Item
Contains information about the calculation method
IT020
Individual Consumption From

Burning Hours Item
Contains information about calculation of individual consumption from burning hours calendar
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Contains information about the breakdown of a demand into two demand values
Page 601
IT021
Total Consumption From

Burning Hours Item
Contains information about calculation of total consumption from burning hours calendar
IT022
Usage Hour Discount Item
Contains information about the calculation of the usage hour discount
IT023
Update Of Amount Item
Contains information about the updated amount
IT024
Division Of Two Quantities Item Contains information about the two quantities and their ratio
IT025
Number Of Days In Billing

Period Item
Contains information about the number of days in the billing period
IT026
Division Of Two Demand

Values Item
Contains information about the calculation of the ratio of two demand values
IT027
Partial Gas Consumption In

Interim Dimension Item
Contains the prorated gas consumption in interim dimension
IT028
Gas Consumption In Interim

Dimension Item
Contains the total gas consumption in interim dimension
IT030
Number Of Relevant Seasons

Item
Contains information about the number of seasons
IT031
Calculate Weighted Price Item
Contains Information about the calculation of a weighted price
IT032
Backbilling Simulation Item
Contains Information about backbilling simulation for a number of periods
IT033
Load Distribution Item
Contains Information about load distribution
IT034
Gas Load History Item
Contains Information about gas load history
IT035
Determination of Cosine Phi In Contains information about determination of cosine phi in percent
Percent Item
IT036
Power Factor Adjustment Item
Contains Information about calculation of power factor adjustment
IT037
Consumption For Primary

Installation Item
Contains Information about the consumption of the primary installation in serial switching
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 602
IT038
Share For Primary Installation

Item
Share for primary installation of the quantity to be distributed
IT039
Determined Transformer
Losses By Zones Item
Contains active and reactive power transformer loss quantities based zone table
IT040
Losses By Formula Item
Contains active and reactive power transformer loss quantities based on calculation formulas
JVL
Yearly Advance Payment Item
Contains information about the yearly advance payment of budget billing amounts
LPC
Late Payment Charge Item
Contains the charge that was levied due to a late payment
MIBIL1
First Cancellation Of Move-In

Bill Item
Marks an item of a move-in bill for cancellation
MIBIL2
Second Cancellation Of MoveIn Bill Item
MIBIL3
Third Cancellation Of Move-In

Bill Item
MIBIL4
Fourth Cancellation Of Move-In Marks an item of a move-in bill for cancellation

Bill Item
MIBIL5
Fifth Cancellation Of Move-In

Bill Item
NEWBBP
New Payment Plan Amount

Item
Contains the new amount of a payment plan
NEWDOC
Customer Document Reference Contains information of a customer-specific document

Item
NOPPAC
Amount Of Contract Without

Payment Plan Item
Contains the amount of a contract without a payment plan. Such an item can be created due to an amount
difference when contracts are collectively invoiced and some of these are related to a payment plan and
some are not.
RECPT
Receipt Information Item
Contains information about the receipt.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 603
ROUND
Rounding Amount Item
ROUNDO
Carryfoward Rounding Amount Contains the carryforward rounding amount

Item
SAMONT
Statistical Amount
Contains information about the statistical amount.
SDEMAN
Statistical Demand
Contains information about the statistical demand.
SD_DOC
Sales And Distribution Item
Contains information about the sales and distribution billing document
SECREL
Released Cash Security

Deposit Item
Contains information about the released cash security deposit
SECREQ
New Cash Security Deposit

Item
Contains information about the new cash security deposit
SECREV
Reversed Cash Security

Deposit Item
Contains information about the reversed cash security deposit
SQUANT
Statistical Quantity Item
Contains a statistical quantity
STATIT
Debit Position From Statistical

Item
Contains information about the debit position from a statistical item
SUBT
Subtotal Item
Subtotal Item
SYNCDD
Synchronized Due Date Item
Contains the contract account receivables and payables document due date which was synchronized with
the billing document
TAXADJ
Tax Adjustment Item
Contains information about the tax adjustment
TAXE
External Tax Line Item
Contains information about an external tax line
TBCDMD
Demand To Calculate Basic

Charge Item
Contains a demand to calculate basic charge amount
TBCHAG
Basic Charge Amount Item
Contains a calculated amount of basic charge
TOLERA
Tolerance Item
Contains the information about the amount tolerance
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Contains the rounding amount
Page 604
TRABFO

Amount Transfer Item
Contains the payment plan difference amount if it needs to be transferred to a new payment plan
WASTE
Charges Notification Due To

Posting Information Item
Contains the payment plan difference amount if it needs to be transferred to a new payment plan
WASTEO
Charges Notification Due To

Old Posting Item
Contains the information of a notification charge due to old posting
WHTAX
Withholding Tax Item
Contains information about the withholding tax
Restricted Data Type NOSC_UtilitiesInvoiceItemTypeCode

Definition
A coded representation of the type of an item of a utilities invoice.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_UtilitiesInvoiceItemTypeCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Utilities Invoice Type
Item
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
UtilitiesInvoiceItemTy 1..6
peCode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 605
1.101 UtilitiesInvoiceReasonCode
Definition
A coded representation of the reason for a utilities invoice.
Utilities Invoice. Reason. Code
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceReasonCode>1</UtilitiesInvoiceReasonCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesInvoiceReasonCode
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Invoice
Property
Reason
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the reason for a utilities invoice.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 606
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceReasonCode is represented by ERGRD.
UtilitiesInvoiceReasonCode
listID = 11154
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Consumption Billing
The invoice was created for a consumption billing. A consumption billing is the result of evaluating a
certain quantity with a rate.
Budget Billing Request
The invoice was created for a budget billing request.
Partial Billing
The invoice was created for a partial billing. Partial bills are the budget billing requests which are posted
as debit position.
Reversal Billing
The invoice was created for a reversal billing.
Collective Billing
The invoice was created for a collective billing. In a collective bill items are grouped from different contract
accounts in a collective bill account - so that they can be processed together.
Consumption Billing and Partial The invoice was created for a consumption billing and partial billing.
Billing
Budget Billing Change
The invoice was created for a budget billing amount change. In order to cover legal requirements an
invoice is created when a budget billing amount has been changed.
Budget Billing Request for

Industrial Customer
The invoice was created for a budget billing request for industrial customers. These invoices have country
specific properties for eastern Europe industrial utilities customers.
Aggregated Billing
The invoice was created for an aggregated billing. These bills are created in deregulated scenarios when
the invoicing party and the supplier party are separately billed.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 607
1.102 UtilitiesInvoiceReleaseHistoryID
Definition
An identifier of a release history item of an utilities invoice.
Comment
Utilities Invoice Release History. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceReleaseHistoryID>1</UtilitiesInvoiceReleaseHistoryID>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesInvoiceReleaseHistoryID
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Invoice
Release History
Property
Identification
Representation
Identifier
Type
CDT
Type Name
Identifier
Length
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted

UtilitesInvoiceReleaseHistoryID is unique in the context of a utilities invoice.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 608
Use
The UtilitiesInvoiceReleaseHistoryID is used in utilities to identify an item of a release history.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceReleaseHistoryID is represented by OUTCNSO.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 609
1.103 UtilitiesInvoiceRequestBillingPeriodAllocationText
Definition
A textual representation of an allocation of a billing period of an utilities invoice request.
Utilities Invoice Request. Billing Period Allocation. Text
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceRequestBillingPeriodAllocationText>4Q/2008</UtilitiesInvoiceRequestBillingPeriodAllocationText>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestBillingPeriodAllocationText
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Invoice
Request
Property
Representation
Billing Period Allocation Text
Type
CDT
Type Name
Text
Length
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted

None specified.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to allocate an utilities invoice request to a billing period.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 610
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceRequestBillingPeriodAllocationText is represented by E_BILLING_PERIOD.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 611
1.104 UtilitiesInvoiceRequestDiscountCode
Definition
A coded representation of the discount in a utilities invoice request.
Utilities Invoice Request Discount. Code
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceRequestDiscountCode>1</UtilitiesInvoiceRequestDiscountCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestDiscou
ntCode
Object Class
Property
Utilities Invoice
Request Discount
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 612

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the discount used in a utilities invoice request. Examples for user-specific code semantics:
- New Customer Amount Discount - Amount discount for new customers
- Quantity Percent Discount - Percent discount for a certain consumption of quantity.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceRequestDiscountCode is represented by RABZUS.
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestDiscountCode
listID = 11199
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 613
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 614
1.105 UtilitiesInvoiceRequestID
Definition
An identifier for a utilities invoice request.
Comment
A Utilities Invoice Request is a request for one or several utilities invoices taking into account the data sent in the underlying business
document.
Utilities Invoice Request. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceRequestID>123456789123</UtilitiesInvoiceRequestID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Invoice
Request
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..12
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 615

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesInvoiceRequestID is used in utilities to identify an invoice request.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceID is represented by E_BELNR.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 616
1.106 UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemGroupCode
Definition
A coded representation of a group of utilities invoice request items mapped according to business criteria.
Comment
Grouping allows items of a utilities invoice request to be grouped based on certain business criteria which the customer can define.
Utilities Invoice Request Item Group. Code
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemGroupCode>1</UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemGroupCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Utilities Invoice
Request Item Group
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemGr
oupCode
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 617

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to group utilities invoice request items using relevant business criteria that the customer can define.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemGroupCode is represented by LINESORT.

UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemGroupCode
listID = 11165
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Contract Without Subtotal
Items are grouped by contract without subtotal.
Contract With Subtotal
Items are grouped by contract with subtotal.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 618
Division Without Subtotal
Items are grouped by division without subtotal.
Division With Subtotal
Items are grouped by division with subtotal.
Device Without Subtotal
Items are grouped by device without subtotal.
Device With Subtotal
Items are grouped by device with subtotal.
1001
Contract And Gross Amount
Items are grouped by contract and gross amount.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 619
1.107 UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemID
Definition
An identifier of a utilities invoice request item.
Comment
A Utilities Invoice Request is a request for one or several utilities invoices taking into account the data sent in the underlying business
document.
Utilities Invoice Request Item. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemID>1</UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemID>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemID
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Invoice
Request Item
Property
Identification
Representation
Identifier
Type
CDT
Type Name
Identifier
Length
1..6
Card.
Remarks
restricted

UtilitesInvoiceRequestItemID is unique in the context of a utilities invoice request.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 620
Use
The UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemtID is used in utilities to identify an item of an utilities invoice request.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemID is represented by BELZEILE.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 621
1.108 UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemProcessingTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of the way in which a utilities invoice request item can be processed.
Utilities Invoice Request Item. Processing Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemProcessingTypeCode>1</UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemProcessingTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemPr
ocessingTypeCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Invoice
Request Item
Processing Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 622
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to provide a processing type for a utilities invoice request item. In mySAP Business Suite environment this field
can also be used as customer field where the content of the field is user-specific and cannot be named explicitly.
The following are examples of code semantics:
- Concession - The respective concession type can be entered in this field, to later process the respective steps for posting concessions
within invoicing
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemProcessingTypeCode is represented by LINE_CLASS.
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemProcessingTypeCode
listID = 11155
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 623
1.109 UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of the type of an item of a utilities invoice request.
Utilities Invoice Request Item. Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemTypeCode>1</UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemTy
peCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Invoice
Request Item
Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..6
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

An extensible SAP code list is assigned to the code. A user of this code can replace this SAP code list with his one. The SAP code list
and its values are provided in Appendix Code List.
Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 624
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to distinguish between different items in a utilities invoice request.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemTypeCode is represented by BELZART.

UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemTypeCode
listID = 70291
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Energy Price Item
Contains an Energy Price
Demand Price Item
Contains a Demand Price
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 625
Flat Rate Item
Contains a Flat rate
Rental Price Item
Contains a Rental Price
Reference Value Item
Contains a Reference Value
Amount Discount Item
Contains an Amount discount
Lightning Flat Rate Item
Contains a lighting flat rate from a price table
Individual Lightning Flat Rate

Item
Contains an individual lighting flat rate
Container Flat Rate Item
Contains a flat rate for a container multiplied with it's container portion
10
Aggregated Rental Price Per

Price Class Item
Contains the aggregated rental price of all devices or registers with the same price class
11
Amount From Time-Based Price Contains an amount calculated from an time-based price
Item
12
Container Price From TimeBased Price Item
Contains information about calculation of a container price from a time-based price
13
Container Price From Factor

Item
Contains information about container price from a factor
14
Property Time-Based Price Item Contains a time-based price for a property
15
Event Based Container Service Contains a quantity price coming from event based billing
Price Item
16
Guarantor Billing Demand Price Contains a demand price coming from guarantor billing
Item
17
Guarantor Billing Reference

Item
Contains a reference to the line coming from guarantor billing
ECOMQT
Meter Reading Quantities Item
Contains information about the quantities of meter readings
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 626
IANCHO
Backbilling Of Consumption
History Item
Contains back billing information for a consumption history entry
IDATE
Simulation Start Item
Contains information about the start date of a billing simulation.
IDEMAN
Demand Item
Contains a demand value
IDLIST
Demand Of Previous Billing

Period Item
Contains information about demand of previous billing period
IDPRV
Current And Previous Demand Contains information about current and previous demand
Item
IFACT
Waste Factor Item
Contains information about a waste specific factor like compression factor
ILIFT
Container Pick-Up Information

Item
Contains information about container pick-ups
IMAOTE
Minimum Technical Obligation

Item
Contains the minimal technical obligation
IMAOVI
Expected Minimum Obligation

Item
Contains the expected minimum obligation
IPQLIS
Quantity-Based Price Of
Previous Billing Period Item
Contains information about quantity-based price of previous billing period
IPTLIS
Time-Based Price Of Previous

Billing Period Item
Contains information about time-based price of previous billing period
IQDAY
Consumption Per Day Item
Contains information about the consumption per day
IQICMO
Original Quantity From

Contains quantity from consumption history of the original document
IQICMR
Quantity Written To
Contains quantity that is written to consumption history
IQLIST
Consumption Of Previous
Contains information about consumption of previous billing period
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 627
Billing Period Item

IQPRV
Compare Current With Previous Contains information about current and previous consumption
Consumption Item
IQUANT
Quantity Item
Contains a quantity value
IT001
Addition Of Values Item
Contains information about the added values
IT002
Multiplication Flat Rate By

Factor
Contains information about product flat rate by factor
IT003
Quantity By Factor Item
Contains information about product/quotient of quantity by factor
IT004
Demand By Factor Item
Contains information about product/quotient of demand by factor
IT005
Subtraction Of Amounts Item
Contains information about the subtraction of two amounts
IT006
Comparison Of Two Quantities Contains information about the comparison of two quantities
Item
IT007
Comparison Of Two Demands

Item
Contains information about the comparison of two demands
IT008
Breakdown Of A Quantity Item
Contains information about the breakdown of a quantity into two quantities
IT009
Factors Item
Contains information about factors and the result of the calculation
IT010
Update Of Time Based Quantity Contains information about the update of a time-based quantity to a quantity
Item
IT011
Calculation Of Average Price

Item
Contains information about the calculation of an average price
IT012
Conversion Of Demand To
Quantity Item
Contains the steps to convert demand to quantity using usage hours
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 628
IT013
Conversion Of Quantity To
Demand Item
IT014
Conversion Reference Value To Contains the steps to convert reference value to demand
Demand Item
IT015
Breakdown Of Demand Item
IT016
Determination Of Usage Hours Contains information about the calculation of usage hours from quantity and demand
Item
IT017
Consumption From Lighting

Item
Contains information about the calculation of the consumption from lighting
IT018
Determination Of Cosinus Phi

Item
Contains information about calculation method of cosinus phi
IT019
Multiplication Price By Factor

Item
Contains information about the calculation method
IT020
Individual Consumption From

Burning Hours Item
Contains information about calculation of individual consumption from burning hours calendar
IT021
Total Consumption From

Burning Hours Item
Contains information about calculation of total consumption from burning hours calendar
IT022
Usage Hour Discount Item
Contains information about the calculation of the usage hour discount
IT023
Update Of Amount Item
Contains information about the updated amount
IT024
Division Of Two Quantities Item Contains information about the two quantities and their ratio
IT025
Number Of Days In Billing

Period Item
Contains information about the number of days in the billing period
IT026
Division Of Two Demand

Values Item
Contains information about the calculation of the ratio of two demand values
IT027
Partial Gas Consumption In
Contains the prorated gas consumption in interim dimension
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Contains the steps to convert quantity to demand using usage hours
Contains information about the breakdown of a demand into two demand values
Page 629
Interim Dimension Item

IT028
Gas Consumption In Interim

Dimension Item
Contains the total gas consumption in interim dimension
IT030
Number Of Relevant Seasons

Item
Contains information about the number of seasons
IT031
Calculate Weighted Price Item
Contains Information about the calculation of a weighted price
IT032
Backbilling Simulation Item
Contains Information about backbilling simulation for a number of periods
IT033
Load Distribution Item
Contains Information about load distribution
IT034
Gas Load History Item
Contains Information about gas load history
IT035
Determination of Cosine Phi In Contains information about determination of cosine phi in percent
Percent Item
IT036
Power Factor Adjustment Item
Contains Information about calculation of power factor adjustment
IT037
Consumption For Primary

Installation Item
Contains Information about the consumption of the primary installation in serial switching
IT038
Share For Primary Installation

Item
Share for primary installation of the quantity to be distributed
IT039
Losses By Zones Item
Contains active and reactive power transformer loss quantities based zone table
IT040
Losses By Formula Item
Contains active and reactive power transformer loss quantities based on calculation formulas
MIBIL1
First Cancellation Of Move-In

Bill Item
MIBIL2
Second Cancellation Of MoveIn Bill Item
MIBIL3
Third Cancellation Of Move-In
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 630
Bill Item
MIBIL4
Fourth Cancellation Of Move-In Marks an item of a move-in bill for cancellation

Bill Item
MIBIL5
Fifth Cancellation Of Move-In

Bill Item
RECPT
Receipt Information Item
Contains information about the receipt.
SAMONT
Statistical Amount
Contains information about the statistical amount.
SDEMAN
Statistical Demand
Contains information about the statistical demand.
SQUANT
Statistical Quantity Item
Contains a statistical quantity
TAXE
External Tax Line Item
Contains information about an external tax line
TBCDMD
Demand To Calculate Basic

Charge Item
Contains a demand to calculate basic charge amount
TBCHAG
Basic Charge Amount Item
Contains a calculated amount of basic charge
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 631
Restricted Data Type NOSC_UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemTypeCode

Definition
A coded representation of the type of an item of a utilities invoice request.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_UtilitiesInvoiceRequestItemTypeCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Utilities Invoice Type
Request Item
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
UtilitiesInvoiceReque 1..6
stItemTypeCode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 632
1.110 UtilitiesInvoiceRequestReasonCode
Definition
A coded representation of the reason for a utilities invoice request.
Utilities Invoice Request. Reason. Code
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceRequestReasonCode>1</UtilitiesInvoiceRequestReasonCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestReasonCode
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Invoice
Request
Property
Reason
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the reason for a utilities invoice request.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 633
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceRequestReasonCode is represented by ABRVORG.
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestReasonCode
listID = 11156
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Periodic Billing
The invoice request was created because of periodic billing.
Interim Billing
The invoice request was created because of interim billing.
Final Billing for Move-Out
The invoice request was created because of final billing for move-out.
Period-End Billing
The invoice request was created because of period-end billing.
Service Territory Transfer
The invoice request was created because of service territory transfer.
Manual Credit Memo or

Backbilling
The invoice request was created because of a manual credit memo or backbilling.
Contract Change
The invoice request was created because of a contract change.
Customer Change
The invoice request was created because of a customer change.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 634
1.111 UtilitiesInvoiceRequestReleaseHistoryID
Definition
An identifier of a release history item of an utilities invoice request.
Comment
A Utilities Invoice Request is a request for one or several Utilities invoices taking into account the data sent in the underlying business
document.
Utilities Invoice Request Release History. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceRequestReleaseHistoryID>1</UtilitiesInvoiceRequestReleaseHistoryID>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestReleaseHistoryID
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Invoice
Request Release
History
Property
Identification
Representation
Identifier
Type
CDT
Type Name
Identifier
Length
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted

UtilitesInvoiceRequestReleaseHistoryID is unique in the context of a utilities invoice.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 635
Use
The UtilitiesInvoiceRequestReleaseHistoryID is used in utilities to identify an item of a release history.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceRequestReleaseHistoryID is represented by OUTCNSO.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 636
1.112 UtilitiesInvoiceRequestRevisionReasonCode
Definition
A coded representation of the reason for the revision of a utilities invoice request.
Utilities Invoice Request. Revision Reason. Code
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceRequestRevisionReasonCode>1</UtilitiesInvoiceRequestRevisionReasonCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestRevisi
onReasonCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Invoice
Request
Revision Reason
Code
CDT
Code
1..8
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 637

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the reason to revise utilities invoice requests of a certain contract. Examples for user-specific code
semantics:
Customer Complaint - Revision because of customer complaint
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceRequestRevisionReasonCode is represented by MANOUTSORT.
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestRevisionReasonCode
listID = 11168
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 638
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 639
1.113 UtilitiesInvoiceRequestSimulationReasonCode
Definition
A coded representation of the reason for the simulation of a utilities invoice request.
Utilities Invoice Request. Simulation_ Reason. Code
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceRequestSimulationReasonCode>1</UtilitiesInvoiceRequestSimulationReasonCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestSimulationReasonCode
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Invoice
Request
Property
Simulation_ Reason
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the reason for simulating a utilities invoice request.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 640
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceRequestSimulationReasonCode is represented by SIMULATION.

UtilitiesInvoiceRequestSimulationReasonCode
listID = 11198
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Budget Billing Calculation
Simulation in order to calculate a budget billing amount
Unbilled Revenue Reporting

Extrapolation
Simulation for extrapolation of unbilled revenue reporting
Billing Without Order
Simulation for billing without billing order
Billing With Order
Simulation for billing with billing order
Extrapolating Previous
Document
Simulation for extrapolation of previous document
Customer Specific
Simulation for customer specific semantics
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 641
1.114 UtilitiesInvoiceRequestSimulationScenarioCode
Definition
A coded representation of the scenario for the simulation of a utilities invoice request.
Utilities Invoice Request Simulation Scenario. Code
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceRequestSimulationScenarioCode>1</UtilitiesInvoiceRequestSimulationScenarioCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestSimula
tionScenarioCode
Object Class
Property
Utilities Invoice
Request Simulation
Scenario
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 642

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the scenario for simulating a utilities invoice request. Examples for user-specific code semantics:
- Period Simulation With Rate Category Comparison - Comparative simulation for a predefined period is executed for selected rate
categories and a contract.
- Order Simulation for One Year With Rate Category Comparison - All billing orders for a year are simulated for a contract with rate
category comparison.
- Simulation of All Missing Billing Orders for a Year - For one contract, all billing orders that have not yet been executed are simulated for
a year.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceRequestSimulationScenarioTypeCode is represented by EA_SIMSCEN.

UtilitiesInvoiceRequestSimulationScenarioCode
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 643
listID = 11197
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 644
1.115 UtilitiesInvoiceRequestValidationTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of the type of validation performed on a utilities invoice request.
Utilities Invoice Request. Validation Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceRequestValidationCode>AMOUNT1</UtilitiesInvoiceRequestValidationCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestValidat
ionTypeCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Invoice
Request
Validation Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 645
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to represent the type of validation which was performed on a utilities invoice request.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceRequestValidationTypeCode is represented by VALIDATION.
UtilitiesInvoiceRequestValidationTypeCode
listID = 70294
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
AMOUNT1
Amount Maximum And

Minimum
The amount of the invoice request is checked against maximum and minimum absolute amount.
BBP_ABS1
Budget Billing Amount

Maximum
The amount of the invoice request is checked against the budget billing amount. The maximum difference
is defined as absolute value. The validation is performed when the budget billing amount is not zero.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 646
BBP_PERC1
Budget Billing Amount

Percentage Maximum
The amount of the utilities invoice request is checked against the budget billing amount. The maximum
difference is defined in percentage. The validation is performed when the budget billing amount is not
zero.
DEMAND81
Demand
The demand is checked to determine the basic charge on the basis of the effective output of the
transformer.
ESTIMATE
Estimated Meter Reading
The invoice request is checked whether it uses at least one estimated meter reading result.
NO_LINES
Posting Relevant Items
The invoice request is checked if it has at least one posting relevant item.
SUBINSTDOC
Validated Sub Installation
The invoice request is checked whether it contains an invoice request of sub installation that was
validated.
Restricted Data Type NOSC_UtilitiesInvoiceRequestValidationTypeCode

Definition
A coded representation of the type of validation performed on a utilities invoice request.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_UtilitiesInvoiceRequestValidationTypeCode
Cat.
Object Class
Property
NOSC_ Utilities Invoice Validation Type

Request
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
UtilitiesInvoiceReque 1..10
stValidationTypeCod
e
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 647
1.116 UtilitiesInvoiceRevisionReasonCode
Definition
A coded representation of the reason for the revision of a utilities invoice.
Utilities Invoice. Revision Reason. Code
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceRevisionReasonCode>1</UtilitiesInvoiceRevisionReasonCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesInvoiceRevisionReaso
nCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Invoice
Revision Reason
Code
CDT
Code
1..8
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
listID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 648
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the reason to revise utilities invoice requests of a certain contract. Examples for user-specific code
semantics:
Customer Complaint - Revision because of customer complaint
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceRevisionReasonCode is represented by MANOUTS_IN.
UtilitiesInvoiceRevisionReasonCode
listID = 11169
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 649
1.117 UtilitiesInvoiceValidationTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of the type of validation performed on a utilities invoice.
Utilities Invoice. Validation Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesInvoiceValidationTypeCode>AMOUNT2</UtilitiesInvoiceValidationTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesInvoiceValidationType
Code
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Invoice
Validation Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 650

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to represent the type of validation which was performed on a utilities invoice.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesInvoiceValidationTypeCode is represented by VALIDAT_IN.
UtilitiesInvoiceValidationTypeCode
listID = 70293
listAgencyID = 310
Code
AMOUNT2
Name
Gross Amount Minimum And
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Description
The gross amount is checked against maximum and minimum amount limits. A differentiation is made
Page 651
Maximum Limits
between receivables and credit memos. The gross amount refers to the total of all invoice request items,
including manual credit memos and taking into account all taxes.
AMOUNT3
Total Sum Minimum And

Maximum Limits
The total sum of the invoice is checked against maximum and minimum amount limits. A differentiation is
made between receivables and credit memos.
FORWARD1
Balance Forward Amount

Maximum Limits
The balance forward amount (accumulated difference amount in the case of a payment plan) is checked
against a maximum permissible amount. The balance forward used for the comparison refers to the total
of all balance forwards of contracts that were invoiced jointly.
Restricted Data Type NOSC_UtilitiesInvoiceValidationTypeCode

Definition
A coded representation of the type of validation performed on a utilities invoice.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_UtilitiesInvoiceValidationTypeCode
Cat.
Object Class
Property
NOSC_ Utilities Invoice Validation Type
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
UtilitiesInvoiceValidati 1..10
onTypeCode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 652
1.118 UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorDeterminationCode
Definition
A coded representation of the determination of a utilities load shape factor value.
Utilities Load Shape Factor Determination. Code
Example
<UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorDeterminationCode>1</UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorDeterminationCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorDeterminationCode
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Load Shape
Factor Determination
Property
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1
Card.
Remarks
restricted

None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the determination of a utilities load shape factor value.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 653
Notes
The UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorDeterminationCode is represented by E_CALCULATED (CHAR1) in SAP Business Suite.

UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorDeterminationCode
listID = 11216
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Entered Manually
Value manually entered by agent.
Calculated Automatically
Value automatically calculated by system based on measured values for a billing period.
Extrapolated Automatically
Value automatically extrapolated by system based on measured values.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 654
1.119 UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorSpecification
Definition
Utilities Load Shape Factor Specification contains the specification of a factor that represents the consumption of a consumer in relation
to a load shape in utilities.
Utilities Load Shape Factor Specification. Details
Example
<UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorSpecification> <UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorValue>0.8</UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorValue>
<ReferenceDuration>1Y</ReferenceDuration>
<ReferenceQuantity UnitCode = " kWh ">1000</ReferenceQuantity>
</UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorSpecification>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorSpe
cification
Object Class
Property

Factor Specification
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Card.
UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorValu E
e

Factor
Value
GDT
UtilitiesLoadShapeFa
ctorValue
ReferenceDuration

Reference
Duration
CDT
Duration
0..1
ReferenceQuantity

Reference
Quantity
CDT
INTEGER_Quantity
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
Details
Page 655

Attribute / Element
UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorValue Consumption factor value in relation to a load shape in utilities.

ReferenceDuration
Reference duration, for example year or month.
ReferenceQuantity
Reference quantity of a normalized load shape.
None specified.
Attribute / Element
ReferenceQuantity
Only 16 digit can be used.
Use
A load shape is normalized at 1000 kWh. The consumption of a customer in a corresponding duration is 800 kWh. The load shape factor
value is then 0.8.
Notes
The UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorSpecification is represented by USEFACTOR (DEC17), E_SYNPROFPERIODE (CHAR1) and
E_SYNPROFREFVALUE (DEC16) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 656
1.120 UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorValue
Definition
A value containing the factor to describe the consumption in relation to a load shape in utilities.
Utilities Load Shape. Factor. Value
Example
<UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorValue>0.8</UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorValue>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorValue
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Factor
Representation
Value
Type
CDT
Type Name
Value
Length
9.8
Card.
Remarks
restricted

None specified.
None specified.
Use
A load shape is normalized at 1000 kWh. The consumption of a customer in a corresponding duration is 800 kWh. The load shape factor
value is then 0.8.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 657
Notes
The UtilitiesLoadShapeFactorValue is represented by USEFACTOR (DEC17) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 658
1.121 UtilitiesManualBillingBusinessTransactionTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of the type of the business transaction of manual billing in Utilities.
Utilities Manual Billing Business Transaction. Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesManualBillingBusinessTransactionTypeCode>100</UtilitiesManualBillingBusinessTransactionTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesManualBillingBusiness
TransactionTypeCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Manual Billing

Business Transaction
Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 659
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the business transaction for manual billing in Utilities. Examples for user-specific code semantics:
Credit Settlement - A credit is settled
Debit Service Charge Request - A service charge debit is requested
Notes
None specified.
UtilitiesManualBillingBusinessTransactionTypeCode
listID = 70304
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 660
Restricted Data Type NOSC_UtilitiesManualBillingBusinessTransactionTypeCode

Definition
A coded representation of the type of the business transaction of manual billing in Utilities.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_UtilitiesManualBillingBusinessTransactionTypeCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Utilities Manual Type
Billing Business
Transaction
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
UtilitiesManualBilling 1..4
BusinessTransaction
TypeCode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 661
1.122 UtilitiesMeasurementRecurrenceCode
Definition
A coded representation of the recurrence of a utilities measurement.
Utilities Measurement. Recurrence. Code
Example
<UtilitiesMeasurementRecurrenceCode>1</UtilitiesMeasurementRecurrenceCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesMeasurementRecurre
nceCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Measurement
Recurrence
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

An extensible SAP-defined code list is assigned to the code. A user of this code can replace this SAP code list with another one. The
values are provided in "Appendix - Code List".
Attribute / Element
listID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 662
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the recurrence of a Utilities measurement.
- Week - One Utilities measurement is taken every week.
Notes
The code is represented by INTSIZEID (CHAR4) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesMeasurementRecurrenceCode
listID = 11239
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
05
5 minutes
One Utilities measurement is taken every 5 minutes.
10
10 minutes
15
15 minutes
30
30 minutes
60
60 minutes
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 663
DAY
One Value Each Day
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
One Utilities measurement is taken each day.
Page 664
1.123 UtilitiesMeasurementTaskCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of the category for a Utilities Measurement Task.
Comment
Categorizes the measurement task a meter shall perform. That means how the meter readings are interpreted to gauge consumption or
demand.
Defines what (consumption or demand) shall be measured and how (cumulating or balancing).
Example
<UtilitiesMeasurementTaskCategoryCode>1</UtilitiesMeasurementTaskCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskCategoryCode
Cat.
Object Class
Task
Property
Category
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

Exactly one static SAP code list is assigned to code. The values are provided in "Appendix - Code List".
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 665
Use
You can use this data type to specify the category for a Utilities measurement task. This describes how to interpret meter reading results
for the measurement task.
Notes
The UtilitiesMeasurementTaskCategoryCode is represented by E_ZWTYP (register category, NUMC2) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskCategoryCode
listID = 11240
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Cumulating Demand
The meter shall gauge cumulating demand. This means the demand can be determined from difference
between two meter readings.
Balancing Demand
The meter shall gauge balancing demand. This means the meter is reset to zero after each meter reading.
Resetting
Resetting of a meter. The meter counts the number of reseting of a balancing device.
Balancing Consumption
The meter shall gauge balancing consumption. This means the meter is reset to zero after each meter
reading.
Cumulating Consumption
The meter shall gauge cumulating consumption. This means the consumption can be determined as
difference between two meter readings.
Other
Other measurement task.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 666
1.124 UtilitiesMeasurementTaskDeviceAssignmentTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of the type of device assignment of a utilities measurement task.
Utilities Measurement Task Device Assignment. Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesMeasurementTaskDeviceAssignmentTypeCode>1</UtilitiesMeasurementTaskDeviceAssignmentTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskDev
iceAssignmentTypeCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Task Device
Assignment
Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 667
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the type of device assignment of a utilities measurement task.
Notes
None specified.
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskDeviceAssignmentTypeCode
listID = 11488
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Ripple Control Receiver
Utilities device assigned to a measurement task as ripple control receiver.
Transformer Group
Utilities device assigned to a measurement task as transformer group.
Pressure Regulator
Utilities device assigned to a measurement task as pressure regulator.
Power Transformer
Utilities device assigned to a measurement task as power transformer.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 668
1.125 UtilitiesMeasurementTaskID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Measurement Task.
Comment
A Utilities Measurement Task is a task to provide measurements in Utilities sector e.g. consumption, energy, volume, power, etc. with
time-dependant specifications.
Utilities Measurement Task. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesMeasurementTaskID>1234567890</UtilitiesMeasurementTaskID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Task
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..18
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 669

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesMeasurementTaskID is used in utilities to identify a measurement task.
Notes
In the mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesMeasurementTaskID is represented by the data type LOGIKZW (logical register number).
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 670
1.126 UtilitiesMeasurementTaskKindCode
Definition
A coded representation of the kind of a utilities measurement task.
Utilities Measurement Task. Kind. Code
Example
<UtilitiesMeasurementTaskKindCode>1</UtilitiesMeasurementTaskKindCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskKin
dCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Task
Kind
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 671
listID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to designate the rate type of a Utilities measurement task. Values could be:
- on-peak rate - Measurement task for on-peak rate measurement intervals.
- off-peak rate - Measurement task for off-peak rate measurement intervals.
Notes
The code is represented by E_ZWART (register type, char2) in SAP Business Suite.

UtilitiesMeasurementTaskKindCode
listID = 70279
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 672
Restricted Data Type NOSC_UtilitiesMeasurementTaskKindCode

Definition
A coded representation of the kind of a utilities measurement task.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_UtilitiesMeasurementTaskKindCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Utilities
Measurement Task
Property
Kind
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
UtilitiesMeasurement 1..2
TaskKindCode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 673
1.127 UtilitiesMeasurementTaskRelationshipRoleCode
Definition
A coded representation for relationship role of a utilities measurement task.
Utilities Measurement Task. Relationship_ Role. Code
Example
<UtilitiesMeasurementTaskRelationshipRoleCode>1</UtilitiesMeasurementTaskRelationshipRoleCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskRel
ationshipRoleCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Task
Relationship_ Role
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
listID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 674
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the relationship role of a utilities measurement task.
Notes
The UtilitiesMeasurementTaskRelationshipRoleCode is represented by E_OPCODE (NUMC2) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskRelationshipRoleCode
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Register Adopts Volume

Correction Factor
The register adopts the volume correction factor of the register.
Register Passes On Volume

Correction Factor
The register passes on the volume correction factor to register.
Main Register
The register belongs to the primary meter.
Secondary Register
The register belongs to the secondary meter.
Register
The register belongs to controlled registers.
Control Register
The register controls all registers
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 675
Active register
Reactive register
Register Assigned Standard

Volume
The meter reading difference of the register is used in the volume correction factor formula (VCF =
standard volume/operating volume). The volume correction is calculated during gas billing.
10
Register Assigned Operating

Volume
The meter reading difference of the register is used in the volume correction factor formula (VCF =
standard volume/operating volume). The factor is calculated during gas billing and allocated to the
register.
11
Primary Rate Register
The register contains the primary rate.
12
Secondary Rate Register
The register has the secondary rate.
13
Resetting Register
The register counts the number of resettings.
14
Reset Register
The register is deferred during meter reading.
15
Pulse Sender
The register sends pulses to other registers.
16
Pulse Receiver
The register receives pulses from another register. Its reading increases in relation to a pulse constant.
17
Demand register
18
Consumption register
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 676
1.128 UtilitiesMeasurementTaskRelationshipTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation for relationship type of a utilities measurement task.
Utilities Measurement Task. Relationship_ Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesMeasurementTaskRelationshipTypeCode>1</UtilitiesMeasurementTaskRelationshipTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskRel
ationshipTypeCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Task
Relationship_ Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
listID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 677
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the relationship type of a utilities measurement task.
Notes
The UtilitiesMeasurementTaskRelationshipTypeCode is represented by E_ZWZUART (NUMC2) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskRelationshipTypeCode
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Reactive/Active
The system establishes a relationship between the meter reading difference of the reactive register and
the active register during validations.
Serial Switching
The total meter reading differences of secondary meters is subtracted from the meter reading difference of
the primary meter during billing.
On-Off Peak
A relationship is established between the meter reading difference of the on-peak register and the meter
reading difference of the off-peak register during validations.
Control
The system compares the total meter reading differences of normal registers with the meter reading
difference of the control register during validations.
Volume Correction Factor
The volume correction factor for the register with operation code reg. passes on vol. corr. factor is
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 678
allocated to the register with operation code reg. transfers vol. corr. factor.
6
Volume Correction Factor

Calculation
Volume correction factor VCF is obtained using the formula: meter reading difference of standard volume
meter, divided by the meter reading difference of operating volume meter.
Resetting Register
During validation, the system determines which resetting register is to count the resettings of a balancing
register.
Pulse
Specifies which register is controlled by pulses from another register.
Usage Hours
Specifies which register is used for calculating usage hours.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 679
1.129 UtilitiesMeasurementTaskValidationProfileCode
Definition
A coded representation of the profile of a utilities measurement task validation.
Utilities Measurement Task. Validation Profile. Code
Example
<UtilitiesMeasurementTaskValidationProfileCode>1</UtilitiesMeasurementTaskValidationProfileCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskVali
dationProfileCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Task
Validation Profile
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

examples of user-specific codes are provided in the Use section.
Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 680
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
In a system environment consisting of a Meter Data Unification and Synchronization (MDUS) partner solution and the SAP for Utilities
(IS-U) solution, customers need to be able to validate the measurement task in the MDUS system (VEE concept, v = validation, e =
editing, e = estimation).
The validated measurement task is subsequently forwarded to or requested by the SAP for Utilities solution for subsequent processes.
To perform validations in the MDUS system, specific data is requested from the IS-U solution. The requested data consists of validation
profile codes that specify the set of validation rules that should be executed for a specific smart meter register.
Examples for validation profile codes:
1 Use linear interpolation as estimation:
The linear weighting procedure is the simplest weighting procedure that can be applied to existing actual meter reading and consumption
values in order to derive some estimated reading and consumption value.
2 Gap check:
In case of an interval meter it can be checked if all meter readings are available without gaps according to the interval size. If e.g. the
interval size is 15 there must be meter readings available every 15 minutes.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 681
3 Load factor check:

The net capacity factor or load factor of a power plant is the ratio of the actual output of a power plant over a period of time and its
potential output if it had operated at full nameplate capacity the entire time. To calculate the capacity factor, take the total amount of
energy the plant produced during a period of time and divide by the amount of energy the plant would have produced at full capacity.
4 High demand limit check
In case of demand meters it can be checked if the actual demand exceeds a given limit for (high) demand.
Use case:
SAP maps the validation profile code to a meter/register. MDUS receives the validation profile code. The code will be mapped to a set of
validation rules and estimation rules that are pre-defined in the MDUS. The MDUS will perform the mapping from the profile code to the
correct rule set and perform the corresponding validation/estimation steps on the measurement task data.
Notes
The UtilitiesMeasurementTaskValidationProfileCode is represented by E_AMI_VEE_CODE (NUMC4) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesMeasurementTaskValidationProfileCode
listID = 70401
1.130 UtilitiesObjectIdentificationSystemCodeText
Definition
A generic representation of encoded Object Identification System (OBIS) code value.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 682
Comment
The Object Identification System (OBIS) scheme is defined by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) standard IEC 6205662 Electricity metering Data exchange for meter reading, tariff and load control Part 62: Interface classes.
Utilities Object Identification System Code. Text
Example
<UtilitiesObjectIdentificationSystemCodeText>1-1:2.9.3*1 P.01</UtilitiesObjectIdentificationSystemCodeText>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesObjectIdentificationSystemCodeText
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Object
Identification System
Code
Property
Representation
Text
Type
CDT
Type Name
Text
Length
Card.
Remarks
1..15

None specified.
None specified.
Use
A UtilitiesObjectIdentificationSystemCodeText is used to exchange energy data information, e.g. type of energy (electric, gas, ...), etc.
Notes
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 683
1.131 UtilitiesOnSiteBillingCustomerContractGroupCode
Definition
A coded representation of a group of customer contracts for on site billing.
Utilities On Site Billing Customer Contract Group. Code
Example
<UtilitiesOnSiteBillingCustomerContractGroupCode>123</UtilitiesOnSiteBillingCustomerContractGroupCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesOnSiteBillingCustomer
ContractGroupCode
Object Class
Property
Utilities On Site Billing

Customer Contract
Group
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
GDT
CustomerContractGr 1..3
oupCode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 684

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesOnSiteBillingCustomerContractGroupCode is used to group customer contracts with the same on site billing rules. Examples
of the possible semantics of the codes are:
Industrial enterprise contracts: Customer contract group that includes contracts for onsite billing of industrial enterprises.
Commercial enterprise contracts: Customer contract group that includes contracts for onsite billing of commercial enterprises
Private customer contrats: Customer contract group that includes contracts for onsite billing of private customers.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesOnSiteBillingGroupCode is represented by E_OSB_GROUP.

UtilitiesOnSiteBillingCustomerContractGroupCode
listID = tbd
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 685
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 686
1.132 UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of a category of a utilities point of delivery.
Utilities Point Of Delivery. Category. Code
Example
<UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryCategoryCode>1</UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryCateg
oryCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Point Of
Delivery
Category
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 687
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
Data type can be used to define the category of a utilities point of delivery.
Notes
The UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryCategoryCode is represented by ECRM_UICATEGORY or UICATEGORY in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryCategoryCode
listID = 11489
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Standard
A standard utilities point of delivery refers to an existing premise and has an address.
Virtual
A virtual utilities point of delivery does not refer to a premise, does not usually have an address and can
be used for settlement purposes, for example.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 688
1.133 UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryIdentifierPatternCode
Definition
A coded representation of the pattern of an identifier of a utilities point of delivery.
Comment
The pattern of an identifier of a utilities point of delivery specifies the format in which the identifier is formatted. The purpose of having a
pattern using special characters as separators is to have a better readability of the identifier.
Utilities Point Of Delivery Identifier. Pattern. Code
Example
<UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryIdentifierPatternCode>1</UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryIdentifierPatternCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryIdentifi
erPatternCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Point Of
Delivery Identifier
Pattern
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 689

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryIdentifierPatternCode can be used to define the pattern of an identifier of a utilities point of delivery.
Flat - The identifier of a UtilitiesPointOfDelivery is represented by a flat structure.
Metering Code - The identifier of the UtilitiesPointOfDelivery is formatted via the German Metering Code, that is, in the format AABBBBBB-CCCCC-DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD ([country]-[distribution company]-[postal code]-[number]).
Notes
The UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryIdentifierPatternCode is represented by EUISTRUTYP in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryIdentifierPatternCode
listID = 11537
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 690
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 691
1.134 UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryInternalID
Definition
A proprietary identifier for a Utilities point of delivery.
Comment
A Utilities point of delivery is a location or a facility with a unique address to which a Utilities service is delivered.
Utilities Point Of Delivery. Internal_Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryInternalID>1234567890123456789012</UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryInternalID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryInterna
lID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Point Of
Delivery
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..22
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 692

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
None specified.
Notes
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 693
1.135 UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryPartyID
Definition
An UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryPartyID is an identifier of a Utilities point of delivery assigned by a party.
Comment
A Utilities point of delivery is a location or a facility with a unique address to which a Utilities service is delivered.
Utilities Point Of Delivery. Party_Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryPartyID>1234567890123456789012</UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryPartyID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryPartyI
D
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Point Of
Delivery
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..50
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 694

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
None specified.
Notes
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 695
1.136 UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryPremiseDataTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of a type for point of delivery premise data in utilities.
Comment
Premise data contains information about the premise to which the utilities point of delivery is assigned.
Utilities Point Of Delivery. Premise Data_ Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryPremiseDataTypeCode>1</UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryPremiseDataTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryPremis
eDataTypeCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Point Of
Delivery
Premise Data_ Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..8
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 696

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the premise data in utilities. Examples for user-specific code semantics:
One Room Apartment - The premise data describes a one room apartment.
Private House - The premise data describes a private house.
Office - The premise data describes an office.
Notes
The UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryPremiseDataTypeCode is represented by VBSART (CHAR8) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryPremiseDataTypeCode
listID = 11235
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 697
1.137 UtilitiesPointOfDeliverySupplyScenarioCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of the supply scenario category of a utilities point of delivery.
Comment
A supply scenario describes which utilities services, for example supply, grid usage service, meter reading service provided at a utilities
point of delivery.
Utilities Point Of Delivery. Supply Scenario Category. Code
Example
<UtilitiesPointOfDeliverySupplyScenarioCategoryCode>1</UtilitiesPointOfDeliverySupplyScenarioCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesPointOfDeliverySupply
ScenarioCategoryCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Point Of
Delivery
Supply Scenario
Category
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 698

Attribute / Element
listID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the supply scenario category of a utilities point of delivery. Due to specific characteristics, supply
scenario categories can be defined that are used for controlling corresponding business processes, for example processing of grid usage
requests.
Notes
The UtilitiesPointOfDeliverySupplyScenarioCategoryCode is represented by E_DEREGSCENARIOTYPE (NUMC2) in SAP Business
Suite.

UtilitiesPointOfDeliverySupplyScenarioCategoryCode
listID = 11196
listAgencyID = 310
Code
1
Name
Backup Supply
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Description
Supply scenario containing the utilities service backup supply. Backup supply is subject of regulatory
Page 699
requirements and needs to be differentiated from other supply scenarios having no backup supply.
2
Other
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Supply scenario without further characteristics.
Page 700
1.138 UtilitiesPointOfDeliverySupplyScenarioCode
Definition
A coded representation of the supply scenario of a utilities point of delivery.
Comment
A supply scenario describes which utilities services, for example supply, grid usage service, meter reading service provided at a utilities
point of delivery. A supply scenario is time depending since the services can be enrolled or terminated.
Utilities Point Of Delivery. Supply Scenario. Code
Example
<UtilitiesPointOfDeliverySupplyScenarioCode>1</UtilitiesPointOfDeliverySupplyScenarioCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesPointOfDeliverySupply
ScenarioCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Point Of
Delivery
Supply Scenario
Code
CDT
Code
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 701

Attribute / Element
listID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the supply scenario in utilities. Due to specific characteristics, supply scenarios can be defined that are
used for controlling corresponding business processes, for example processing of grid usage requests. Examples for user-specific code
semantics:
Each market participant defines supply scenarios from his business point of view.
Example: Viewpoint of a distribution company:
Grid Usage - Point of delivery is supplied by third party.
Backup Supply - Point of delivery is supplied under condition of backup supply by third party.
Notes
The UtilitiesPointOfDeliverySupplyScenarioCode is represented by E_DEREGSCENARIO (NUMC3) in SAP Business Suite.

UtilitiesPointOfDeliverySupplyScenarioCode
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 702
listID = 11195
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 703
1.139 UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of a type of a utilities point of delivery according to proprietary criteria.
Utilities Point Of Delivery. Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryTypeCode>1</UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryTypeC
ode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Point Of
Delivery
Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 704
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
Each UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryTypeCode is uniquely assigned to one UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryCategoryCode.
Use
This data type is used to specify the type of a Utilities Point Of Delivery.
Normal - A normal utilities point of delivery refers to an existing premise and has an address.
Virtual - A virtual utilities point of delivery does not refer to a premise, does not usually have an address and can be used for settlement
purposes, for example.
Notes
The UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryTypeCode is represented by UITYPE or ECRM_ISU_UITYPE in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesPointOfDeliveryTypeCode
listID = 11496
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 705
1.140 UtilitiesPrice
Definition
A exchange value, expressed in a monetary unit, of a product or a service in relation to a basic quantity in Utilities.
Utilities Price. Details
Example
<NetPrice>
<Amount currencyCode =" EUR ">32.14</Amount>
<BaseQuantity unitCode =" C62 ">1</BaseQuantity>
</NetPrice>
(Note: According to UN/ECE Recommendation 20, C62 is a piece)
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesPrice
Object Class
Property
Utilities_ Price
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Card.
Remarks
Details
Amount
Utilities_ Price
Amount
Amount
GDT
UtilitiesPriceAmount
BaseQuantity
Utilities_ Price
Base_ Quantity
Quantity
CDT
Quantity

Attribute / Element
Amount
The price represented as an amount.
BaseQuantity
The base quantity the price amount is valid for.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 706
None specified.
Use
None specified.
Notes
None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 707
1.141 UtilitiesPriceAmount
Definition
A value that represents the price amount in Utilities.
Utilities Price. Amount
Example
<UtilitiesPriceAmount>40.99</UtilitiesPriceAmount>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesPriceAmount
Object Class
Property
Utilities Price
currencyCode
Amount
Currency
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Amount
CDT
Amount
9.8
Code
GDT
CurrencyCode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
0..1

None specified.
Attribute / Element
currencyCode
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Currency unit in accordance with the ISO 4217 three-character code. A currency must always be specified.
Page 708
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to represent the price amount in Utilities.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesPriceAmount is represented by PRSBTR.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 709
1.142 UtilitiesPriceSpecificationCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of a category of a utilities price specification.
Comment
A Utilities Price Specification is the specification of a price of measured quantities, demand values and flat rates of utility services. The
price is valid for a specific period and defined for a combination of properties. The result of this valuation is an amount that appears on a
bill as a receivable or credit memo.
Utilities Price Specification. Category. Code
Example
<UtilitiesPriceSpecificationCategoryCode>1</UtilitiesPriceSpecificationCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesPriceSpecificationCategoryCode
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Price
Specification
Property
Category
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 710
None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the category of a utilities price specification.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesPriceSpecificationCategoryCode is represented by PREISTYP.

UtilitiesPriceSpecificationCategoryCode
listID = 70299
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Quantity Based
A price which is based on a quantity.
Flat Rate
A price for a flat rate.
Rental
A price for rental.
Time Dependent
A price which is time dependent.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 711
1.143 UtilitiesPriceSpecificationLevelCode
Definition
A coded representation of the level of a utilities price specification.
Utilities Price Specification. Level. Code
Example
<UtilitiesPriceSpecificationLevelCode>1</UtilitiesPriceSpecificationLevelCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesPriceSpecificationLeve
lCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Price
Specification
Level
Code
CDT
Code
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
listID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 712
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
Use
This data type is used to specify the level of a utilities price specification. Examples for user-specific code semantics:
- High Level - High price level for residential customers
- Low Level - Low price level for commercial customers
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesPriceSpecificationLevelCode is represented by PREISTUF.

UtilitiesPriceSpecificationLevelCode
listID = 70298
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 713
Restricted Data Type NOSC_UtilitiesPriceSpecificationLevelCode

Definition
A coded representation of the level of a utilities price specification.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_UtilitiesPriceSpecificationLevelCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Utilities Price
Specification
Property
Level
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
UtilitiesPriceSpecifica 1..10
tionLevelCode
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 714
1.144 UtilitiesPriceSpecificationScaleItemID
Definition
An identifier of a scale item of a utilities price specification.
Comment
A Utilities Price Specification is the specification of a price of measured quantities, demand values and flat rates of utility services. The
price is valid for a specific period and defined for a combination of properties. The result of this valuation is an amount that appears on a
bill as a receivable or credit memo.
Utilities Price Specification Scale Item. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesPriceSpecificationScaleItemID>1</UtilitiesPriceSpecificationScaleItemID>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesPriceSpecificationScaleItemID
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Price
Specification Scale
Item
Property
Identification
Representation
Identifier
Type
CDT
Type Name
Identifier
Length
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 715
UtilitiesPriceSpecificationScaleItemID is unique in the context of a utilities price specification.
Use
The UtilitiesPriceSpecificationScaleItemID is used in utilities to identify a scale item of a price specification.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesPriceSpecificationScaleItemID is represented by E_ZONENNR.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 716
1.145 UtilitiesQuantityAdjustmentFactorValue
Definition
A value containing the factor to adjust a quantity in Utilities.
Utilities Quantity. Adjustment Factor. Value
Example
<UtilitiesQuantityAdjustmentFactorValue>100.00</UtilitiesQuantityAdjustmentFactorValue>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesQuantityAdjustmentFactorValue
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Quantity
Property
Adjustment Factor
Representation
Value
Type
CDT
Type Name
Value
Length
7.5
Card.
Remarks
restricted

None specified.
None specified.
Use
This value can be used to calculate the billing quantity by multiplying it with the quantity result.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 717
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesQuantityAdjustmentFactorValue is represented by ABRFAKT.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 718
1.146 UtilitiesQuantityStatisticsGroupCode
Definition
A coded representation of a group of statistics relevant quantities in Utilities.
Utilities_ Quantity Statistics Group. Code
Example
<UtilitiesQuantityStatisticsGroupCode>1</UtilitiesQuantityStatisticsGroupCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesQuantityStatisticsGrou
pCode
Object Class
Property
Utilities_ Quantity
Statistics Group
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..6
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 719
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to group statistics relevant quantities in order to define to which key figures of the Utilities Business Information
System or to which value fields of the operating concern these values are copied.
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesQuantityStatisticsGroupCode is represented by STGRQNT.

UtilitiesQuantityStatisticsGroupCode
listID = 11218
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Consumption
Group for consumption quantities.
Demand
Group for demand quantities.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 720
1.147 UtilitiesServiceDisconnectionReasonCode
Definition
A coded representation of a reason for disconnecting a Utilities service.
Utilities Service. Disconnection Reason. Code
Example
<UtilitiesServiceDisconnectionReasonCode>01</UtilitiesServiceDisconnectionReasonCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesServiceDisconnectionReasonCode
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Service
Property
Representation
Disconnection Reason Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

Only one static SAP code list is to be assigned to the UtilitiesServiceDisconnectionReasonCode.
None specified.
Use
A UtilitiesServiceDisconnectionReasonCode is used to specify the reason for disconnecting a Utilities service.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 721
Notes
None specified.
UtilitiesServiceDisconnectionReasonCode
listID = 10791
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
00
Other
Any other reason not matching any one from this code list.
01
Disconnection level dunning
Service disconnection triggered by dunning with level "disconnection".
02
House or apartment is
unoccupied
Service disconnection because a house or an apartment is unoccupied.
03
Customer request
Service disconnection upon customer request.
04
Technical reason
Service disconnection because of technical reasons, e.g. prior to maintenance.
05
Service activation reason

obsolete
Service disconnection because the reason for service activation became obsolete.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 722
1.148 UtilitiesServiceProviderID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Service Provider.
Comment
A Utilities Service Provider is a market participant in the Utilities sector which offers services at Utilities Point Of Delivery.
Utilities Service Provider. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesServiceProviderID>1234567890</UtilitiesServiceProviderID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesServiceProviderID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Service
Provider
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 723

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesServiceProviderID is used in utilities to identify a service provider.
Notes
The UtilitiesServiceProviderID is represented by SERVICE_PROV (CHAR10) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 724
1.149 UtilitiesServiceProviderPartyID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Service Provider assigned by a party.
Comment
A Utilities Service Provider is a market participant in the Utilities sector which offers services at Utilities Point Of Delivery.
Utilities Service Provider. Party_Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesServiceProviderPartyID>12345678901234567890</UtilitiesServiceProviderPartyID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesServiceProviderPartyI
D
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Service
Provider
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..20
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 725

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesServiceProviderPartyID is used in utilities to identify a service provider.
Notes
The UtilitiesServiceProviderPartyID is represented by E_EDMIDEEXTNUM (CHAR20) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 726
1.150 UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of a service provider role category in utilities.
Utilities Service Provider. Role_ Category. Code
Example
<UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleCategoryCode>1</UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleCategoryCode
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Service
Provider
Property
Role_ Category
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

None specified.
Use
Data type can be used to define the category for a role of a utilities service provider. The data type UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleCode can
be used to specify the service provider role in utilities.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 727
Notes
The UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleCategoryCode is represented by INTCODE (CHAR2) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleCategoryCode
listID = 11234
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Grid And Distribution
Role category of utilities service provider that can provide grid and distribution services usually provided
by distribution companies.
Supply
Role category of utilities service provider that can provide supply and customer related services usually
provided by energy retail companies.
Energy Settlement Coordination Role category of utilities service provider that can provide energy settlement related services usually
provided by transmission companies.
Other
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Role category without further characteristics.
Page 728
1.151 UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleCode
Definition
A coded representation of a service provider role in utilities.
Utilities Service Provider. Role. Code
Example
<UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleCode>1</UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleC
ode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Service
Provider
Role
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 729
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the service provider role in utilities. Examples for user-specific code semantics:
Grid Access Provider - Utilities service provider is responsible for providing grid usage service for energy consumption or
production to the party connected to the grid.
Balance Supplier - Utilities service provider supplies balance (variable) power or gas to the energy consumer, having a supply
contract with the energy consumer.
Metering Point Administrator - Utilities service provider is responsible for maintaining master data of utilities point of delivery.
Notes
The UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleCode is represented by SERCODE (CHAR4) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesServiceProviderRoleCode
listID = 11230
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 730
1.152 UtilitiesSmartMeterEventCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of a utilities smart meter event category. The category is defined according to meter vendor proprietary criteria.
Utilities Smart Meter Event. Category. Code
Example
<UtilitiesSmartMeterEventCategoryCode>1</UtilitiesSmartMeterEventCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventCate
goryCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Smart Meter

Event
Category
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 731
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the category of a utilities smart meter event in utilities.
Notes
The UtilitiesSmartMeterEventCategoryCode is represented by E_AMI_EM_EVENT_CATEGORY (NUMC4) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventCategoryCode
listID = 11600
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Meter Error
The smart meter has detected an error.
Tampering
The smart meter has detected a tampering at the meter.
Voltage Deviation
The smart meter has measured an over/undervoltage (deviation).
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 732
1.153 UtilitiesSmartMeterEventID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Smart Meter Event.
Comment
A Utilities Smart Meter Event is a representation of an event registered by smart meter device that is tracked and can be used as trigger
for actions.
Utilities Smart Meter Event. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesSmartMeterEventID>HuiEo7Eh9dJX00002a8MSG</UtilitiesSmartMeterEventID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length

Event
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..22
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeVersionID
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 733

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeVersionID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesSmartMeterEventID is used in utilities to identify a smart meter event.
Notes
The UtilitiesSmartMeterEventID is represented by E_AMI_EM_EXT_EVENT_ID (CHAR22) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 734
1.154 UtilitiesSmartMeterEventOriginTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of a type of origin where a utilities smart meter event was risen.
Utilities Smart Meter Event. Origin_ Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesSmartMeterEventOriginTypeCode>1</UtilitiesSmartMeterEventOriginTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventOrigi
nTypeCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length

Event
Origin_ Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 735
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the origin type of a utilities smart meter event in utilities.
Notes
The UtilitiesSmartMeterEventOriginTypeCode is represented by E_AMI_EM_EVENT_SOURCE (NUMC4) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventOriginTypeCode
listID = 11599
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Device
The smart meter event originates from the utilities device.
Concentrator
The smart meter event originates from the concentrator (manages devices on the power line network and
provides the connectivity infrastructure between meters and the advanced metering infrastructure).
AMS
The smart meter event originates from the advanced metering system.
MDUS
The smart meter event originates from the meter data unification and synchronization system.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 736
Other
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
The smart meter event originates from somewhere else.
Page 737
1.155 UtilitiesSmartMeterEventPropertyCode
Definition
A coded representation of the property of a utilities smart meter event.
Utilities Smart Meter Event. Property. Code
Example
<UtilitiesSmartMeterEventPropertyCode>1</UtilitiesSmartMeterEventPropertyCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventProp
ertyCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length

Event
Property
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 738

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the smart meter event property depending on the capabilities of the device. Examples for user-specific
code semantics:
- Voltage - Actual value on phase.
- Tampering Timestamp - Time of a tampering.
- Percentage - Meter battery has low capacity.
- Time Span - Time span, for which a meter could not be reached.
Notes
The UtilitiesSmartMeterEventPropertyCode is represented by E_AMI_EM_ATTR_ID (CHAR4) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventPropertyCode
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 739
listID = 11598
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 740
1.156 UtilitiesSmartMeterEventSeverityCode
Definition
A coded representation of the severity of a utilities smart meter event.
Comment
According to the severity follow-up actions will be triggered and a subsequent processing is exceuted.
Utilities Smart Meter Event. Severity. Code
Example
<UtilitiesSmartMeterEventSeverityCode>1</UtilitiesSmartMeterEventSeverityCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventSeve
rityCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length

Event
Severity
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 741

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the severity of a utilities smart meter event in utilities.
Notes
The UtilitiesSmartMeterEventSeverityCode is represented by E_AMI_EM_EVENT_SEVERITY_CODE (NUMC2) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventSeverityCode
listID = 11597
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Very High
Utilities smart meter event has a very high severity.
High
Utilities smart meter event has a high severity.
Medium
Utilities smart meter event has a medium severity.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 742
Low
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Utilities smart meter event has a low severity.
Page 743
1.157 UtilitiesSmartMeterEventTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation of the type of a utilities smart meter event.
Utilities Smart Meter Event. Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesSmartMeterEventTypeCode>1</UtilitiesSmartMeterEventTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventType
Code
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length

Event
Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 744
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
Each type code has to be assigned to exactly one UtilitiesSmartMeterEventCategoryCode.
Use
This data type is used to specify the smart meter event type in utilities. Examples for user-specific code semantics:
- Overvoltage L1 - The phase voltage L1 exceeded the overvoltage threshold.
- Undervoltage L1 - The phase voltage L1 dropped below the undervoltage threshold.
- Terminal Cover Removed - The terminal cover has been removed.
- Battery Change Required - The battery change is required.
- Meter Communication Error - A communication problem when reading the meter via the internal interface.
Notes
The UtilitiesSmartMeterEventTypeCode is represented by E_AMI_EM_EVENT_TYPE_CODE (NUMC4) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesSmartMeterEventTypeCode
listID = 11596
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 745
1.158 UtilitiesSyntheticLoadShapeCode
Definition
A coded representation of an synthetic load shape in utilities.
Comment
A synthetic load shape represents the consumption behavior of specific customers or customer groups. A synthetic load shape contains
values generated on the basis of predefined periods (day and season groups) and corresponding day and annual profiles.
Utilities Synthetic Load Shape. Code
Example
<UtilitiesSyntheticLoadShapeCode>123</UtilitiesSyntheticLoadShapeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesSyntheticLoadShapeC
ode
Object Class
Property
Utilities Synthetic Load

Shape
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..3
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 746

Attribute / Element
listID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the synthetic load shapes in utilities and is for customer or customer groups without installed interval
meter. Examples for user-specific code semantics:
Residential - Synthetic load shape for residential customers.
Small Industrial - Synthetic load shape for small industrial customers.
Notes
The UtilitiesSyntheticLoadShapeCode is represented by E_EXTSYNPROFID (CHAR3) in SAP Business Suite.

UtilitiesSyntheticLoadShapeCode
listID = 11217
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 747
1.159 UtilitiesTimeOfUseCode
Definition
A coded representation of the Utilities time-of-use.
Comment
The Utilities time-of-use (TOU) describes specific periods of time in a day.
Utilities Time Of Use. Code
Example
<UtilitiesTimeOfUseCode>1</UtilitiesTimeOfUseCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesTimeOfUseCode
Object Class
Property
Utilities Time Of Use
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..10
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 748

Attribute / Element
listID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
You can use this data type to specify the time-of-use. One or more TOU periods can be allocated to a TOU.
- on-peak - Describes the TOU from 10:00:00 to 17:59:59.
- off-peak - Describes the TOU from 00:00:00 to 09:59:59 and 18:00:00 to 23:59:59.
Notes
The UtilitiesTimeOfUseCode is represented by E_TOUPERIOD (CHAR10) in SAP Business Suite.

UtilitiesTimeOfUseCode
listID = 70280
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 749
Restricted Data Type NOSC_UtilitiesTimeOfUseCode

Definition
A coded representation of the Utilities time-of-use.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_UtilitiesTimeOfUseCode
Cat.
Object Class
NOSC_ Utilities Time
Of Use
Property
Representation
Code
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
UtilitiesTimeOfUseCo 1..10
de
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 750
1.160 UtilitiesTimeSeriesAssignmentRoleCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of the category for a role of a utilities time series assignment.
A coded representation of the category for a role of a utilities time series assignment.
Example
<UtilitiesTimeSeriesAssignmentRoleCategoryCode>1</UtilitiesTimeSeriesAssignmentRoleCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesTimeSeriesAssignmentRoleCategoryCode
Cat.
Object Class
Utilities Time Series
Assignment
Property
Role_ Category
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

None specified.
Use
Data type can be used to define the category for a role of a utilities time series assignment.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 751
Notes
The UtilitiesTimeSeriesAssignmentRoleCategoryCode is represented by E_ROLETYPE (NUMC2) in SAP Business Suite.

UtilitiesTimeSeriesAssignmentRoleCategoryCode
listID = 11226
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Measurement
Utilities time series assignment with this role category describes measured values.
Forecast
Utilities time series assignment with this role category describes forecasted values.
Settlement
Utilities time series assignment with this role category can be considered in energy settlement processing.
Other
Utilities time series assignment role category without further characteristics.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 752
1.161 UtilitiesTimeSeriesAssignmentRoleCode
Definition
A coded representation of a role of a utilities time series assignment.
Utilities Time Series Assignment. Role. Code
Example
<UtilitiesTimeSeriesAssignmentRoleCode>1</UtilitiesTimeSeriesAssignmentRoleCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesTimeSeriesAssignmen
tRoleCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length

Assignment
Role
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
listID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 753
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type is used to specify the role of a utilities time series assignment. Examples for user-specific code semantics:
Consumption Measured - Assigned utilities time series contains measured consumption.
Reference Consumption - Assigned utilities time series contains consumption of reference measurement.
Consumption Forecasted - Assigned utilities time series contains forecasted consumption.
Notes
The UtilitiesTimeSeriesAssignmentRoleCode is represented by PROFROLE (CHAR4) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesTimeSeriesAssignmentRoleCode
listID = 11221
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 754
1.162 UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Time Series Calculation.
Comment
A Utilities Time Series Calculation contains the results of a calculation based on utilities time series. A utilities time series is a list of
(quantity, time interval) pairs, or of (amount, time interval) pairs, with all quantities with the same unit code, resp. all amounts with the
same currency code and the time intervals do not overlap and their union building a bigger time interval.
Utilities Time Series Calculation. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationID>HuiEo7Eh9dJX00002a8MSG</UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculation
ID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length

Calculation
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..22
Card.
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeVersionID
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
Page 755

None specified.
Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
schemeVersionID
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationID is used in utilities to identify a time series calculation.
Notes
The UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationID is represented by E_MDUSREQUESTID (CHAR22) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 756
1.163 UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationInputParameterCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of a utilities time series calculation input parameter category. The category is defined according to proprietary
criterium and how the parameter are processed during the calculation.
Utilities Time Series Calculation Input Parameter. Category. Code
Example
<UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationInputParameterCategoryCode>1</UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationInputParameterCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
InputParameterCategoryCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length

Calculation Input
Parameter
Category
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 757

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the category of a time series calculation input parameter in utilities.
Notes
The UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationInputParameterCategoryCode is represented by E_MDUSPARCATIN (NUMC2) in SAP Business
Suite.
UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationInputParameterCategoryCode
listID = 11521
listAgencyID = 310
Code
1
Name
Quantity
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Description
Parameter represents a quantity. Typically measured in kilowatt hours.
Page 758
Demand
Parameter represents a demand. Typically measured in kilowatt.
Time Series
Parameter is a utilities time series.
Indicator
Parameter is an indicator, i.e. true or false.
Number
Parameter is a (integer) number (you can provide a unit of measurement, i.e. 5 days)
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 759
1.164 UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationItemID
Definition
An identifier for a utilities time series calculation item.
Comment
An Item (formula) contains calculation instructions and the result for a calculation based on utilities time series.
Utilities Time Series Calculation Item. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationItemID>1</UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationItemID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
ItemID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length

Calculation Item
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeVersionID
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 760

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeVersionID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationItemID is used in utilities to identify a time series calculation item.
Notes
The UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationItemID is represented by E_MDUSITEMREQUESTID (NUMC4) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 761
Restricted Data Type NOSC_UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationItemID

Definition
An identifier for a utilities time series calculation item.
Structure
GDT
NOSC_UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationItemID
Cat.
Object Class
Property
NOSC_ Utilities Time

Identification
Series Calculation Item
Representation
Identifier
Type
GDT
Type Name
Length
UtilitiesTimeSeriesCa 1..4
lculationItemID
Card.
Remarks
restricted
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 762
1.165 UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationMethodCode
Definition
A coded representation of a utilities time series calculation method.
Comment
A utilities time series is a list of either quantity and time interval pairs, or of amount and time interval pairs.
The calculation method represents the algorithm used for the calculation based on utilities time series. Result of the calculation can be
aggregated values or utilities time series.

Utilities Time Series Calculation Method. Code
Example
<UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationMethodCode>1</UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationMethodCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
MethodCode
Object Class
Property

Calculation Method
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..5
Card.
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
restricted
Page 763

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the code of a utilities time series calculation method. Examples for user-specific code semantics:
- Aggregation - Aggregation of time series values.
- Peak - Determination of the highest time series value within a time of use period.
- Aggregation Above Limit - Aggregation of time series values above a limit.
- Critical Peak - Way of varying the price of electricity according to the time when it is consumed.
Notes
The UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationMethodCode is represented by E_MDUSFORMID (NUMC5) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 764

UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationMethodCode
listID = 11522
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 765
1.166 UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationParameterID
Definition
An identifier for a utilities time series calculation input or output (result) parameter.
Utilities Time Series Calculation Parameter. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationParameterID>1</UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationParameterID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
ParameterID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length

Calculation Parameter
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..8
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeVersionID
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

Attribute / Element
schemeID
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 766
schemeVersionID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationParameterID is used in utilities to identify a time series calculation input or output (result) parameter.
Notes
The UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationParameterID is represented by E_MDUSRQPARNUMBER (NUMC8) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 767
1.167 UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationResultCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of a utilities time series calculation result category. The category is defined according to how results are
processed.
Utilities Time Series Calculation Result. Category. Code
Example
<UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationResultCategoryCode>1</UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationResultCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
ResultCategoryCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length

Calculation Result
Category
Code
CDT
Code
1..2
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 768

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
This data type can be used to specify the category of a time series calculation result in utilities.
Notes
The UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationResultCategoryCode is represented by E_MDUSPARCATOUT (NUMC2) in SAP Business Suite.
UtilitiesTimeSeriesCalculationResultCategoryCode
listID = 11523
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
Consumption
The result of the calculation represents a consumption, typically calculated in kilowatt hours.
Demand
The result of the calculation represents a demand, typically calculated in kilowatt.
Time Series
The result of the calculation is a utilities time series.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 769
1.168 UtilitiesTimeSeriesCategoryCode
Definition
A coded representation of the category of a Utilities time series.
Utilities Time Series. Category. Code
Example
<UtilitiesTimeSeriesCategoryCode>01</UtilitiesTimeSeriesCategoryCode>
Structure
GDT
UtilitiesTimeSeriesCategoryCode
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Category
Representation
Code
Type
CDT
Type Name
Code
Length
2
Card.
Remarks
restricted

A static SAP defined code list is assigned to the UtilitiesTimeSeriesCategoryCode. The values of the UtilitiesTimeSeriesCategoryCode
code list are provided in Appendix Code List.
None specified.
Use
A UtilitiesTimeSeriesCategoryCode is used to indicate if a Utilities time series is gained by means of measurements, or consumption
forecast simulations, or settlement procedures (statistics, reporting).
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 770
Notes
None specified.
UtilitiesTimeSeriesCategoryCode
listID = 10801
listAgencyID = 310
Code
Name
Description
00
Other
Utilities time series of another category than any one pre-defined in this code list.
01
Measurement
Utilities time series is collected through measurment
02
Forecast
03
Settlement
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Utilities time series represents forecast/ simulation data

Utilities time series represents settlement data
Page 771
1.169 UtilitiesTimeSeriesID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities time series. A Utilities time series is time series information that consists of items where each of them contains
a validity period with a start and an end time and a period-based Utilities quantity or amount.
Comment
None
Utilities Time Series. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesTimeSeriesID>123456789012345678</UtilitiesTimeSeriesID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesTimeSeriesID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..18
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

None
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 772

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None
Use
None
Notes
None
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 773
1.170 UtilitiesTimeSeriesItemTypeCode
Definition
A UtilitiesTimeSeriesItemTypeCode is a coded representation of the type of a Utilities time series item.
Comment
An example of Utilities time series item type is: 'Unplausible'.
Utilities Time Series Item. Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesTimeSeriesItemTypeCode>0001</UtilitiesTimeSeriesItemTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesTimeSeriesItemTypeC
ode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length

Item
Status
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

A user-specific code list is assigned to the code.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 774
An example of semanticis provided in the "Use" section.

Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None
Use
A UtilitiesTimeSeriesItemTypeCode is used to specify the type of a Utilities time series item. An example of user-specific semantic is
<INVL> - <An unplausible Utilities time series item>
Notes
None
UtilitiesTimeSeriesItemTypeCode
listID = 70214
Examples of status for a Utilities time series item are 'approximated value', 'unplausible value', 'valid value'
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 775
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 776
1.171 UtilitiesTimeSeriesTypeCode
Definition
A coded representation type of a Utilities time series.
Utilities Time Series. Type. Code
Example
<UtilitiesTimeSeriesTypeCode>1</UtilitiesTimeSeriesTypeCode>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesTimeSeriesTypeCode
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Type
Code
CDT
Code
1..4
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

A user-specific code list is assigned to the code.
An example of semanticis is provided in the "Use" section.
Attribute / Element
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 777
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None
Use
A UtilitiesTimeSeriesTypeCode is used to specify the type of a Utilities time series. An example of user-specific semantic is <1> <Measured energy consumption>
Notes
None specified.
UtilitiesTimeSeriesTypeCode
listID = 10800
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 778
1.172 UtilitiesTrackedBusinessTransactionID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Tracked Business Transaction.
Comment
A Utilities Tracked Business Transaction is a representation of a business transaction between service providers in Utilities sector that is
to be tracked.
Utilities Tracked Business Transaction. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesTrackedBusinessTransactionID>HuiEo7Eh9dJX00002a8MSG</UtilitiesTrackedBusinessTransactionID>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesTrackedBusinessTran
sactionID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Tracked
Identification
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..22
Card.
Remarks
restricted
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

None specified.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 779

Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesTrackedBusinessTransactionID is used in utilities to identify a tracked business transaction.
Notes
The UtilitiesTrackedBusinessTransactionID is represented by E_DEXTASKID (CHAR22) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 780
1.173 UtilitiesTrackedBusinessTransactionPartyID
Definition
An identifier for a Utilities Tracked Business Transaction assigned by a party.
Comment
A Utilities Tracked Business Transaction is a representation of a business transaction between service providers in Utilities sector that is
to be tracked.

Utilities Tracked Business Transaction. Party_Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilitiesTrackedBusinessTransactionPartyID>HuiEo7Eh9dJX00002a8MSGr91keli654ambe</UtilitiesTrackedBusinessTransactionPartyI
D>
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesTrackedBusinessTran
sactionPartyID
Object Class
Property
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Utilities Tracked
Identifier
CDT
Identifier
1..35
Card.
schemeID
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
schemeAgencyID
Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Remarks
restricted
Page 781

None specified.
Attribute / Element
schemeID
schemeAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesTrackedBusinessTransactionPartyID is used in utilities to identify a tracked business transaction.
Notes
The UtilitiesTrackedBusinessTransactionPartyID is represented by E_DEXEXTTASKID (CHAR35) in SAP Business Suite.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 782
1.174 UtilitiesWeightingCode
Definition
A coded representation of the weighting in utilities.
Comment
Weighting in Utilities is a procedure in extrapolation and proration whereby the existing meter reading results and period consumption
values are taken into account to determine the expected consumption.
Weighting procedures are predefined as:
Linear weighting
Energy feeding weighting
Degree day weighting
Sprinkling water portion
General weighting
The weighting code specifies a customer-specific coded representation of the fixed weighting procedure.
Utilities Weighting. Code
Example
<UtilitiesWeightingCode>1</UtilitiesWeightingCode>
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 783
Structure
GDT
Cat.
UtilitiesWeightingCode
Object Class
Property
Utilities Weighting
Representation
Type
Type Name
Length
Code
CDT
Code
1..8
Card.
Remarks
restricted
listID
Code List
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1
listVersionID
Code List
Version
Identifier
XSD
token
1..15
0..1
listAgencyID
Code List Agency
Identification
Identifier
XSD
token
1..60
0..1

A user-specific code list is assigned to the UtilitiesWeightingCode. A user defines the codes in the code list.
Attribute / Element
listID
listVersionID
listAgencyID
its web URI.
None specified.
Use
The UtilitiesWeightingCode specifies the key figure used for weighting in Utilities.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 784
- Linear Weighting - Weighting for linear weighting

- Degree Day Weighting - Weighting for degree day weighting
Notes
In mySAP Business Suite the UtilitiesWeightingCode is represented by GEWKEY.
UtilitiesWeightingCode
listID = 11194
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 785
1.175 UtilityContractID
Definition
A UtilityContractID is a unique identifier for a utilities contract.
Comment
A Utilities Contract is a master data object containing control data linked to one utility service.

Utility Contract. Identification. Identifier
Example
<UtilityContractID>1234567890</UtilityContractID>
Structure
GDT
UtilityContractID
Cat.
Object Class
Utility Contract
Property
Identification
Representation
Identifier
Type
CDT
Type Name
Identifier
Length
Card.
Remarks
1..10

None specified
No entry.
Use
A UtilityContractID is used to represent an utilities contract.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 786
Notes
No entry.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 787
1.176 Value
Definition
A Value expresses the concept of numeric worth in general.
Value. Type
Example
<CounterValue>42</CounterValue>
Structure
GDT
Value
Cat.
Object Class
Property
Value
Representation
Type
Type
XSD
Type Name
Length
Card.
Remarks
decimal

The GDT Value is based on CCT Numeric and a restriction of xsd:decimal.
Use
Value can be used for counter values, representing ordinal or total numbers of counting, diverse length without any measure units and so
on
The permitted value range can be restricted depending on how the Value is actually used.
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Page 788
Notes
None specified.
Qualifier
Boundary
2012 SAP AG
D-69190 Walldorf
Definition
A value that specifies a boundary.
Page 789

Data Cat

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Data Cat

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Utilities Data Type Catalog - Definitions of Utilities Data Types and Core Data Types

Utilities Data Type

Indicator ..................................................................................................... 117

ServiceIndustriesBusinessAgreementCategoryCode ............................ 449

UtilitiesDeviceLogicalID ............................................................................ 538

UtilitiesInvoiceReasonCode ..................................................................... 606

UtilitiesSmartMeterEventID ...................................................................... 733

Code List Agency

Detailed Description and Value Ranges

Semantic examples of customer-specific codes are provided in the Use section.

Identifies the version of a code list.

Restricted Data Type NOSC_BillingRateCode

Billing Rate Group

Code List Agency

Detailed Description and Value Ranges

Semantic examples of customer-specific codes are provided in the Use section.

Identifies the version of a code list.

Restricted Data Type NOSC_BillingRateGroupDeterminationCode

Code List Agency

Detailed Description and Value Ranges

Detailed Description of Attributes and Elements

Identifies the version of a code list.

Restricted Data Type NOSC_BillingRateGroupingCode

< Adress >'</ Adress >

Reference Identification Identifier

Reference Identification Identifier

Creation Date Time

Detailed Description and Value Ranges

ID of the business system that send a Business Document.

ID of the business system that receives a Business Document.

Detailed Description and Value Ranges

An identifier of an additional business partner.

Lower boundary of an interval of identifiers for business partners.

Upper boundary of an interval of identifiers for business partners.

Dictionary Entry Name

Detailed Description and Value Ranges

Detailed Description of Attributes and Elements

Cash Deposit Request Waiver Reason

Code List Agency

Detailed Description and Value Ranges

Semantic examples of customer-specific codes are provided in the "Use" section.

Identifies the version of a code list.

Appendix - Code Lists

Date Time Period

Start Date Time

Date Time Period

End Date Time

Detailed Description and Value Ranges

Detailed Description of Attributes and Elements

Detailed Description and Value Ranges

Time-Point specifying the start of the period.

Time-Point specifying the end of the period.

Code List Agency

Code List Agency

Code List Agency

Detailed Description and Value Ranges

Identifies the version of a code list.

The representation term for the CDT "Code" is Code.

Application of CDT Code Attributes (Supplementary Components) to a GDT:

Lower boundary of an interval of codes.

Code in a remote business system.

Upper boundary of an interval of codes.

Dictionary Entry Name

Detailed Description and Value Ranges